EPCC For New Boil Off Gas Compressor Project - ITT Document

B180075PPP
EPCC For New Boil-Off Gas Compressor Project Confidential
ENQUIRY NO: B180075PPP

ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT, CONSTRUCTION AND COMMISSIONING WORKS
FOR EPCC FOR NEW BOIL-OFF GAS COMPRESSOR PROJECT
FOR
NIGERIA LNG LIMITED
Invitation to Tender Page 1 of 253 July 2019

B180075PPP
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
INDEX 1
PART A ENQUIRY RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

PART B INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
PART C TENDERER’S TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
PART D FORM OF TENDER
INDEX 2
PART E DRAFT CONTRACT DOCUMENT

SECTION 1 MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT
SECTION 2 PARTICULAR CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
SECTION 3 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
SECTION 4 SCOPE OF WORK
SECTION 5 HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
SECTION 6 QUALITY MANAGEMENT
SECTION 7 PROVISIONS BY THE COMPANY AND CONTRACTOR
SECTION 8 WORK INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION 9 TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION AND DRAWINGS
SECTION 10 SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES
ATTACHMENTS
ATTACHMENT 1 BUSINESS PRINCIPLES AND CODE OF CONDUCT CERTIFICATE
ATTACHMENT 2 SECRECY AGREEMENT – CONTRACTOR SERVICES
ATTACHMENT 3 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION
ATTACHMENT 4 SCHEDULE TARGETS IN THE NIGERIAN OIL & GAS INDUSTRY CONTENT
DEVELOPMENT ACT
ATTACHMENT 5 TENDERER’S NIGERIAN CONTENT EXECUTION PLAN
ATTACHMENT 6 NIGERIAN CONTENT SPEND MONITORING SHEET
ATTACHMENT 7 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
ATTACHMENT 8 NLNG NIGERIAN CONTENT STRATEGY (BASELINE)
ATTACHMENT 9 PRE-MOBILIZATION CHECKLIST
ATTACHMENT 10 PERFORMANCE BOND TEMPLATE
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTRACT INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

B180075PPP
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A NLNG HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT POLICY

APPENDIX B NLNG SMOKING POLICY
APPENDIX C NLNG DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY
APPENDIX D NLNG QUALITY POLICY
APPENDIX E NLNG NIGERIAN CONTENT POLICY
APPENDIX F NLNG 12 LIFE-SAVING RULES
APPENDIX G NLNG STATEMENT OF BUSINESS PRINCIPLES
APPENDIX H NLNG ANTI-BRIBERY AND CORRUPTION (ABC) POLICY
APPENDIX I NLNG GUIDELINES ON MEDICAL STANDARDS OF FITNESS TO WORK
APPENDIX J CONTRACTOR’S IVMS SPECIFICATION
APPENDIX K MINIMUM BENEFITS PACKAGE
APPENDIX L MINIMUM COMPETENCY REQUIREMENT FOR HSE CRITICAL ROLES

B180075PPP
PART A
Enquiry Receipt Acknowledgement
Please return this acknowledgement to the address below or by email to

oluwafemi.ogunrotimi@nlng.com not later than seven days from receipt of tender.
To: Nigeria LNG Limited

Contracts Section,
Production Administration Building,
Bonny Island, Tenderer’s ref.:
Rivers State Date:
Tenderer’s Company Name: ………………..……………………………………………………
Company Address: ……………..………….….….………………………………….…………...
………………………………………………………………..……………………......................
E-mail address: ………………………………… Mobile: ……………………..…….…………….
Dear Sirs,
We acknowledge receipt of the Invitation to Bid for the Contract Enquiry No: B180075PPP
Enquiry Title: EPCC For New Boil-Off Gas Compressor Project
We shall:
 Submit a Tender (Please tick as appropriate)

 Not submit a Tender
1. In case of decline, please return all Enquiry Documents on or before the date fixed for
receiving tenders.
2. State reason/s: ………………………………………………………………………….……
……………………………………………………………………………………..…………..
Yours faithfully,
Name (Print): ………….……….………………… Signature: ………………………………….
Position: ………………………………………… Date: ……………………………………….

B180075PPP
PART B
INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
1. The Company has nominated Chinedu Iwu (PP) to act as Contract Owner in connection with the
Service. The Contract Holder in connection with the Service is Ajay Varma (PPP/211). However,
from time to time, the Company may notify and nominate other Company Personnel to act on
behalf of the Contract Owner who shall hold all relevant authority of the Contract Owner.
2. The Tenderer is required to immediately check the pages of the enquiry to ensure completeness.
Upon confirmation, the Tenderer shall acknowledge receipt to the Contracts Section of the
Company, see Part A, herein.
3. The tender shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of this invitation to tender
and any addenda that are issued and the General Conditions of Contract for Nigeria LNG
Limited dated 6th August 2018.
4. The Tenderer shall highlight to the Company any deficiency or anomaly in the information
associated with the enquiry documentation or the stated scope of works, including but not limited
to design, specification, materials, equipment, systems, working methods etc., as early as
possible to minimize the amount of abortive work or other adverse consequences.
5. All commercial, technical and general queries concerning the preparation of Tenders shall be
addressed to the Contracts Department of the Company, for the attention of Oluwafemi
Ogunrotimi, e-mail oluwafemi.ogunrotimi@nlng.com, Tel. 0803 905 3872.
6. Except as provided herein, Tenderers are not permitted to contact any member of the Company’s
staff (nor any of the Contractor Companies engaged by the Company) on any matter relating
to this tender. In the event of any such communication by the Tenderer, it shall not be considered
binding on the Company.
7. The Tender Document is made of Parts A – D that contain instructions with regard to the Tender,
whilst Part E Sections 1 – 10 is a draft of the Contract Document and contains all the conditions
that shall be applicable to the Service. The Tenderer shall not, without the written consent of the
Company, make any alteration or addition to the text of this document and shall return this
document in the form that it has been received. It should not be taken apart and included in a
separate document or altered in any manner.
8. The Tenderer shall compile and submit its bid for this work in two (2) stages. The Technical offer
only shall be produced and submitted at the first stage. The information requested in Part C
shall form the basis of preparing the Technical Proposal whilst, upon request by the Company
at the second stage of the tendering process, the Commercial Proposal shall be prepared and
submitted using rates quoted in Part E Section 10, the Schedule of Rates and any other
supporting costing information. The Technical and Commercial proposals shall respectively be
submitted separately as per the Instruction To Tenderers.
The Tenderers are required to submit electronic copies of the “Technical Proposal” for
evaluation. The Company will first accept and open the technical bids for the purpose of
technical evaluation. Subsequently, the Company will request Commercial (priced) bid from
those Tenderers whose technical bids were found acceptable for commercial evaluation. The
Company will not request Commercial bid from Tenderers whose technical bid were not found
acceptable.

B180075PPP
Tender Comprising Date & Mode of Evaluation Process

Parts Submission
Technical Technical Bid and To be submitted via Evaluated 1st to
Bid Unpriced Commercial Bonny.Bids@nlng.com determine
Bid incorporating on or before 26th August technically
qualifications, 2019 suitable bidders.
exceptions, etc., if any
Commer Priced Commercial Bid Two (2) weeks from Then evaluated
cial Bid (applicable for request of priced for contract award
technical successful commercial bids via consideration.
bidders only) Bonny.Bids@nlng.com
9. The Tenderer’s Technical Submission document must be sequentially numbered “1,2,3

…………. Etc.” without any breaks in the numbering and with the last page being numbered
and identified as the “LAST” page. All pages of the Tenderer’s submission shall be duly signed
and/or stamped by the Tenderer.
10. All details of the Tender and any subsequent clarification or amendment thereof, including prices
and rates shall remain valid for acceptance by the Company for a period of 180 (one hundred
and eighty) days from the latest submission date stated in the enquiry letter and on contract
award shall remain fixed and firm for the duration of the contract unless expressly stated
otherwise therein.
11. All matters pertaining to the Tender must be treated in the strictest confidence. The Tenderer
shall ensure that its employees or agents do not disclose any documents, information, addresses,
conversations or the like to any third party unless for the express purpose of compiling an offer
for the works, and such suppliers or Sub-Contractors shall maintain confidentiality.
12. By submission of a tender, the Tenderer warrants that:

 The prices have been arrived at independently without any collusion with any other Tenderers
or Third Party.
 The prices quoted have not been disclosed directly or indirectly to any other Tenderer nor
will they be disclosed.
 No canvassing has taken place.
 The Tenderer accepts the Company’s Conditions of Contract
13. Any request for clarifications and/or further information and/or site visits must be made in
writing at least 7 (seven) calendar days prior to the Tender due date. All costs associated with
any site visit shall be for Tenderer’s account.
14. Tenderers are required to complete and return all sections of this Tender. In the event of
insufficient space in the Company’s tender document, the Tenderer shall attach additional
sheets. The tender shall be completed in ink or typewritten and must not be completed in pencil.
In the event of an error, such shall be scored out and rewritten/typed. Under no circumstance
shall correction fluid be used for alterations.
15. It is imperative that the Tender is made strictly in accordance with the Company’s requirements.
If the Tenderer considers it could make a more attractive technical and/or commercial offer, this
may be submitted as an alternative and separate proposal provided that a tender is also received
in exact compliance with the enquiry document. Any supporting or additional information from
the Tenderer shall be page-numbered and presented in a separate folder with a clear index

B180075PPP
describing the contents, the page reference for each section and the Company enquiry cross
reference clauses.
16. The Tenderer certifies that all documents submitted in response to the requirement of this
contract containing data, information, certificates, permits, licenses, and the like, are in all
ramification and intent true and correct, or in the cases where copies of any of such documents
are submitted, they are true copies of the original. The Company reserves the right to at any
time, when it deems it necessary; seek to verify the integrity or authenticity of all documents
submitted by the Tenderer. If any submitted document contains information that is proved to be
false or incorrect or has been altered, modified or mutilated in any manner howsoever, with the
intention to deceive or jeopardize the contract award process, the Company reserves the right
to undertake any of the following course of action:
 disqualify the Tenderer from the contract award process;
 suspend the Tenderer for unspecified period from future contract award processes;
 de-list the Tenderer from the Company's approved tenderer list;
 terminate any contract awarded on the basis of the incorrect, untrue, false, altered, or
modified document; and/or
 Cause the Tenderer to be prosecuted.
17. The Tenderers shall bear all costs, expenses and any other costs associated with preparation
and submission of the tender.
18. The Company reserves the right to request for any additional technical or commercial
information deemed necessary after opening of the tenders including but not limited to the
breakdown of any pricing, rates, percentages etc.
19. The Company is not bound to accept the lowest or any tender for that matter, and may accept
a tender in part or in whole at its sole discretion.
20. In the event the Tenderer wishes to decline to tender, the complete tender document shall be
promptly returned to the Company with a covering letter indicating the reasons for declining.
21. Failure to comply with these instructions or any detailed requirements of the Tender documents
may result in disqualification.
22. In Part E Sections 1 to 10, any reference to the ‘Contractor’ should be construed as meaning the
‘Tenderer’ for the purposes of preparing the Tender submission.
23. Target award date is Q3 2019.
24. The contract shall be placed by way of a Memorandum of Agreement referring to this enquiry,
the offer documentation and any other information/documentation with contractual
consequence.
25. At the end of the contract development process (after award to the successful tenderer), all
unsuccessful tenderers will be notified formally that:
 They are not successful in the tender exercise

 Their Company details will be retained in our files
 They may be invited for future tenders
26. The Contractor is responsible for the correct assessment of the conditions relevant to the Works
and prevailing on Bonny Island. Some of these conditions that may have cost implications have
been listed below including but not limited to the following:

B180075PPP
Materials and Logistics Access into and out of Bonny Island is often via passenger boats,
cargo barges and the likes.
Manpower and Wages Community stakeholders, Bonny wage agreement, labour

productivity
HSEQ Standards
and Control Company standards and controls are strictly enforced
Weather Average rainfall more than in Port Harcourt and Lagos
27. NIGERIAN CONTENT REQUIREMENTS FOR NIGERIA LNG LIMITED
27.1 Nigeria LNG Limited (NLNG) is committed to the development of the Nigerian Oil and Gas
business in alignment with the NOGICD Act 2010 on Nigerian Content.
“NIGERIAN CONTENT " is defined in the Nigerian Oil & Gas Industry Content Development
(NOGICD) Act as “the quantum of composite value added to or created in the Nigerian
economy by a systematic development of capacity and capabilities through the deliberate
utilization of Nigerian human, material resources and services in the Nigerian Oil and Gas
Industry”.
As from the commencement of the NOGICD Act, the minimum Nigerian Content in any
Project, service or product specification to be executed in the Nigerian oil and gas industry
shall be consistent with the level set in SCHEDULE TARGETS in the NOGICD Act and any
other targets as may be directed by the Nigerian Content Monitoring Board.
It is important that Tenderers familiarize themselves and comply with the provisions of the
Nigerian Oil & Gas Industry Content Development Act of 2010 otherwise referred to as “The
Nigerian Content Act” in their tender and in execution of Contract(s) that may result from this
tender.
27.2 The Tenderer shall comply with all the provisions of the NOGICD Act 2010 that relate to this
Contract. In particular, the Tenderer must comply with the minimum percentage (%) of
Nigerian Content Targets for the Scope of Work (Scope) items which are covered in the
SCHEDULE of the NOGICD Act and any other requirement that may arise from time to time
not explicitly stated in this Contract but which apply to the Contract in fulfillment of the
NOGICD Act, in the submission of their Tender.
27.3 The SCHEDULE Targets in the NOGICD Act – (shown as Schedule A in Attachment 4) are
included to guide the Tenderer in what % Target Nigerian Content is required by Nigeria
LNG Limited in the Scope of Works to comply with the Act.
27.4 The Tenderer shall confirm and describe in full the work to be completed in Nigeria in
fulfillment of the NOGICD Act requirements. The capability of the Tenderer to execute the
identified work scope items for Nigerian Content will be subject to verification during the
Technical Evaluation stage.
27.5 Prior to Award of a Contract, the Contractor shall agree its Nigerian Content Execution Plan
with the Company in line with the template contained as an Attachment, and this Plan will
set out the Nigerian Content deliverables applicable to the works.

B180075PPP
27.6 The Scope items and their associated costs will be clearly identified and described in the
Commercial Tender in the Nigerian Content Execution Plan with the pricing schedule and as
a narrative outlining Nigerian Content commitments.
27.7 The successful Tenderer shall execute all Work detailed in its Nigerian Content Execution
Plan in line with the NOGICD Act. Deviations from the agreed Nigerian Content deliverables
are not acceptable except with prior written consent from NLNG.
27.8 It is the Tenderer’s responsibility to identify Nigerian Content opportunities to support the
minimum requirements in the SCHEDULE to the Act as well as examine further potential
opportunities to meet the NOGICD Act requirements.

B180075PPP
PART C
TENDERER’S TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
Tenderers are required to complete the following technical tender schedule for submission as their
technical submissions in accordance with the Information and Instructions To Tenderers. The
information submitted will be assessed by the Company to determine the technical capability of the
tenderers to perform the Work. Only those tenderers that are assessed as being technically capable
of performing the works will have their commercial tenders assessed.
Contractor Details and Personnel involved in Tender Preparation.
The Tenderer shall provide the following information about the tendering Company and the
personnel involved in preparation of the tender.
Company Name:
Registered Address
Operating Address
Telephone Number:
Email Address:
Website:
Person with Overall Responsibility for the Tender:
Name
Position in Company
Telephone Number
E-mail Address
Other persons (including sub- Contractors, sub-consultants and advisors) who worked on the
tender preparation:
Responsibility in tender
preparation
Position in Company (if direct
employee)
Employer and Address (if sub-
Contractor, sub-consultant or
advisor)
Telephone Number
Email Address

B180075PPP
Technical Tender Schedules to be completed and submitted as the Technical Bid submission are as
follows:-
1. MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS
The Tenderer shall provide the following information:
S/N SECTION 1 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS Tick To Page

Indicate Reference in
Response Tender
is included Package
1 Evidence of applicable Licenses / Permits which are DPR

licenses for the category of work & COREN Certification for
tenderer’s nominated design Company
2 Tenderer meets the Nigerian Content Evaluation

requirements detailed in section 2 below.
3 Tenderer free from any pending/ ongoing bankruptcy

/litigation issue that could negatively affect its ability to
complete works satisfactorily.
4 Acceptance of NLNG’s terms and conditions including

NLNG's General Business Principles/ tenderer proposed
Business Principle is accepted by LG team
5 Evidence of work experience in a brownfield Process Plant

capturing work scopes across all disciplines.
6 Employee Compensation, Employees Liability and/or

Employers Liability Insurance, Health Insurance,
Public/Third Party Liability Insurance, Group Life Assurance
Policy, other relevant insurance cover
7 For proposed partnership, evidence of existing relationship

between participating parties. i.e.
1. Board resolutions approving the formation of the
consortium/Joint Venture from the participating
companies.
2. Submit a legally binding memorandum of
agreement between the partners for the purpose of
executing this contract with clear roles and
responsibilities with parties jointly and severally
liable.
3. Partner or JV companies to provide verifiable
evidence of relevant similar works performed in
time past or ongoing.
8 Audited financial statement for last 3 years (2018, 2017,

and 2016).

B180075PPP
9 TAX Clearance Certificate for last 3 years

Evidence of VAT registration,
Memorandum & Articles of Association
10 Tenderer accepts NLNG's Terms and conditions and/or

Deviation/exceptions agreed by Company
11 Parent Company Guarantee (where applicable)
12 Acceptance that any vehicle to be used under this contract

shall have In-Vehicle Monitoring System (IVMS) installed in
the vehicle as per NLNG specification at Contractor's own
cost before the commencement of the contract.
Tick To Page
Indicate Reference in
2. NIGERIAN CONTENT REQUIRMENTS
Response Tender
is included Package
a Tenderer shall demonstrate that bidding entity is

a NIGERIAN Company or INDIGENOUS Company.
Bidders should provide Certificate of Incorporation, forms
CAC CO2 & CO7 demonstrating minimum 51% Nigerian
shareholding stipulated for a Nigerian Company.
b Tenderer shall provide evidence of registration on the

NCDMB NOGIC JQS
c Minimum 50% ownership of equipment to be deployed is

an important criteria, with:
i. evidence of (purchase, receipt, bill of Laden) of
equipment to be used to execute this work scope,
ii. evidence of Nigerian Content Equipment Certificate
(NCEC) issued by NCDMB covering all equipment to be
used in executing the work scope.
d Evidence of registration with relevant agency of

professional body like; COREN, NSE, etc. (state only
applicable agency or professional body (ies).
e Tenderer's Nigerian Content Policy Statement, articulating

Management's strategic drive towards compliance with The
Act
f Tenderer shall explain the methodology of how contractor

intends to comply with the requirements of The Act,
including (but not limited to):
i. How it intends to give first consideration to services
provided from within Nigeria,
ii. a list of services and vendors to be used,
iii. Names and addresses of providers and suppliers of
B180075PPP
services,
iv. evidence of binding agreement(s) and MOUs (where
applicable) with such service providers,
v. a detailed plan to achieve/sustain the minimum
percentage Nigerian Content target set for this tender.
g Tenderer shall explain the methodology of how contractor

i. How it intends to give first consideration to goods
manufactured in Nigeria,
ii. A list of goods and materials to be sourced in-country,
iii. Names and addresses of manufacturers and suppliers
for items to be sourced,
iv. evidence of binding agreement(s) and MOUs (where
applicable) with such manufacturers for the procurement of
such goods,
v. a detailed plan to achieve/sustain the minimum
h Tenderer shall explain the methodology of how contractor

i. How it intends to give first considerations for employment
and training of Nigerians in work programme;
ii. Percentage of Nigerian to be utilized for the
project/contract execution,
iii. A detailed plan to achieve/sustain the minimum
i Evidence of in-country presence/facilities: location and

addresses of company head office, yard, factory, workshop
etc. or plans to establish an in-country presence.
j Provide percentage of Nigerians holding key management

positions and total percentage of Nigerian workforce.
k Knowledge and/or Technology Transfer Plan or planned JV

arrangements for the purpose of realizing this
l Tenderers are requested to execute an enforceable MOA

with OGTAN registered Local Training Service Provider for
the provision of training services in specific technical
disciplines involved in the project. Tenderer’s plan shall
specify
i. Positions/job skill areas and disciplines where candidates
will be trained (classroom and on-the-job),
ii. The total manhours associated (minimum of 15% of
total project hours or 3% of contract value whichever is
greater for Human Capacity Development programme).
iii. Plan for sponsorship of Nigerians to acquire
competence and/or certification.

B180075PPP
Selection of trainees will be done by the Capacity Building

division of NCDMB in conjunction with operator.
m Tenderer's NCD Plan to comply with minimum Schedule A

targets for relevant scope; e.g. Engineering Design, Labour,
equipment, Insurance, Banking, Pension Administration,
etc.

B180075PPP
4. SCORABLE REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 2 Tick To Page

HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT Indicate Reference
Response in Tender
is Package
included
1 Submit a detailed HSE Plan which should detail the following:
- Leadership commitment,
- HSE Policies,
- Robust Site Organization (Health, Safety & Environment),
- Risk management (HAZID – Hazards expected while delivering
the job,
- Risk Assessments, - Mitigations in place to manage identified
hazards
- Relevant Safe systems of work – (method statements, PTW, JHAs),
- HSE Trainings & Awareness Program,
- Emergency response plans (with medical),
- Waste management plan,
- HSE performance monitoring & reporting (KPIs) – including sub-
contractor management proposed by the contractor,
- HSE audit program.
- Evidence of Medical Organization (site clinic, Doctor, Nurses,
First Aiders,)
- Provide details of proposed medical arrangements (insurance via
accredited HMOs) and care for site personnel.
- Contractor's assessment of contract-specific HSSE hazards and
risk
- Contractor Submission of Approved Hazard identification and
Risk Assessment for similar project carried out within the last 5
years.
2 Submit the proposed HSE organogram for the Project along with
their CVs (refer to the minimum competency requirement for HSE
critical roles – Appendix L)
3 Safety Statistic Track Record of the last 3 years (Man-hours
Fatalities, LTI, TRC, FAC, Near misses, UA/UC (Unsafe
acts/conditions reported), property damages etc.)

B180075PPP

PROJECT MANAGEMENT Indicate Reference
Response in Tender
is Package
included
1 Submit a detailed Company Corporate Organizational Structure,
including that for the JV Partner if applicable and Project/Contract
Specific Execution Organization Structure with the number of
persons and functional roles clearly identified.
2 Submit a Project Control Management Plans specific to this Project.
Plan shall detailing processes, procedures, systems, & tools used by
the contractor and covering the following areas; Planning and
Scheduling, Risk Management (includes identification &
assessment), Cost control and management, Scope and Change
Management, Document Control, Supplier Performance,
Maintaining the project baseline etc.
Tenderer Submission of Approved Project Control Management

Plans for similar project carried out within the last 5 years
3 Submit CVs of the:
Key Corporate Office Personnel which includes:
1. MD/CEO,
2. HSE General Manager / Manager,
3. Technical and/or Operations General Manager / Manager,
4. QA/QC General Manager / Manager,
5. Contract and/or Business Development General Manager
/Manager,
6. Finance General Manager /Manager, and
7. HR General Manager/Manager.
For bidders with JV or Consortium and including that for the JV
Partner as applicable.
Tenderer should also submit CV of the Key Site Office Project

personnel which are:
1. Project Sponsor,
2. Project Manager,
3. Discipline Leads,
4. Fabrication/Construction Manager,
5. Engineering Manager,
6. Procurement (& Contracts) Manager,
7. Project Planner,
8. QA-QC Manager/Coordinator
9. HSE Manager/Coordinator
10. Including List and CV's of key resources for Detailed
Engineering scope.
Tenderer is required to submit CVs showing as a minimum the
personnel qualification, professional certifications, years of
experience, expertise, skills and evidence of trainings recently
received within the past 5 years of the following recognized key
positions for the work as a minimum
Tenderer shall comply with the minimum competency requirements
for HSE Critical Roles as identified by Company and attached to
this ITT.
B180075PPP

PROJECT MANAGEMENT Indicate Reference
Response in Tender
is Package
included
4 Submit a detailed Quality Assurance (QA) and Control (QC) plan/
procedure/ controlling systems for performance of the services,
correction of deviations and resolution of complaints.
 Draft Contract Quality Plan :
Tenderer shall submit its proposed draft Contract quality
plan.
 Quality Organization:
Tenderer shall submit its proposed Project quality function
organization charts in accordance with the requirements
identified in. The organization charts shall show the
categories and numbers of QA & QC personnel and shall
indicate the authority and communication lines with other
functions.
 Assurance/Audit/Review Schedule for the Work:
Tenderer shall submit details of how assurance and
integrity of the Work will be achieved as well as a proposed
schedule of internal and external QA, technical audits and
reviews. The schedule shall encompass all phases of the
Scope of Work and include both corporate and Contract
specific audits and reviews. The Schedule shall also cover
audits and reviews on proposed Sub-Contractors and
fabrication yards.
 Inspection and Testing Planning and Execution:
Tenderer shall Describe its system for quality control as per
the requirements of Section 6 (Quality Management).
Submit detailed information on its procedures for
inspection and test plan and execution, coordination of
review and approval of Inspection and Test Plans (ITPs),
planning for witness of inspection and test activities and
mobilization of surveillance and third party inspectors at
vendor shops and fabrication yards.
Describe its process and tools for monitoring, control and
reporting of inspection and test activities.
 Non-conformance Control:
Tenderer shall submit its procedure for controlling all the
non-conformances (non-conformance control procedure).
The procedure shall describe Tenderer’s system for
identifying, recording and reporting non-conformances
including investigation, rectification and implementation of
remedial actions as per the requirements identified in
Section 6 (Quality Management).
5 Submit contract specific subcontracting Plan including Sub-

Contractors / suppliers prequalification procedure & Interface
Management Procedure (refer to tables 2(Sub-Contractor list) and
3 (supplier list) below).

B180075PPP

FINANCIAL CAPABILITIES Indicate Reference
Response is in Tender
included Package
1 Submit the tenderer’s Company financial audited accounts for
the past 3 years (2016 - 2018) and relevant data/information
to enable checks on the Tenderers Financial status.
2 Submit tenderer’s financial plan and cash flow statement for the
Project showing funding sources e.g. working capital and/or
bank commitment to provide funding (No price data shall be
included)

B180075PPP

TECHNICAL CAPABILITIES Indicate Referenc
Response e in
is Tender
included Package
1/2/ Describe similar works (Past EPC Brownfield Projects experience
3 within the last 10 years) that the Tenderer has recently undertaken,
stating the type of work and date executed, name of Client (including
IOCs), location, duration and contract value. The Company reserves
the right to seek references prior to letting any works. See table 4
below.
Provide evidences of successful completion of these Project and

Engineering Support services as described above. These shall
include but not be limited to Award letters, Completion Certificates,
recognition awards, commendation letters etc.
4 Submit evidence [award letters, completion certificate,
commendation letters etc.] of past similar projects executed
utilizing same sub-Contractors Engineering, Procurement,
Fabrication, Construction, Freight etc. applicable to contract scope
of work. (Replication of Teams and sub-Contractors) - if applicable
5 Submit evidence of capacity and competence to manage and

facilitate procurement of high value out-of-size cargoes, bulk
materials and delivery to site to support efficient execution
6 Submit the contractual agreement with proposed detailed
engineering design and other non-EPC specific work elements such
as hot-taps, MAC (Main Automation Contractor) with evidence of
past execution as partners
7 Submit the lists of mobile & fixed equipment [cranes, low bed, flat
bed, crawlers, forklift, etc.] available for the Project including age,
conditions and current locations of equipment (including
maintenance program and evidence of past maintenance record)
8 Submit evidence of managing big kit equipment integration to
asset, pre-commissioning, commissioning and Project to asset
handover in the past 5years

B180075PPP

PROJECT EXECUTION PLAN Indicate Referenc
Response e in
is included Tender
Package
1 Submit its Execution Plan detailing the understanding of the
Project/contract scope of work, resources required to execute the
scope (equipment, personnel & materials), Site logistics, execution
risks & opportunities, stakeholders and interfaces management
plans plus daily progress report template, including the total
available planned Project resources for Project execution
2 Submit proposed Project/Contract schedule (level 3: activity
details including resources (People and Equipment)) - capturing
the Integration of the required engineering, LLI & bulks
procurement, fabrication, installation & commissioning to deliver
the Project scope of work as detailed in the contract work scope.
Tender shall clearly state the lead time for delivery of the long
lead items and incorporate same in the schedule.
3 Submit Project/contract technical risks & opportunities register
including mitigation plans and integration to the execution plan
and Contract in general
4 Submit Project/contract non-technical risks register including
mitigation plans and actions/responsible parties
5 Submit mobilization and demobilization plan including Heavy
Equipment [mobile and fixed] including inspection plans and
records
6 Submit method statements for execution of hot taps similar to
hot-taps applicable to the Project/contract work scope
7 Submit method statement/strategy for integration of field control
systems to CCR [Main Automation]
8 Submit logistic assessment and home office support for the team
on site, including accommodation and transporting personnel,
equipment and materials to the site and about the site. The plan
shall also include support for team on site.
9 Submit an assurance plan with provision of assurances, reviews

and approvals plan/list with focus to NLNG approvals/reviews &
assurances including reporting templates
10 Tenderer shall submit a summary of supports required from
NLNG, if any, across the various work execution phases [support
required only if applicable] with consideration for the NLNG
terms and conditions.

B180075PPP

INDUSTRIAL / COMMUNITY RELATIONS Indicate Reference in
Response Tender
is included Package
1 Describe the recruitment and staff development processes
planned for the Contract and measures to ensure retention of
highly skilled and competent personnel. Provide a copy of the
standard conditions of employment and fill out Table 2 below
2 Submit tenderer’s industrial relations policy & management
plan for the Project. This shall cover stakeholder management,
workforce engagement, communication plan,
disciplinary/grievance procedure, statutory remittances (such as
Employee Compensation Act (ECA), ITF, Pension)
3 Submit tenderer’s community relations policy & management
plan. This shall include a robust CR Policy & Management Plan
that details plans for adherence to local employment quota,
sustainable development, communication/crisis control
protocols, manpower sourcing tactics
(mobilization/demobilization), remuneration, CLO, conflict
resolution strategies)
4 Describe tenderer’s arrangements for accommodation &
transportation for personnel.

B180075PPP
Table 1: Safety Statistics Record
S/N MEASUREMENT UOM YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3

1 Work-Related Hours Man-hours
2 Number of Fatalities Each
3 Total No. of Preventative Reports (Near Each
Misses, Unsafe Actions, Unsafe
Conditions & HSE walkabout negative
findings)
4 Lost Time Injuries (LTI) Each
5 Total Reportable Case (TRC) Each
6 Total Reportable Occupational Illness Each
(TROI)
7 Total No. of Vehicle Incidents recorded Each
8 Total No. of Near Misses Each
9 Total No. of First Aid cases recorded Each
10 Total No. of Property Damage Incidents Each
11 Total No. of Fire incidents Each
13 HSE Audit Reports Each
14 HSE Audits Done vs. Scheduled %
15 Total No. of HSE Campaigns Executed Each
Table 2 Sub-Contractors List
THE SUBCONTRACT WORKS
Description of the Works
THE PROPOSED Sub-Contractor
Company Name Address Tel No Web Page
Sub-Contract Manager -
Address Tel No E-Mail
Name

B180075PPP
Table 3 Suppliers List
THE SUPPLIES
Description of the supply including likely quantities
THE PROPOSED SUPPLIER
Supplier Manager - Name Address Tel No E-Mail
Table 4 Previous Experiences
CONTRACT TITLE
THE WORKS
Description of the Works Location Start Date End Date
THE CLIENT
Client’s Contract Manager - Address Tel No E-Mail

Name
THE CONTRACT
VALUE COMMERCIAL BASIS OF THE CONTRACT e.g. measured
rates, lumps sum, hourly rates etc.

B180075PPP
PART D
FORM OF TENDER
The Tenderer shall complete the form for the Tender Submission as below.
TENDER SUBMISSION FOR:
EPCC FOR NEW BOIL-OFF GAS COMPRESSOR PROJECT
To: The Manager, Bonny Finance Services (FNP),

Production Admin Building,
Nigeria LNG Limited,
Bonny Island, Rivers State
Gentlemen,
Having examined the Enquiry Document, the Appendices, and the General Conditions of Contract
for Nigeria LNG Limited dated 6th August 2018, we hereby submit our Tender for the services as
described in the Enquiry No. B180075PPP dated February 2019 and any addenda to date issued
thereto.
This Tender together with the Contract Award and the Memorandum of Agreement, shall constitute
a binding contract between us.
We understand that you are neither bound to accept the lowest or any Tender that you may receive,
nor are you responsible for any expense incurred by us in tendering.
This offer remains firm and open for acceptance for a period of 180 (one hundred and eighty) days
from the date of return, as stated in the enquiry documentation, or as subsequently amended in
writing by Nigeria LNG Limited.
I/We, ………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(the undersigned tenderer) of address ………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………….…………………………………………………
do hereby offer to perform the Work for the Contract for the EPCC FOR NEW BOIL-OFF GAS
COMPRESSOR PROJECT in the sums stated in Section 10.
This Tender comprises:

Document Description Pages Dated
Form of Tender
Technical Submission (submitted under separate cover)
Invitation to Tender Document containing prices in Section 10
and Section 10.
Any other documents to be listed by the Tenderer:
Only the above documents to be considered in the evaluation of the tender and award of any
contract

B180075PPP
Tenderer to complete the following: -
Company Name ……………………………………………………………
Telephone Number ……………………………………………………………
Mobile Number ……………………………………………………………
Facsimile Number ……………………………………………………………
E-mail Address ……………………………………………………………
Signed for and on behalf of the Tenderer * by an authorized signatory
Name ……………………………………………………………
Signature ……………………………………………………………
Position ……………………………………………………………
Date ……………………………………………………………
Witnessed by Name ……………………………………………………………
Signature ……………………………………………………………
Position ……………………………………………………………
Date ……………………………………………………………
[* NOTE: If the Tenderer consists of more than one Company (e.g. Joint venture or consortium),
each Company in the joint venture or consortium must execute the Tender Form, using a separate
signature block.]

B180075PPP
PART E
SECTION 1
MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT
Contract Number: B180075PPP
EPCC FOR NEW BOIL-OFF GAS COMPRESSOR PROJECT
This Agreement is made on the ….. Day of….., 2019, between Nigeria LNG Limited, a Company
incorporated in Nigeria, under the laws of Nigeria, having its registered office at NLNG Road,
Amadi Creek, Off Eastern Bye-Pass, Port-Harcourt, Rivers State (hereinafter referred to as the
‘Company’ which expression shall where the context so admits include its successors-in-title and
assigns) of the one part and ………………………………………………….………….. a Company
duly incorporated in …………………………………………..…………………. having its office at
…………………………………….. (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Contractor’ which expression shall
where the context so admits include its successors-in-title and assigns) of the other part.
Whereas
A. The Company is engaged in the production of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG), and owns and
operates an LNG Plant on Bonny Island, Rivers State, Nigeria. Further information can be found in
the Company’s website http://www.nigerialng.com.
B. The Company wishes to appoint the Contractor to undertake certain works as defined in the
Contract. The Contractor shall carry out these Works and Services as and when required.
C. The Contractor is capable of providing works and services for and on behalf of the Company
and shall satisfy itself as to the nature of the works, including general and local conditions, and shall
provide all management, administration, supervision personnel, mobilization, demobilization,
temporary site facilities, plant, transportation, accommodation, equipment, parts, materials, tools,
instruments, services, attendances, consumables, data, drawings, measurements and any other
resources, requirements or activities whether of a temporary or permanent nature, except otherwise
indicated herein, and shall with all due care and diligence execute the Work and satisfactorily
perform all of its specific and implied obligations under the Agreement or any part thereof.
Now therefore in consideration of their mutual promises, covenants and conditions the parties
hereby agree to enter into this contract under the following terms and conditions:
1.0 Contract
The Contract comprises the following documentation:

Section 1 – Memorandum of Agreement. Ref. B180075PPP dated ………………………….
Section 2 - Particular Conditions of Contract
Section 3 – General Conditions of Contract
Section 4 – Scope of Work
Section 5 – Health Safety and Environmental Management
Section 6 – Quality Management
Section 7 – Provisions by the Company and Contractor
Section 8 – Work Instructions
Section 9 – Technical Documentation & Drawings
Section 10 – Schedule of Rates and Prices
Attachments and Appendices

B180075PPP
2.0 Duration
The Contract Period shall include for Time for Completion of the works …………………. (to be
advised by tenderer but not exceeding 24 months), Maintenance Period 12 (twelve) months, time
for rectification of defective works or equipment due to poor workmanship, material and/or
factory defect and thereafter contract close-out.
The overall Contract duration shall not exceed 40 months in total.
3.0 Contract Price
In consideration of the due performance of the Works by the Contractor and the performance of its
other obligations under the contract, the Company shall pay to the Contractor all sums in
accordance with Section 10 (Schedule of Rates and Prices), as well as other sums or amounts as
may become payable to or deductible from the Contractor pursuant to the provisions of the contract
and any applicable law or regulation (herein called the Contract Sum).
4.0 Invoicing
The Contractor shall submit invoices based upon the agreed valuation of work done to the following
address:
The Finance Controller,

Attn: Accounts Payable Unit,
NLNG Limited Plant Complex,
Bonny Island, Rivers State,
Federal Republic of Nigeria.
5.0 Contract Non-Exclusivity
The Company is not obligated to use the Contractor to provide or exclusively perform this or any
services described in the contract. The Company at its discretion may contract with other persons,
firms or companies to perform similar or concurrent services, in part or whole, as those described
in the contract.
6.0 Severability
If any provision of this Contract is declared invalid by any competent authority, then such provision
shall be deemed automatically adjusted to conform to the requirements for validity as declared at
such time and as so adjusted, and shall be deemed a provision of this Contract as though originally
included. If the provision invalidated is of such a nature that it cannot be so adjusted, the provision
shall be deemed deleted from this Contract as though the provision had never been included. In
either case, the remaining provisions of this Contract shall remain in full force and effect.
This Agreement may be signed in counterparts with the same effect as if all signing parties had
signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute one and the
same Contract.
In Witness Whereof the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and their
respective authorized officers have hereunto set their hands as of the day and year first written
above.

B180075PPP
For The Company For The Contractor
Name : Joseph Alagoa Name: …………………………………………
Position : Manager Contracts, Procurement Position: …………………………………………

and Materials
Signature: ……………………………………. Signature: ………………………………………
Witnessed By: Witnessed By:
Name : Adeleye Adeyemi Name: …………………………………………
Position : Head, Contracts Services Position: …………………………………………
Signature: ……………………………………. Signature: ………………………………………

B180075PPP
SECTION 2
PARTICULAR CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1. DEFINITIONS
In the Contract the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to
them except where the context otherwise requires: -
1.1 ‘Appendix to Tender’ means the completed pages entitled appendix to tender which form part
of the Form of Tender.
1.2 ‘ASTMI’ means American Standard for Testing and Materials International.
1.3 “BDEP” means Basic Design Engineering Package.
1.4 ‘Commencement Date’ shall mean the date of commencement of Works which unless otherwise
stated in the particular conditions of the contract shall be within fifteen (15) working days after
the execution of the Contract.
1.5 ‘Company’ shall mean Nigeria LNG Limited.
1.6 “Contract Holder” shall mean Named individual appointed by the Contract Owner (Budget
Holder) to represent the Company and is responsible for managing the activities of the
Contracts Post Award.
1.7 “Contract Owner” shall mean a named individual who sponsors the delivery activities to meet
business requirements and is accountable for providing adequate resource to control and
manage the activities.
1.8 ‘Contract Sum’ shall mean the sum calculated in accordance with the Contract that represents
the total cost to the Company of the Works or Services.
1.9 ‘Contractor’ or “Consultant” shall mean Contractor responsible for Engineering, Procurement,
Construction and Commissioning of the Project
1.10 ‘DEP’s’ means Design and Engineering Practices.
1.11 “DIN” means Deutsches Institut Fur Normung EV.
1.12 “DPR“ means Department for Petroleum Resources.
1.13 ‘Documentation’ shall mean all drawings, tracings, designs, specifications, calculations,
data, material sheets, programmes, correspondence, computer software and all other
documents, models and other design aids, which convey information relevant to the Services
including that produced by data processing systems.
1.14 ‘Employee’ and ‘Personnel’ shall mean any person provided by the Contractor or Sub-
Contractor to carry out the Works or Services.
1.15 “Engineer” shall mean the Company's representative at the Site or such other person as may
be notified in writing by the Company.
1.16 ‘Expatriate’ shall generally mean those personnel who hold citizenship and/or are domiciled
in countries other than the Federal Republic of Nigeria.
B180075PPP
1.17 ‘GTS’ means the Gas Transmission System transporting natural gas from the Gas Suppliers
Sites to the Manufacturing Complex located at Bonny Island.
1.18 ‘HSE’ means, Health, Safety and Environment.
1.19 ‘IA’ means the Industrial Area or Plant Complex located on Bonny Island.
1.20 ‘ISB’ means the Company’s Integrated Support Base located at Amadi Creek, Off Eastern
Bypass, Port Harcourt.
1.21 “Maintenance Period” shall mean a defect correction period of 12 (twelve) calendar months
from the date(s) of Company’s acceptance of the Work or part(s) thereof through the issue of a
Certificate of Practical Completion to the Contractor.
1.22 ‘Nigerian National’ shall mean those personnel who hold Nigerian Citizenship and are
domiciled in Nigeria.
1.23 “Practical Completion” shall mean the stage when the Works are completed in accordance
with the Contract save only that a reasonable quantity of Category C Punch List items remains
outstanding (i.e. items reserved for completion during Maintenance Period and will not have
adverse effect on Company’s use of the Works), the Works are capable of substantially fulfilling
their assigned function to the reasonable satisfaction of the Engineer and all tests that are
required for Practical Completion have satisfactorily been completed.
1.24 ‘RA’ means the NLNG Residential Area located on Bonny Island.
1.25 ‘Regulations’ shall mean all statutes and any enactment, order, regulation or other similar
instrument of any Local Authority or Government body as amended by subsequent regulation
or legislation and in addition, any standards, specifications, codes of practice and requirement
specified by the Company under the Contract.
1.26 ‘Scope of Work’ or ‘Scope of Service’ shall mean the nature and extent of the Company's
requirements under the Contract and any variation thereto as may from time to time be directed
in writing by the Engineer or his nominated Representative.
1.27 ‘Service’ or ‘Work’ shall mean all activities pertaining to design, production of drawings,
management, administration, supervision, provision of personnel and/or equipment, plant,
transportation, tools, machinery, materials, services, utilities, protections, attendances, and any
other resources, requirements or activities necessary for satisfactory performance of the
Contract or any part thereof.
1.28 ‘Time for Completion’ means the time for completing the Works calculated from the
Commencement Date.
1.29 ‘Variation Order’ shall mean a written instruction signed by the Company delegated
authority to add, omit, alter or modify the design, specification, quantity, or method of execution
of the works, with the resultant effect on price and/or programme, if any.
2. CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
2.1 Form of Contract
The Contract type is Lump Sum.

B180075PPP
2.2 Outline of the Obligations of the Contractor
2.2.1 The Contractor shall execute the Works in accordance with the terms and conditions of
the Contract.
2.2.2 The Contractor shall provide all that is required, whether specified or implied that is
reasonably necessary to satisfy the Company’s requirements as specified in the Contract.
3. CONTRACT DOCUMENT INTERPRETATION AND PRECEDENCE
The documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another. If any
conflict, misalignment or inconsistency occurs between the various documents comprising the
Contract, the order of precedence shall be so as to meet Company’s requirements for the Works
and as stated below:
a. Regulations;
b. Memorandum of Agreement, Section 1;
c. Documented deviations as agreed by Company and Contractor
d. Particular Conditions of Contract, Section 2;
e. The General Conditions of Contract for Nigeria LNG Limited dated 6th August 2018 and
its Appendices, Section 3;
f. Contract Documents, Section 4 to 11
g. Company Standards and Procedures;
h. Other Specifications and Standards.
i. Minutes of any clarification meetings
j. Contractor’s Technical and Commercial offers.
4. GENERAL
The Contractor shall comply with the General Conditions of Contract for Nigeria LNG Limited dated
6th August 2018 and as amplified herein.
4.1 The Contractor shall execute the Works in accordance with the Contract, which includes these
contract conditions. The Contractor shall construct the Works to Practical Completion upon the
terms and conditions set out herein.
4.2 The Contractor shall give priority to the Company in the provision of Work or Services relating
to this Contract and it is an express requirement that the Contractor allocates the necessary
resources to sustain the required input levels throughout execution to ensure planned progress
and timely completion.
4.3 The Works shall include and the Contractor shall provide, whether specified or implied, all that
is reasonably necessary to satisfy the Company’s requirements as specified in the Contract,
which may be required to ensure safe and proper operation of the Works.
4.4 The Contractor warrants that upon completion the Works shall be fit for the intended purpose
as explicitly specified in the Contract.
4.5 The Contractor shall at its own cost remedy any defects in the Works that become apparent
during the Maintenance Period.
4.6 The Contractor shall make arrangements to obtain any necessary planning permissions,
building control approvals and any necessary permits, licences or taxes pursuant to any
Regulations including without limitation those issued by any Local, State or Federal Government
authority to facilitate prompt commencement and unhindered execution of the Works.

B180075PPP
5. SUBCONTRACTING
5.1 Generally
The Contractor may subcontract the Works, but not the whole of them, subject to the written
approval of the Company which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company reserves
the right to pre-qualify any and all Sub-Contractors for suitability and capability for working on
the Site, in accordance with its standard procedures for Contractor pre-qualification. The
Contractor shall allow sufficient time for the Company to pre-qualify any proposed Sub-
Contractors. Such subcontracting shall not relieve the Contractor of its primary obligation to the
Company to deliver the Works in line with the agreed specification.
5.2 Subcontract Plan
The Contractor may only subcontract the Works in accordance with its subcontracting Plan,
duly approved by Company that specifies which part of the Works it proposes to subcontract,
with details of the Sub-Contractors that it proposes to employ. Any deviation from the
Company approved subcontract plan shall be notified to the Company for approval, which
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
5.3 Subcontract Conditions
5.3.1 The Contractor in placing subcontracts, particularly with local Contractors, shall
specify conditions equivalent to those of the main Contract and shall also be subject
to the Company’s General Conditions of Contract. In addition, Sub-Contractors shall
be required to execute their subcontracts to the Company’s HSE and Quality
standards.
5.3.2 The Contractor must notify its intention regarding placement of any Sub-Contractor
for provision of work or services under this contract. Any Sub-Contractor nominated
by the Contractor shall be subject to pre-qualification by the Company and thereafter
subject to approval by the Company prior to the Contractor engaging the services of
the Sub-Contractor.
5.3.3 Any subcontracts placed by the Contractor shall be in strict compliance with the
requirements for Nigerian Content as such term is defined in The Nigerian Oil & Gas
Industry Content Development (NOGICD) Act 2010.
5.3.4 Where subcontracts are reimbursable, Contractor will allow Company to review the
costs of such subcontracts and the elements supplied by Sub-Contractor(s)
comprising the costs. Contractor will comply with any instructions given by Company
following its review of a subcontract.
5.3.5 Contractor will ensure that all subcontracts are in every material respects consistent
with the terms and conditions of the contract and will include in each subcontract:
a.) The unconditional right of assignment or novation of the subcontract in whole

or in part to Company or its nominee which may be made by the delivery of
Company’s written notice to the Sub-Contractor;
b.) That any obligations of performance owed by Sub-Contractor (including
warranties and actions required to remedy defective scope or cure any
defaults or defects) may be enforced by either Company or Contractor; and
c.) Contractor’s unconditional right to suspend or terminate the subcontract
upon Company’s instruction on terms at least equivalent to those included in
this contract for suspension and termination.
B180075PPP
5.3.6 Contractor shall not bind Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries in any
subcontract.
5.4 Subcontract Competency Development
The Contractor shall develop, implement and manage a Training and Development Programme
for its local Sub-Contractors. The training and development programme shall as a minimum
address sustainable needs of local Sub-Contractors’ in respect of the following areas of
competence:
QA/QC Systems development and management

Administration and Logistics management
Contract Management
Project Management
Financial Management
5.5 Payment to Sub-Contractors
a. If Company becomes aware that Contractor has failed to pay its Sub-Contractor(s) or
Company receives a claim from a Sub-Contractor related to non-payment for agreed scope,
Company will notify Contractor.
b. If Contractor does not promptly pay the Sub-Contractors after receiving notice and to ensure
proper performance of scope (including to discharge a threatened or asserted lien), then
Company may issue payment:
i. Directly to such Sub-Contractor(s); or
ii. Jointly to Contractor and any Sub-Contractor(s).
Any payment to a Sub-Contractor under this provision will be regarded as a payment to

Contractor for the Contract Price. Company may set off these payments against amounts owed
to Contractor or charge Contractor for such amounts.
6. LOCAL RELATIONS
6.1 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain harmonious relationships with its
employees at site as well as with the local communities on Bonny Island. The Contractor shall
have a Community Liaison Officer, with working knowledge of the Bonny/Finima Local
Communities and Community Relations requirements, who shall be responsible for liaising with
local communities on Bonny Island, and for ensuring that Contractor maintains harmonious
relations with the local communities but not so as to injure or harm relations of the local
communities with other Contractors or the Company. The Contractor’s Manager Local
Relations shall at all times liaise / coordinate his activities with the Company’s own Local
Relations activities and Local Relations management personnel.
6.2 The Contractor’s Community Liaison Officer shall not unreasonably raise the expectations of
reward or business to the Local Communities, but shall actively seek to minimise any adverse
effects of the demands and activities of the local communities on the Company’s operations
generally and specifically of the obligations of the Contractor under this contract.
6.3 Contractor shall liaise with NLNG Community Relation Department for guidance in managing
its Community Relations Plan in line with NLNG Community Relations Policy.
6.4 Employment of personnel for the Project will be in line with the requirements of the Bonny
Integrated Recruitment Centre (BIRC).
B180075PPP
6.5 The Contractor shall be deemed to have included within its Contract rates all costs associated
with maintaining sound local and community relations and generally for complying with the
requirements of this Article. For the avoidance of any doubt the Contractor shall not be entitled
to any extension of time or costs from the Company as a result of any delays or schedule
slippages caused by its failure or omission to appropriately manage local relations.
6.6 All communications with the local communities shall be notified to the Engineer.
6.7 The Contractor shall keep the Contract Holder appraised at all times of any and all matters that
concern the Contractor's workforce and with all Union matters that may affect the Workforce or
the progress of the Works
7. OWNERSHIP
7.1 All materials provided by Contractor or any Sub-Contractor for incorporation into the Work
shall become the property of the Company upon incorporation into the Works or upon payment
by Company, whichever is the earlier. The ownership of any material provided by Contractor
or any Sub-Contractor, which is not in accordance with the Contract specifications, and which
Company rejects shall immediately revert to Contractor or Sub-Contractor as applicable.
7.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause, the care and custody of the Work and all materials
and equipment for incorporation into the Work shall remain with Contractor until completion
of the Works or Services.
8. COMMENCEMENT OF WORKS AND TIME FOR COMPLETION
8.1 The Contractor shall commence the execution of the Works on the Commencement Date as
defined in the Contract, and shall then proceed with the Works with due expedition and without
delay.
8.2 The Contractor shall complete the whole of the Works, and each section (if any), within a Time
for Completion stated in the contract, including:
a) achieving the passing of any necessary tests on completion

b) completing all work which is stated in the Contract as being required for the Works or Section
to be completed for the purposes of taking-over.
9. AMPLIFICATION TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR NIGERIA LNG LIMITED
9.1 Clause 7 Materials
Amend sub-clause 7(ii) as follows:
Replace the words “The Materials supplied by the Contractor shall be fit for their purpose and
of suitable quality….” with the words “The materials/equipment supplied by the Contractor for
the Works shall be new, fit for purpose and of the best quality…..” in the first line.
9.2 Clause 20 – Compliance with Labour Regulations
Add 20 (viii);
Where the Contractor engages a Nigerian domiciled in Nigeria to undertake this work on behalf
of the Contractor, the Contractor shall comply with the Employee Compensation Act 2010.
B180075PPP
9.3 Clause 21 – Damages, Injuries and Insurances
Amended to read;
Damage, injuries and insurance
21. (i) The object of this Clause is to make provision for the allocation of insurable risks between
the Contractor and Company, the Contractor and Sub-Contractors, and in particular to
minimise the duplication of insurance cover by the Company, the Contractor and Sub-
Contractors.
(ii) Subject to any express terms and conditions in the Contract to the contrary, neither party
shall be liable to the other for indirect loss which shall include, but not be limited to, loss of
use of property, business interruption, loss of profit or anticipated profit, loss of revenue
and loss of production.
(iii) The Contractor shall assume entire responsibility for and shall indemnify and hold the
Company harmless against all losses, liabilities, claims, costs and expenses arising directly
or indirectly out of or in connection with the execution of the Works and arising from:
(a) loss of or damage to the property and equipment of the Contractor and/or its Sub-
Contractors howsoever described, including without limitation any Plant and Materials;
(b) injury, including fatal injury and disease, to employees of the Contractor and/or Sub-
Contractors, employed or engaged upon or in connection with the Works or who may
properly be on the Site in connection with the Works;
(c) loss of or damage to the property of and/or injury, including fatal injury and disease to
third parties (excluding employees of the Company) and in such case except to the
extent that the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Company has caused or
contributed to such injury, loss or damage.
(iv) The liability of the Contractor arising from (c) above shall, for any one incident or series of
incidents arising from one event, be limited to a combined limit of $25,000 and unlimited
as to the number of occurrences. In excess of this level, liability shall be determined by
reference to the applicable law.
(v) Without prejudice to the obligations of the Contractor under Clause 21(iv) above, the
Company shall assume entire responsibility for and shall indemnify and hold the Contractor
and its Sub-Contractors harmless against all losses, liabilities, claims, costs and expenses
arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with the Works and arising from:
(a) injury, including fatal injury and disease, to employees of the Company;
(b) loss of or damage to property of the Company;
(c) loss of or damage to the property of, and/or injury, including fatal injury and disease
to third parties (excluding employees of the Contractor and its Sub-Contractors) and in
such case to the extent that the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Company
has caused or contributed to such injury, loss or damage.
(vi) The Company shall provide and maintain at its own expense the following insurances,
noting the Contractor and all Sub-Contractors as co-insured, and there will be no
obligation on the Contractor to supply these insurances and consequentially, the cost of
such insurance shall not be included in the Contract price:
(a) Insurance for Loss of or damage to Company property and equipment;
(b) Subject to Clause 21(iii)(c) above, Third Party Liabilities which may arise out of or in
connection with the execution of the Works.

B180075PPP
Copies of these insurance policies shall be provided to the Contractor on request. For the
avoidance of doubt, the insurance provided by the Company does not cover liabilities
arising from the use of waterborne craft.
(vii) The Company shall maintain a Group Life Assurance policy in respect of employees of the
Company, or any such other policy for employees as stipulated by Nigerian legislation.
(viii) The Contractor shall maintain the following insurances in full force and effect during the
whole period of the Works and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that
these insurances comply with local legislation:
(a) Employee Compensation, Employees Liability and/or Employers Liability Insurance,
Health Insurance (or similar as required by law) in respect of the Contractor's employees
engaged in the execution of the Works;
(b) Public/Third Party and Passenger Liability Insurance in respect of motor vehicles, and/or
equipment used by the Contractor in connection with the execution of the Works;
(c) Unless provided by the Company, All Risk Insurance Policy which shall note the
Company and all Sub-Contractors employed under the Works as co-insured (for
construction activities) with appropriate limit based on Contract Value;
(d) Group Life Assurance Policy for its employees in line with any applicable legislation
and/or regulations.
Where the Contractor is responsible for works on, over or under water it shall ensure that
every vessel used in connection with such works has full Hull and Machinery and Protection
& Indemnity or other relevant maritime insurance cover and is at all material times
seaworthy.
The Contractor shall ensure that all Sub-Contractors maintain similar insurances in full force
(or are noted in its own policies where appropriate) and effect during the whole period of
the Works in respect of their employees, motor vehicles, equipment and waterborne craft.
(ix) The Contractor's and Sub-Contractors' Employers Liability insurance(s) shall contain
provisions whereby, if any claim or proceedings in respect of which the Contractor
and/or Sub-Contractors would be entitled to receive indemnity under such insurances is
brought or made against the Company, the insurer(s) will indemnify the Company
against such claim or claims and any costs, charges and expenses in respect thereof.
(x) Unless otherwise notified in writing to the contrary, the Contractor shall, in respect of any
claim or claims which may arise, take all or any action which may be necessary to ensure
prompt settlement of such claim or claims. In respect of insurance effected by the
Company, the Contractor shall deal through the insurance brokers and/or loss adjusters
nominated by the Company.
(xi) The Contractor and its Sub-Contractors shall submit current copies of all insurances policies
related to the contract to the Company.
(xii) Nothing contained in this Clause 21 shall limit the liability of the Contractor or its Sub-
Contractors for any damage, loss or injury arising from the use of waterborne craft.
9.4 Clause 31 – Contract Prices
Replace the entirety of clause 31 with the following:
The rates and prices shall be firm and fixed and shall not be subject to any adjustment save in
the case of changes in technical scope.

B180075PPP
9.5 Clause 34 – Contractor’s Default, Bankruptcy, etc.
Add sub-clause 34 (vi) a. as follows:
The Company shall have the right to terminate the Contract on giving written notice to the
Contractor, which may have immediate effect, without prejudice to any other rights available
to it under the Contract or at law, if the Company considers that the Contractor has breached
or is about to breach any provision of the Contract relating to the Nigerian Content deliverables
and applicable Schedule Targets for this Contract.
9.6 Clause 35 – Force Majeure
Replace “Official strike or lock-out or other official industrial action by workers or employers”
with “Industry-wide official strikes or other official industrial action with a direct impact on this
Agreement”.
9.7 Nigerianization
Add clause 41 as follows:
Contractor’s Nigerian Content Obligations
The Contractor shall abide by, comply, and secure compliance by its Sub-Contractors, with all
applicable Laws, directives, rules and regulations of any governmental or regulatory body on
Nigerian Content. The Contractor shall also maximize Nigerian Content in its operations in
accordance with the Scope of Work for this Contract.
In particular, the Contractor shall promote the sustainable development of Nigerian businesses
as suppliers & service providers, establish training programs as well as utilize as much as
possible goods and services to be procured from Nigerian markets.
Execution of Works
The Contractor shall execute the Nigerian Content Deliverables in accordance with the terms of
the Contract as detailed in the Nigerian Content Execution Plan in a sound, professional and
workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the Contract Holder which must be
communicated in writing at each stage of the fulfilment of the Nigerian Content Execution Plan.
The Contract Holder may reject any work on the ground that any Nigerian Content deliverable
is not in accordance with the standard or the terms of the Contract and may require such work
to be made good at the Contractor's expense which shall include all direct costs incurred by the
Company as a result of the unsatisfactory or defective work and its making good.
Non conformance
If, in the opinion of the Company, the Contractor is not meeting the deliverables of the Nigerian
Content Execution Plan, the Contractor shall, at its own expense and at the Contract Holder's
request on Company’s behalf, provide such additional resources to regain conformity with the
deliverables or take such other action as the Contract Holder may require.
Failure to meet the Nigerian Content Deliverables as stated in the Nigerian Content Execution
Plan shall render the Contractor liable under Clause 68 of the Nigerian Oil and Gas Industry
Content Development Act, 2010 (NOGICD).
For the avoidance of doubt, the Contractor warrants and undertakes to fulfill all the requirements
of the NOGICD as it relates to the execution of the Contract and further undertakes to indemnify

B180075PPP
Company for any breach whatsoever alleged and prosecuted by the Nigerian Content
Monitoring Board in relation to the Contractor’s performance under the said Contract.
Deviations from Approved Nigerian Content Execution Plan
a) Changes by Contractor
Immediately the Contractor determines that there is a likelihood of deviation from the Nigerian
Content Deliverables, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Holder in writing of the
circumstances that have led or will lead to the likelihood of the deviation, the estimated impact
and what remedial action the Contractor has taken or will take to avoid or minimize the
deviation.
b) Changes by Company
The Contract Holder may from time to time by written instructions to the Contractor vary the
Works and he may in particular by such instructions direct that any part of the Works be omitted
or that additional works shall be executed at the expense of the Company.
In both cases (a) and (b) above, if the Contractor considers that that there is a likelihood of
deviation from the Nigerian Content Deliverables, it shall notify the Contract Holder immediately
of the proposed deviation. The Contractor's notification shall be in the form of a Variation order
request form with documentation giving details of the circumstances to which the deviation
relates including but not limited to:
1. Detailed Product/Service Category (Material, Skills, etc.) for which deviation is being
requested.
2. Justification for deviation

a. Evidence of existence of in-county capacity/capability gap
b. Proof of in-country verification to confirm lack of capacity /capability e.g. description
of methodology of verification, attachment of any form of proof of verification such
as written correspondence from all Nigerian sources stating their inability to meet the
requirements of the service/product to be procured by Company.
3. A detailed plan to support the development of such category.
4. Risk analysis
5. Other information, records, relevant data and analysis and calculations to justify the request
The Contractor shall present the fully documented change request to the Contract Holder for
review and will be notified in writing of the approval or rejection of the request. The Contractor
shall allow for a minimum of 15 (fifteen) working days for the review of its change request. The
Contract Holder may, upon reviewing the request, require Contractor to provide further
information or clarification within a reasonable time such that does not cause any delay in the
performance of the Works.
If the request is rejected, the Contractor shall be notified in writing and requested to execute the
Nigerian Content Deliverables as detailed in the Nigerian Content Execution Plan.
If the recommendations are accepted and a decision is made to implement the change, The
Contractor shall be notified in writing of the approval and requested to execute the Nigerian
Content Deliverables as detailed in the Nigerian Content Execution Plan in conjunction with the
approved changes.
Non-waiver
No failure on the part of the Company at any time to enforce or require strict adherence to and
performance of any terms of the Contract as detailed in the Nigerian Content Execution Plan
B180075PPP
shall constitute a waiver of such and/or affect or impair the rights of the Company at any time
to avail itself of such remedies as it may have under these Conditions for each and every breach
thereof.
Compliance with Rules and Regulations generally

The Contractor, in performance of this Agreement, shall comply with all applicable laws and
governmental Rules, Regulations and orders.
If, owing to any such Rules or Regulations, any variation of the Works is necessary, the Contractor
shall promptly notify the Contract Holder in writing that such is the case. For the avoidance of
doubt, any costs incurred by the Contractor in carrying out its duty to comply with such Rules or
Regulations, shall be deemed to be included in the Contract price and not represent an
additional requirement from Company.
10. PERFORMANCE BOND
The Contractor shall deliver to the Company, within fifteen (15) working days of the
Commencement Date and in any event before the first payment valuation, a performance
security in a form and from a first class local or international bank acceptable to the Company,
i.e. banks having a credit rating of at least an ‘A-’ or equivalent rating from either of Fitch,
Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Nigeria’s Agusto Rating Agencies. If at any time during the life
of the performance bond, the credit rating of the issuing bank falls below the above indicated
threshold, the Contractor shall promptly provide a replacement bond from another acceptable
bank that meets Company’s required credit rating, at no extra charge to Company.
The amount of the security shall be 10% of the Contract Sum. This value shall apply until Practical
Completion of the works. The amount of security thereafter shall be 5% of the Contract Sum and
shall apply until successful completion of the Maintenance Period after Practical Completion of
the Works.
11. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
If the Contractor fails to comply with requirements on Commencement and Time for Completion
by not completing the Work by the agreed date required for Practical Completion, the Contractor
shall be liable for payment of liquidated damages to the Company for this default. The
liquidated damages liable to be paid by the Contractor to the Company shall be
USD$15,000/day for every day that shall elapse between the relevant Time for Completion and
the date in which the Contractor attains Practical Completion which shall be stated in the
Certificate of Practical Completion issued by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the
liquidated damages are not a penalty but represent an agreed pre-estimate of loss that the
Contractor’s delay will cause the Company. The total liquidated damages payable by the
Contractor to the Company under this Clause shall not exceed a maximum amount of ten (10%)
percent of the Contract Sum and the payment of liquidated damages shall in no way excuse the
Contractor from the fulfilment of its contracted obligations or affect the Company’s other rights
under the contract.
12. BRIEF LIST OF CONTRACT INFORMATION

B180075PPP
Contract Holder Varma, Ajay (PPP/211)
Contract Owner Chinedu Iwu (PP)
Contract Type Lump Sum Fixed Price contract
Contractor Representatives
..............................................…………………
…………………………………………………….…
Contract Sum ……………………………………………………….
Currency of Payment and Proportions Nigerian Naira and United State Dollars
USDXX%; Naira (xxx%)
Liquidated Damages USD 15,000.00 per day
Maximum amount of Liquidated

Damages 10% of Contract Sum
Performance Bond 10% of Contract Sum to be submitted within 15

working days of Commencement Date and before first
payment valuation and shall apply until Practical
Completion. A PB of 5% of the Contract Sum shall
apply thereafter for Maintenance Period.
Withholding Tax Will be applied
VAT Will be applied (excluded in contract sum)
Commencement Date Q4 2019
Contract Duration 40 months
Time for Completion TBA shall not exceed 24 months
Maintenance Period 12 months
Programme Time for Submission Submitted with tender
Kick-off meeting Within 15 working days of Commencement Date
Verbal instructions to be confirmed in writing Within 5 working days
As-built Drawings Within 20 working days of Practical Completion

B180075PPP
SECTION 3
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR

NIGERIA LNG LIMITED (6th August 2018)
See Attachment 7

B180075PPP
SECTION 4
SCOPE OF WORK
1.0 Introduction and Scope Overview
1.1 Definitions
In this Section 4, capitalized words used and not defined herein shall have the meaning provided in
the Conditions of Contract. Additional capitalized terms used in this Section 4 or in any Appendix
or other document incorporated herein by reference, shall have the meaning set forth below or as
defined elsewhere in this Section 4:
“New Facilities” shall mean all facilities in the realization of the New Boil-Off Gas Compressor
facilities and associated facilities
“Project” shall mean New Boil- Off Gas Compressor Project
“Existing Facilities” shall mean the Nigeria LNG and related facilities existing at the site.
“System” shall mean that part of the Facility which, upon completion of certain tasks, can be
commissioned or brought into operation, for which simulation runs or start-up activities can be
conducted, etc. Process systems are identified by use of “marked-up” PEFSs which define the piping,
vessels, pumps, etc., which are required to be installed and tested to enable commissioning works
to commence. Non-process systems (e.g. buildings, civil and/or structural steel works, electrical and
instrument systems, etc.) are identified by listings and/or drawings indicating geographic area / sub-
areas
“As-Built” shall mean an accurate and approved record of all deviations from the Work as shown
and the Work as installed.
“Brownfield Area” is equivalent to the term “Existing Facility Site” as defined in the Conditions of
Contract.
“Certification Handover” means the delivery of all Certification Dossiers to Company
“Deliverables” means any design or engineering documents, including plans, elevations, sections,
details, schedules, and diagrams, specifications for Equipment, and standards and workmanship
for the Work, any reports, plans or procedures that Contractor is required to develop in connection
with the performance of the Work, and any other data in recorded form related to the Work,
including test results, in each case whether in written, printed, electronic or other recordable form,
which Contractor shall deliver to Company for review as further detailed in Section 10 of this Section
4
“Dossier” means a suite of records containing compiled Certification records.
“Greenfield Area” includes areas allocated to Contractor for construction of new facilities and for
use during construction, e.g. for temporary construction facilities, material storage areas, and
vehicle parking.
“Golden Weld” indicates the final weld connecting piping systems or components which have been
successfully tested need not be leak tested provided the weld is examined in-process and passes
with 100% radiographic examination or 100% ultrasonic examination .
“Inspection” or “inspection” means the conformity evaluation by observation and judgment
accompanied as appropriate by measurement, testing or gauging.
“Lessons Learned” means lessons arising from previous projects, FEED, operating experience and
those arising during the execution of the Project that lead to advantages or improvements in the
ability of Company or Contractor to mitigate Project risks and maximize Project opportunities, and
that have been reviewed and approved by Company or Contractor for implementation and will be
tracked to closure on the Project.
“Lower Explosive Limit” or “LEL” means the lowest percentage concentration of a gas or a vapor in
air capable of producing a flash of fire in the presence of an ignition source such as arc, flame, or
heat.
“Manufacturer/Supplier” is the party that manufactures or supplies equipment and services to
perform the duties specified by the Contractor

B180075PPP
“Operating Spare Parts” means for each item of Equipment included in a Project, the spare parts
recommended by the relevant manufacturer for two years of operation of the Project, taking into
account predicted failure rates, spare utilization, spare criticality and supply lead time from the
Subcontractor providing the spare parts.
“Performance Management” means a strategy to provide a clear and measurable (auditable)
process, matched with a set of guiding behaviors, that shall be used by both Company and
Contractor to ensure that both Contractor and Company’s Project management team are
consistently performing at a high level of capability throughout the term of the Contract in support
of accomplishing the strategic objectives of the Project.
“Pre-commissioning” means the activities executed on a System-by-System basis to clean and tighten
and validate the functionality of Equipment and piping systems, including cold function checks for
instruments, circulation of non-process fluids for cleaning of vessels and piping Systems, installation
of orifice plates, loading of first fills, nitrogen purging, leak testing, inerting of Systems, and
introduction of benign fluids, as appropriate.
“Project Quality Management Plan” or “PQMP” means the plan setting forth the Quality
Management System to be developed and implemented by Contractor.
“Quality” or “quality” means the degree to which a set of inherent characteristics fulfills
requirements.
“Quality Action” means a specific action attributed to a non-conformance to a specified requirement
of the Contract.
“Quality Assurance” or “(QA)” means the part of Quality Management focused on providing
confidence that Quality requirements will be fulfilled.
“Quality Control” or “(QC)” means the part of Quality Management focused on fulfilling quality
requirements.
“Quality Management” or “(QM)” means those coordinated activities to direct and control an
organization with regard to quality.
“Quality Surveillance” means the monitoring of the Quality Management activities being performed
within Contractor’s overall supply chain.
“Regulatory Design Documents” means those FEED Documents and the Deliverables that have been
and will be submitted to Government Authorities in support of the Company Permits
“Flawless Delivery” means a strategy and management framework to achieve a right first time
Commissioning, Start Up, and operational performance, and deliver the Project on time, fully
functional, meeting the Company Technical Requirements, design intent and capable of safe
operational service.
“SIMOPS” means two or more activities being executed or happening at the same time, but
physically close enough to pose a risk to either activity.
“System” means the part of a facility containing or associated with a particular product/medium
(e.g. Nitrogen, Instrument air).
“Temporary Construction Facilities” are Contractor’s temporary facilities installed at the Site for use
during construction, Pre-commissioning, Commissioning, Start Up and Acceptance Testing of the
Project.
“Workforce” means all personnel of Contractor or Subcontractors engaged in the performance of
the Work.
1.2 Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used in this Section 4:
ALARP: As Low As Reasonably Practicable

CCR: Central Control Room
CEP: Construction Execution Plan
CMMS: Computerized Maintenance Management System
CMF: Corrosion Management Framework
CP: Cathodic Protection
DBR: Design Basis Requirements

B180075PPP
DCS: Distributed Control System

ESD: Emergency Shutdown
E-SPIR: Electronic Spare Parts and Interchangeability Record
FAT: Factory Acceptance Test
FEED: Front End Engineering Design
FGS: Fire and Gas System
FMEA: Failure Modes Effects Analysis
H&MB Heat and Material Balance
HAZID: Hazard Identification
HAZOP: Hazard and Operability
HSSE: Health, Safety, Security, and Environment
HFE: Human Factors Engineering
IFAT: Integrated Factory Acceptance Test
ITP: Inspection and Test Plan
KPI: Key Performance Indicator
LEL: Lower Explosive Limit
LL: Lesson Learned
MAC: Main Automation Contractor
MOC: Management of Design Changes
NCR: Non-Conformance to a specified requirement
NDT: Non-Destructive Testing
OEM: Original Equipment Manufacturer
ORR: Operations Readiness Review
OVA: Opportunity Value Assurance
PAS: Process Automation System
PFS: Piping Flow Scheme
PEFS: Piping Engineering Flow Scheme
PMS: Power Management System
PPM: Project Performance Management
PQMP: Project Quality Management Plan
PSUA: Pre-Start Up Audit
PTW: Permit To Work
QA: Quality Assurance
QC: Quality Control
QM: Quality Management
QRA: Quantitative Risk Assessment
RAM: Reliability Availability and Maintainability
RBI: Risk Based Inspection
RFSU: Ready for Start-up
RFT: Right First Time
RSPL: Recommended Spare Parts List
RR: Readiness Review
SAT: Site Acceptance Test
SCE: Safety Critical Element
SDR: Subcontractor Deviation Request
SGS: Safeguarding System
SRFC: System Ready for Commissioning
SMC: System Mechanical Completion
TBE: Technical Bid Evaluation
TRP: Technical Responsible Person
VAR: Value Assurance Review

B180075PPP
1.3 General Introduction

The Work includes the design, engineering, procurement, expediting, transportation, management,
construction, installation, pre-commissioning, commissioning and start up support and acceptance
testing of New Boil-Off Gas Compressor Project, an expansion to the existing NLNG facility at
Finima on Bonny Island, comprising:
the “process systems” ;
a)
the “electrical Systems”
b)
the “tie-ins to the existing plant”;
c)
the “supporting on-site infrastructure”;
d)
Miscellaneous electrical and instrument hardware and fixtures;
e)
Procurement of the New Boil-Off Gas Compressor skid is by Company and shall be free issued to
the Contractor. The Work includes managing the technical aspects of the order from the point of
Purchase order by the Company; design and integration of the compressor into overall Project,
FATs, receipt, installation, hook-up, and SAT testing at site.
1.4 BOG Compressor and Common Facilities
1.4.1 Process systems

The compression concept features:
 A three stage (LP/MP/HP), two casing centrifugal compressor, driven by a fixed speed
double ended electric motor via two gearboxes
 One air-cooled compressor inter-cooler between the MP and HP compression stages and
one HP compressor stage after-cooler
 A quench vessel
 Two LNG quench drain pumps (of which one will be an installed spare)
 LNG connection drawn from the LNG loading lines, liquid from the bottom of the quench
vessel will be returned to the train 1 & 2 rundown header.
Figure 1: Existing and proposed new BOG handling facilities

B180075PPP
1.4.2 Electrical and Power systems

 Transformer TR25BC4
 Neutral Earthing Resistor RR25C4
 BOG Compressor Interface Cabinet
1.4.3 Supporting on-site infrastructure

This includes but is not limited to:
 Paving and site drainage;
 back-filling, roads connections and site preparation
 local fencing and security system;
 Process Automation System;
 pipe racks;
 telecommunication systems;
 Utilities systems [firefighting equipment, fire water mains, instrument Air, Nitrogen etc.]
1.4.4 Tie-ins to Existing Facilities

This includes, but is not limited to, tie-in(s) for:
a) Boil-Off Gas(BOG) from Jetty 1 and Jetty 2 headers and recycle line from existing Boil-
Off Gas(BOG) compressors
b) LNG quench from existing LNG quench supply to new Boil-Off Gas(BOG) Compressor
Suction Drum
c) LNG Quench from new Boil-Off Gas(BOG) Compressor Suction Drum to LNG rundown
Line
d) Boil-Off Gas(BOG) from new BOG Compressor Discharge Cooler to U-1000 (FEED Gas
Unit)
e) Flare header from new Boil-Off Gas(BOG) Compressor to existing LP Flare Header
f) Nitrogen from North pipe rack near to Train 1 supply to new Boil-Off Gas(BOG)
Compressor area
g) Instrument air from existing Boil-Off Gas(BOG) Compressor Area
h) Service water line extension from existing compressor area
i) Firewater from existing ring main
j) Seal Gas Backup to new Boil-Off Gas(BOG) Compressor
k) Jetty 2 vent line to LP flare
l) Electrical and instrumentation tie-ins [SS. FARs, CCR, etc.]
1.5 Summary of Contractor Scope

Without limiting any other provision of the Contract, Contractor shall be responsible for:
a) The management, reporting, and supervision of Contractor’s activities during the
performance of the Work, including that of Sub-Contractors;
b) The design and engineering of the Plant;
c) All procurement, construction, installation, Pre-commissioning, Commissioning and Start
Up support, including furnishing of all Construction Equipment, and all supervision, field
engineering, craft labor, inspection and Quality Control services required to ensure that
the Work is performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract;
d) Providing all temporary facilities, including training facilities, for Contractor’s temporary
facilities as necessary for the Work*;

B180075PPP
e) The completion of all required reviews including HAZID, HAZOP, and SIL, and pre-Start
Up and safety reviews as defined herein;
f) Providing support and documentation for Third Party verifications as required by
Company’s Technical Requirements;
g) The documentation and support as required to allow timely execution of Company
internal assurance reviews, as defined by the Value Assurance Framework;
h) The procurement, supply, transportation, unloading, handling, proper storage,
preservation, assembly, erection and installation of all Equipment, Commissioning Spare
Parts, Capital Spare Parts, and as applicable, consumables including initial charge of
chemicals, and any other supplies necessary to complete the Work;
i) Completion of construction interface tie-ins;
j) Liquid and solid waste disposal;
k) Negotiation of all Subcontracts so that the Subcontracts comply with the requirements of
the Conditions of Contract;
l) The identification, assessment, rectification, and repair of Defects;
m) Mobilization to and demobilization from the Site;
n) Logistics;
o) Preservation of equipment;
p) Finalizing and implementing the HSSE Plan, including the necessary monitoring to
ensure the HSSE Plan is being followed;
q) integration of the Project with the Existing Facilities including existing BOG Compressor
Unit so that it functions as a fully integrated, operational unit;
r) Quality Control and all associated inspection and testing, including performing shop
and other inspections of the Work that is performed by Sub-Contractors as necessary for
Contractor to ensure that such Work meets all of the requirements of the Contract;
s) The necessary planning, coordination, and supervision to conduct the Acceptance Tests,
including the Performance Tests, and performance of any corrective actions that may be
required to cause the Project to successfully complete the Acceptance Tests (including the
Performance Tests) in accordance with the requirements defined in Section XII;
t) The preparation and provision of the Training Manuals, and the Operations and
Maintenance Manuals with respect to the various new Equipment, Systems and
integrated unit as applicable, incorporating Sub-Contractors’ requirements for
specifically designed Equipment and Systems;
u) The preparation and issuance of the Plant Documentation and as-built;
v) Providing maintenance information for the NLNG maintenance management system;
w) Obtaining all Contractor Permits;
x) The management and coordination of the Sub-Contractors, including vendors and
licensors, during all activities including engineering, construction, Commissioning and
Start Up support and Acceptance Testing;
y) Establishing and maintaining support organizations and infrastructure necessary for the
construction labor, craft training, materials testing, safety programs, and environmental
monitoring to meet the requirements of the Contract, the Permits, all Applicable Law,
and GECP;
z) Providing the fluids required during Pre-commissioning and Commissioning;
aa) Providing the lubricants, seal fluids, and chemicals required prior or during Pre-
commissioning, Commissioning, Start Up, and Acceptance Testing;
bb) Organizing and participating in regular meetings with Company and such other Persons
as may be invited by Company to attend such meetings from time to time;
*Refer Section 7 of the Contract, for Utilities.
1.6 Project Schedule

The tentative Project schedule for execution of the Work is:
Activity Tentative Completion Date

B180075PPP
Contract Award Q3/4 2019

RFSU Not exceeding 24 months from
commencement
Project Warranty Period 12 months thereafter
1.7 Interface Management

Contractor shall develop an interface management plan (“Interface Management Plan”) as part of
the Project Execution Plan, based on requirements set forth in the Company Technical Requirements,
for the following interfaces:
a) External interfaces with organizations and/or facilities that are required for execution
of the Work.
b) External interfaces with Governmental Authorities with jurisdiction over the Work;
c) External interfaces with third parties contracted by Company to provide certification or
verification; and
d) External interfaces with Compressor Vendor
e) External interfaces with Tr7+ project and Other Plant Rejuvenation projects and
activities (e.g. LNG Loading Debottlenecking Project)
Contractor shall identify, define, and manage all interfaces and communicate with other
organizations through the Interface Management Plan, so as to ensure structured transfer of
information and accomplish the Work effectively.
Contractor shall define the External Interface deliverables and information needed for the Work.
Contractor shall then agree with the external parties, and enter into interface agreements addressing
roles, responsibilities, and schedules for providing such information with the external parties.
Contractor shall provide an interface milestone schedule to Company.
Contractor shall perform impact analysis. External Interface issues with potential impacts to cost,
schedule for performance of the Work, or safety shall be identified and communicated to Company,
in order to mitigate impact.
Contractor shall generate Project specific interface clarification requests for all External Interfaces.
Copies of the executed interface agreements shall be submitted to Company in electronic format
when in draft form and in PDF format when final.
Contractor shall actively work with third parties to solve potential interface issues before they impact
any Project activity.
Contractor shall promptly elevate critical interface issues to Company and present a plan for
resolution.
1.7.1 Physical1 Interfaces – tie-ins to existing facilities

Contractor shall prepare/update Work packages for all physical tie-ins at internal interfaces. Each
such Work package shall describe specific details, including:
a) interface conditions;
b) scope of tie-ins;
c) all discipline tie-in deliverables (including demolition drawings – if any) required by the
construction Contractor to execute the contained work scope;
d) detailed list and sequence of activities, including QA/QC and Pre-commissioning
verification checks;
1 In this context physical interfaces includes both hard interfaces and software/configuration interfaces to the PAS
and SGS
B180075PPP
e) schedules for tie-ins and/or schedules for estimated shutdown periods for external
facilities;
f) tools and Equipment lists associated with the tie-ins;
g) bills of materials for the tie-ins and reference to all tie-in material requisitions;
h) Job Hazard Analysis (JHA).
i) Work packages for critical Tie-ins are developed as part of Basic Design Engineering
Package (BDEP). Contractor needs to verify and update as required
1.7.2 Interface with Governmental Authorities

Contractor shall ensure that all permitting requirements are integrated into the EPCC Schedule and
are met in accordance with Article 12 of this Section 4.
1.7.3 Interface with Verification and Certification Organizations

Interface management between verification and certification organizations and Contractor shall be
subject to agreement with Company, dependent on the specific activities. Refer to the Company
Technical Requirements in Section 9 of the Contract.
Contractor shall ensure that all of the Company Technical Requirements with respect to verification
and certification are integrated into Contractor planning, that documentation is supplied to meet
Company requirements, and that queries are addressed in a timely manner.
1.8 Project Performance Management

Key Performance Areas and Key Performance Indicators (KPAs/KPIs) are to be developed and
agreed between Company and Contractor that give Company and Contractor the ability to identify
deviations in performance early and to trigger firm, fair and timely intervention.
KPAs and KPIs are split into the main areas, the first provides general information on the health of
the Project supporting Project Delivery, the second HSSE and SP leading to Goal Zero and the third
provides the data to specifically support the Quality program leading to Zero Flaws. Contractor shall
provide up to date performance information.
The KPIs for each function throughout are to be driven with “the end in mind”. The intent is to identify
the KPIs is to give Contractor the best chance of success during execution through to Mechanical
Completion, and Commissioning (following introduction of hydrocarbons into the System) by
Company to ensure Start Up in the shortest possible time without incident or upset and delivering
the PROJECT facilities on time, fully functional, meeting design intent and capable of safe
operational service on the first attempt.
Contractor shall provide Company with updates to the agreed KPIs on a monthly basis

B180075PPP
2.0 Company Technical Requirements
2.1 Project Technical Information
2.1.1 General
Project Technical Information is grouped into the following categories:
a) Design Basis Requirements (DBRs)
b) Front End Engineering Design (FEED) Documents
c) Company Standards (included in Section 9 of the Contract, Technical Documentation
and Drawings)
The relationships between these document categories and how they shall be managed, including
changes, are defined in the following sections.
2.1.2 Design Basis Requirements

The Design Basis Requirements define the mandatory technical requirements for the Project and
shall be fulfilled by Contractor, unless otherwise specified by or approved by Company. They define
the base data, including environmental parameters, Feed specifications, fundamental design
parameters, and the design philosophies for execution of the Work. The Design Basis Requirements
are more particularly defined in Section 9 of the Contract, and include the following documents:
a) Basis for Design and associated Design Dossiers, (where not superseded by FEED
deliverables, Contract)
b) Changes in Basis for Design described in FEED Change Register
2.1.3 FEED Documents

The FEED Documents identified in Section 9 of the Contract will form the basis for Contractor’s
detailed design and engineering. Contractor shall assume responsibility for any design development
from the FEED Documents and is responsible to ensure that the FEED Documents, as developed
during detailed design and engineering, comply with the Company Technical Requirements.
2.1.4 Company Standards

Company Standards applicable to the Project are detailed in Section 9 of the Contract, Technical
Documentation and Drawings.
2.2 Governmental Authority and Configuration Change Management

Contractor is responsible for meeting all the requirements and conditions set by the relevant
Governmental Authorities, including Governmental Authority document review, and for completing
the Work within the required times set forth in the Contract Schedule and in accordance with all
requirements of the Contract.
Contractor shall ensure that updates to the Regulatory Design Documents and any other
documentation required to meet requirements or conditions set by the relevant Governmental
Authorities for Company Permits are complete, accurate, and submitted in a timely manner to
Company for submission to the Governmental Authorities. Contractor is responsible to ensure that
the submission of documentation meets with Contractor’s overall execution schedule and allows
sufficient time for any approvals and completion of the Work within the Contract Schedule.

B180075PPP
2.3 Regulatory Design Documents

Regulatory Design Documents include those FEED Documents, submission packages, data requests
and Company responses that have been submitted to Governmental Authorities as indicated in
Article 10 of this Section 4 with obtaining the Company Permits and also the Deliverables that will
be submitted to Governmental Authorities, in connection with maintaining the Company Permits.
Contractor shall develop and maintain a register of all documentation submitted to Government
Authorities, which shall be available for Company to access.

B180075PPP
3.0 Management and Supervision
3.1 Company Management Philosophy

Company intends to maintain a robust organization team comprising of the Project Manager,
Construction Manager, Contracting and Procurement manager and other relevant discipline
engineers to support the Project. The size of these teams will reflect the principle of appropriate
control and will follow the Project Implementation Plan. Contractor is not required to provide any
office facilities to the Company personnel.
3.2 Opportunity Value Assurance

Refer 4.2

B180075PPP
4.0 Management and Supervision
4.1 Company Management Philosophy

Company intends to maintain a robust organization team comprising of the Project Manager,
Construction Manager, Contracting and Procurement manager and other relevant discipline
engineers to support the Project. The size of these teams will reflect the principle of appropriate
control and will follow the Project Implementation Plan. Contractor is not required to provide any
office facilities to the Company personnel.
4.2 Opportunity Value Assurance

Opportunity Value Assurance (OVA) refers to Company’s assurance activities led by Company’s
personnel that are independent of the Project team. The OVA uses a stage gate process to structure
the workflow and activities required to safely maximize value during the life cycle of a venture. The
OVA’s principal objective is to provide independent input to the decision-makers on a Project’s
readiness to progress through a stage gate. This is accomplished by Peer Assists and Functional
Reviews, leading up to Value Assurance Reviews (VARs) at the end of each Project stage.
Contractor shall support all of the OVA activities required by Company, which shall include
attendance at Assists and Reviews if requested by Company, providing data and information for the
OVA activities, and assisting with the closing of action items.
The OVA framework is structured on a set of primary value assurance activity-blocks, which are
intended to be applied sequentially as a Project moves through the stage gate process. During the
performance of the Work, a series of Peer Assists, Functional Reviews and Value Assurance Reviews
will occur:
a) Project Execution Reviews (PERs) are held approximately annually;
b) Construction HSSE Readiness Review prior to the start of major construction activities;
c) Operations Readiness Review (ORR) prior to Start Up
d) Pre-Start Up Audit/Review (PSUA/R) prior to the Start Up; and
e) Peer assists and Peer reviews, as required.
Contractor will also support Company reviews:
a) Prior to entry of hydrocarbons;
b) Prior to Utilities Commissioning;
c) Prior to Commissioning;
4.3 Project Execution Plan

Contractor shall issue the Project Execution Plan for Company r review and comments within thirty
(30) days of the Contract Date. The Project Execution Plan will address, summarize, and provide a
schedule for development and finalization of plans, procedures, and other documents for use during
execution of the Work, including:
a) Contractor Objectives and KPIs: The Project Execution Plan will include KPIs which
Contractor proposes to implement for the performance of the Work, to support the
Flawless Start Up and to provide information to monitor Project health in accordance
with the Performance Management Plan (Ref. Article 1.8 of this Section 4). KPIs shall
be measurable and selected to give a good indication of the success (or failure) of
identified critical success factors. Agreed KPIs shall be presented monthly in a
dashboard like fashion;
b) Project Management: The Project Execution Plan shall include a description of
Contractor’s organization and overall strategy for management of the Work;
c) Project Engineering Plan: see Article 4 of this Section 4;

B180075PPP
d) Document Management Plan: Contractor’s Document Management Plan shall

describe Contractor’s document management and control system: see Article 9 of
this Section 4;
e) Project Controls Plan: Contractor shall develop and implement a Project Controls
Plan that complies with the requirements of Section 8 of the Contract;
f) Project Procurement Plan: see Article 5 of this Section 4;
g) Communications Plan: Contractor shall develop a Communications Plan that
describes Contractor’s approach for effective communication during the execution of
the Work;
h) Project Subcontract Plan: see Section 2 of the Contract;
i) HSSE Plan: see Section 5 of the Contract;
j) Interface Management Plan: see Article 7 of this Section 4;
k) Tie-in Plan and schedule: Contractor shall develop and agree with Company a tie-
in plan and schedule for the contract work scope across the various disciplines.
l) Project Quality Management Plan: see Section 6 of the Contract;
m) Construction Execution Plan: see Article 6 of this Section 4;
n) Project Start-up and Commissioning Plan: see Article 7 of this Section 4;
o) Project Traffic and Logistics Plan: Contractor shall develop a Project Traffic and
Logistics Plan with respect to parking and the movement of people and Equipment
within the Site: see Article 6, and Article 7 of this Section 4; Section 5 of the Contract
p) Labour Relations Plan: see Article 6 of this Section 4;
q) Training Plan: see Article 6 of this Section 4;
r) Risk Management Plan: Contractor shall identify and assess the risks that may affect
the performance of the Work and shall develop a Risk Management Plan to address
and mitigate such risks. Contractor’s Risk Management Plan shall require Contractor
to participate in quarterly risk management meetings, conduct risk analysis exercises,
participate and provide assistance in the development of risk models, and maintain
a risk register that shall include risk statements, mitigation actions, action
Companies, and dates for completion of planned actions;
s) Environmental Management Plan: see Article 4, Article 5, Article 6 and Article 7 of
this Section 4; and
t) Permit Management Plan: Contractor shall develop a Permit Management Plan that
describes Contractor’s approach for effective management of the Construction
Permits and provision of all necessary support to Company for the Company Permits.
See Article 12 of the Scope of Work.

B180075PPP
5.0 Engineering
5.1 General Design Philosophy and Criteria

The Work shall be designed and engineered in compliance with all Applicable Law, the Company
Design Requirements defined in Article 2 of this Section 4.
Due care shall be exercised such that the facilities will be safe and efficient to operate under all
conditions. Contractor’s design shall ensure ease of construction, Pre-commissioning,
Commissioning, Start Up, operations, and maintenance and shall confirm that each individual
process/utility System is designed for all operating modes including transient scenarios, e.g.
normal/emergency shutdown, turndowns, and Start Up.
5.2 Documentation
Contractor shall make available to Company all data including drawings, calculations, documents,
design analysis input/output files, and Sub-Contractor data including mechanical catalogues in hard
copy and electronic native file. Company shall have the right, at all reasonable times, to inspect all
Contractor and Sub-Contractor documents of any part of the Work. Contractor and Company shall
agree upon software applications to be used in the execution of the Work where not specifically
defined within this Section 4, Scope of Work.
In addition, Article 9 of this Section 4 shall apply to all such drawings, documents, files, data and
catalogues.
Contractor shall establish a detailed Project Engineering Plan. This Project Engineering Plan shall be
updated and submitted to Company no later than thirty (30) Days after the Contract Date as part
of Project Execution Plan. The Project Engineering Plan will describe the execution methodologies to
be used by Contractor to develop the engineering design of the Project in accordance with all
Applicable Law, the Company Design Requirements defined in Section 2 of this Section 4. The
Project Engineering Plan shall include the full set of Project specific engineering procedures and
plans to be used by Contractor during engineering activities, and shall include the following topics:
a) Overall design management and methodology, including:
b) Design development;
c) Detailed discipline work plans
d) Roll-out and pro-active compliance management of DBRs within Contractor and Sub-
Contractor organizations;
e) Quality control and assurance in design through to “as built” status;
f) Risk and technology assurance management;
g) Change management;
h) Design and constructability reviews, including 3D model reviews;
i) Hazard studies, reviews and risk assessments (including all Engineering reviews as
defined in Section 4.4), including team organization, review locations and interface
management;
j) Plan for addressing and formally closing actions from FEED and Detailed Design stage
reviews (e.g. HAZOP and 3D Model Review);
k) Key design milestones;
l) Process safety in design;
m) Management and verification of safety critical elements and performance standard
development; and
n) Critical success factors and KPIs, including engineering progress KPIs to include:
(i) critical Sub-Contractor data received,
(ii) concrete / foundations issued (IFC drawings by volume),
(iii) steel issued (IFF drawings by weight),
B180075PPP
(iv) number instrument location plans issued,

(v) PAS configuration % complete,
(vi) control system vendor print review status
(vii)electrical Dossier % complete
(viii)
number of cables routed
(ix) number of PEFSs issued IFC,
(x) number of post IFD PEFS changes,
(xi) number of PEFS HOLDs,
(xii)model review action resolution % closed,
(xiii)
number of piping stress calculations completed,
(xiv)number of isometrics released,
(xv) piping isometric HOLD summary,
(xvi)number of piping isometric revisions,
(xvii)
piping cut lengths issued, tagging completeness, tagging accuracy and tagging
count;
o) engineering organization, containing organization charts, key engineering positions,
roles and responsibilities, office organization and scope, identification of Company
counterparts; and resumes of key people, etc.; and
p) copies of the following Contractor procedures:
q) engineering procedures;
r) procedures for correspondence and communication with Company;
s) procedures for external engineering interfaces between Sub-Contractors, and third
parties;
t) internal interface procedures and integration procedures for engineering, discipline and
functional interfaces, different offices and/or operating centers within Contractor’s and
Sub-Contractors’ organization, including fabrication and construction yards;
u) procedure for design change management;
v) procedures for management of process safety in design, including Contractor internal
audit requirements and third party verification (refer to Section 4.4.1).
The Project Engineering Plan shall be updated throughout the performance of the
Work.
5.3 General Scope of Engineering Services

The Work shall be designed and engineered in compliance with all Applicable Law, the Company
Design Requirements defined in Article 2 of this Section 4.
Contractor shall provide the following services in respect of all engineering disciplines, as
applicable:
a) Preparation of all data required to fully define the Work and to enable comprehensive
Company review of the technical feasibility, safety, constructability, operability, and
maintainability of Contractor’s designs; this shall include the management of any
engineering design studies performed by Sub-Contractors;
b) Develop and issue all final engineering design calculations; Contractor shall also provide
calculations which are in progress if requested by Company;
c) Check, update, and revise where necessary design information in order to ensure
consistency and that individual Equipment items and entire Systems are safe, operable
and meet Design Basis Requirements;
d) Update of 3D model enabling detailed material take-offs and continuous monitoring of
material changes for all disciplines and review of safety, operability, maintainability,
access and egress routes;
e) Conduct hazard identification, assessment, and mitigation; timely identify hazards and
assess their risks; and develop appropriate measures and controls for hazardous
operations;
B180075PPP
f) Reduce risks to ALARP by reviewing the developing design and Work activities on an
ongoing basis to identify and eliminate HSSE hazards; where it is not reasonably
practicable to eliminate the hazards, introduce measures to prevent them from being
realized, bring them under control, mitigate their consequences, protect personnel and
the environment from their effects, enable effective recovery action to be taken, and as
a last resort, facilitate evacuation of personnel, such that they can reach a place of safety.
ALARP workshop(s) shall be scheduled early in detailed design. All key Project design
decisions must be accompanied by an ALARP demonstration;
g) Prepare for, organize and support design, safety, environmental, constructability and
operability reviews; e.g. HAZIDs, HAZOP provide installation and erection procedures
for all Equipment including operating and installation support loads;
h) Support Company Value Assurance process;
i) Prepare action and incorporate items as listed in the HSSE & SP Hazards and Effects
Register;
j) Review of all PEFSs (including Sub-Contractor PEFSs) and SIL analysis;
k) Perform all engineering activities required to support procurement including:
l) Preparation of data/requisition sheets, requisitions, and other technical documents
required to fully define the materials or services to be procured for the Work;
m) Technical evaluation of Manufacturers/Suppliers/Sub-Contractor proposals;
n) Selection of materials in accordance with Company standardization requirements and
the Approved Vendor List in Section 5.4 of this Section 4;
o) Technical review of Sub-Contractors’ data, calculations and drawings, and support to
ensure materials or services supplied meet Contract requirements and are incorporated
into the design;
p) Implementation of inspection and test requirements, including witnessing and factory
performance tests, in accordance with the Company Design Requirements defined in
Section 2 of this Section 4, Equipment criticality ratings, Piping Construction Classes and
MESC requirements;
q) Review of Manufacturers/Suppliers/Sub-Contractor’s recommended spare parts for
Equipment and preparation of final recommended list of Operating Spare Parts in E-
SPIR format;
r) establishing and implementing an effective system for documenting all
Manufacturers/Suppliers/Sub-Contractor non-conformities (NCRs) and providing a
report regarding them to Company; and
s) Submission of all Manufacturers/Suppliers/Sub-Contractor Deviation Requests (SDR) to
Company for review and sign off after completion of Contractor disposition;
t) Preparation of technical bid evaluations (TBE) for all Equipment; TBEs (including bid
tabulation “tick” sheets) shall be issued to Company for review in parallel with issue to
Contractor Procurement group;
u) Propose FAT checklists, plans, and Punch lists for Company review;
v) Inspect and maintain a record of all inspection activities performed on all Equipment
and the Existing Facility;
w) Perform all construction support activities including preparation of calculations and
technical documents necessary to demonstrate to Company’s satisfaction that all
planned Work activities are feasible and can be conducted in compliance with the
Contract requirements;
x) Perform all Commissioning, Start Up, and Acceptance Testing support activities including
preparation of procedures, and any other technical activities and documents necessary
to demonstrate to Company’s satisfaction that all planned Work activities are feasible
and can be conducted in compliance with the Contract requirements;
y) Preparation of training and operating procedures and manuals, inspection and
maintenance procedures, emergency response procedures, and any other technical
documentation required for operation and maintenance of the Plant;
z) Updating data to “As-Built” status to reflect actual installed condition of all facilities
comprising the Work, and preparation and submittal of a closeout report; and
B180075PPP
aa) Perform all engineering required to support Company in connection with the Company
Permits.
5.3.1 Engineering Reviews

Contractor shall organize all required assurance and engineering reviews described in Article 11 of
this Section 4. Company shall be notified of the scheduled date of such reviews at least forty-five
(45) Days in advance. All reviews described in Article 11 of this Section 4 shall be conducted shall
not be conducted concurrently unless agreed in advance with Company.
For all reviews that require an independent chairman or independent specialist input, as set forth in
Article 11 of this Section 4, the independent chairperson or specialist shall be independent of both
the Project and Contractor and also independent of Contractor’s Affiliates and Sub-Contractors.
5.3.1.1 HAZID/ENVID
Contractor shall maintain current Project HAZID and ENVID documentation. Activities in this regard
shall include:
a) periodic review sessions to evaluate risk associated with any significant modifications;
and
b) Update of Hazards & Effects Registers and Environmental Aspects and Impacts Registers.
5.3.1.2 HAZOP
Contractor shall perform detailed HAZOP studies in accordance with the Hazard and Operability
(HAZOP) Studies DEP 80.00.00.15-Gen, and shall provide engineering support for these reviews.
HAZOP facilitators shall be approved by Company.
HAZOP studies shall include all PEFSs and shall include all of the New facilities, the interconnections
with the existing facilities, and any other physical External Interfaces.
A formal process to close out HAZOP action items shall be agreed with Company, this procedure
shall include the sign-off of Company. This shall include any DSR / HAZOP actions not closed out
during FEED. Documentary evidence of resolution shall be attached to each action close-out sheet.
Contractor shall carry out Commissioning HAZOPs based on any PEFS changes that are required
for Commissioning purposes and Start Up procedures. It is a Company requirement that all
subsystem PEFSs have been subject to HAZOP and that all HAZOP actions associated with the PEFSs
are closed out to Company’s satisfaction before Commissioning of the relevant subsystems.
The HAZOP studies will be undertaken with representatives of Company, Contractor, and where
relevant, Sub-Contractors and Compress Vendor.
5.3.1.3 SAFOP
Contractor shall perform SAFOP studies and shall provide engineering for these reviews. The
objective of the SAFOP is to identify any safety hazards or operability problems inherent in the design
and operating philosophies of the electrical systems. This is a systematic review of the electrical
system designed to verify its operational adequacy, minimize hazards and mitigate potential
production losses.
SAFOP facilitator shall be provided by Company.
The SAFOP studies shall include all electrical construction drawings, diagrams and all relevant data
which have all been prepared and equipment vendors selected.

B180075PPP
The intention of a SAFOP at this stage is to provide input to the procurement, construction and
commissioning phase for the Project team and to identify start-up and operations/maintenance
actions for the operate and maintenance.
The SAFOP studies will be undertaken with representatives of Company, Contractor and where
relevant, Sub-Contractors and Compressor Vendor.
5.3.1.4 Construction Safety in Design & Constructability Reviews

Contractor shall carry out Construction Safety in Design in accordance with the recommendations
and requirements of document B-51.758 and constructability studies in accordance with applicable
IOGP 577 (Fabrication Site Construction Safety Recommended Practices. Contractor shall ensure
that:
a) the detailed design features are construction sensitive;
b) Equipment manufacture, fabrication and delivery is carried out in a manner that is
construction-friendly and safe;
c) due consideration is given to the different installation conditions within the Liquefaction
Facility Site and the Existing Facility Site; and
d) SIMOPS activities are considered and any mitigations included in the design;
e) construction safety in design reviews shall start early during the detailed design stage
and focus upon reduction in exposure of hazardous work for personnel during Project
execution and future operations to ALARP.
5.3.1.5 Operability and Maintainability Review

Contractor shall carry out maintenance reviews and studies, based on the detailed 3D
model developed/updated by Contractor as part of the Work, with due care given to
the operability and maintainability of Equipment, including selection of Equipment
design that incorporates safety features such as lifting aids, maintenance access,
ladders, and platforms.
5.3.2 Shutdown (Turnaround) Management and Strategy

Contractor shall with Company agree and develop a maintenance strategy for the Shutdown
(Turnaround) for the New BOG Compressor driven by OEM recommendations and site
experience.
5.3.3 Key Design Activities

a) 3D Model. Contractor shall develop an electronic 3D model of the NEW FACILTIES using
AVEVA E3D/PDMS enabling review of operability, maintainability, access, and egress
routes. The model shall be developed on a multi discipline layered basis allowing
separate review for each discipline and service. Any additional permanent structural steel
that is required for transportation (modularization) shall be included in the 3D model.
Contractor shall incorporate all of the Equipment into the 3D model at the same level of
detail, including data provided by Sub-Contractors. Formal 3D model reviews shall be
scheduled with Company representation for all plant areas at 30%, 60%, and 90%
design completion stages. Model reviews shall be conducted in accordance with DEP
30.10.05.11-Gen., Plant 3D CAD model build and design review.
A flow sheet ‘yellow line’ check shall be carried out as part of Contractor’s internal model
review with a marked up set of PEFSs provided to document. Comments from the review
are to be officially recorded by suitably tagging the model and by providing review
minutes of meetings for Company review and comments. Responses to close model
review comment tags shall be agreed with Company.

B180075PPP
3D model review facilities shall be made readily available to Company when requested
at Contractor’s office and at the Site. Company shall be provided full continuous access
to the model “view” via weekly updates of the model “view” during execution of the
Work.
b) SIL Studies. SIL studies shall be completed for all Safety Instrumented Functions (SIFs),
including those within Sub-Contractor packages.
Contractor shall organize and provide certified facilitators to lead the
instrumented and protective function (IPF) workshop including sub-Contractor
scope. Facilitators appointed are chosen from Company certified list with
demonstrable experience in facilitating the IPF analysis using the SIFproTM
methodology. The facilitator shall be competent to train IPF workshop participants
in the practicalities of IPF.
Contractors shall make available the following information in preparation for IPF classification
workshops:
a) Marked up PEFS (IFC) for IPF Classification
b) Marked up C&E diagrams
c) Marked up Process Safeguarding Flow Scheme
d) HAZOP Reports
e) Design Pressure/Design Temperature diagrams
f) Safeguarding Memoranda
g) IPF Narratives (design intent and demand scenario); and
h) Desired Operator action for alarms
Contractor shall perform IPF analysis using the SIFProTM application to provide the
following deliverables in the same format as those provided from HAZOP
workshop:
a) Applicable IPF classifications with documented rationale (SIL assessment)
b) Test frequencies
c) System documentation
d) Mitigation Procedures
e) Testing and Inspection Procedures; and
f) Information for Ensuring Safe Production (ESP)
Contractor shall ensure the scope of the SIL assessment includes all functions and validation of the
design to ensure target SILs can be met at realistic proof test intervals (minimum testing interval of
4 years). The SIL reviews shall closely follow the HAZOP and shall use the same team as much as
possible to ensure continuity and consistency of approach. Non SIL related instruments shall not
have “Z” included in the tag number regardless of where they are configured (IPS or DCS).
Should there be any modifications to a SIS after it has been assigned a target SIL value, at any stage
of the Project, then a reassessment shall be made of the associated SIL target requirements.
g) Mechanical – vessel and Equipment data input

h) Process, Safety and Fire Protection Engineering – detailed blowdown calculations,
survivability calculations for all vessels and field installed Equipment rooms, passive and
active fire protection finalization, F&G Detection, Shutdown and Blowdown Sequencing
and F&G Cause and Effects
i) Electrical – adequate UPS design, avoidance of common cause failures
j) Piping and Plant Layout – minimization of escalation risk by appropriate separation
distances
k) Material Selection – confirmation of low temperature metallurgy

B180075PPP
l) Controls and Instrumentation – Cause and Effects (C&E) development, hardware

implementation, F&G Detection, Shutdown and Blowdown (sequence) logic
programming within the SGS, avoidance of common cause failures
A multi-disciplinary workshop shall be conducted during the first three months after the Contract
Date to ensure all disciplines have a clear understanding of the shutdown and blowdown System
design objectives.
m) Dynamic Simulation. A dynamic simulation study shall be conducted on all for selected
compressor and interface with existing compressors to ensure that that the design permits
Start Up, shutdown, and turndown of the facilities in a controlled manner with no flaring,
no impact on Equipment integrity, and Systems during changes in operational modes.
Contractor shall finalize the quench and anti-surge system designs (including bypasses)
through dynamic simulation of minimized production disruption, where possible during
process upsets. The study shall investigate the interaction between the compressor
normal and transient scenarios, based on final compressor curves.
Contractor shall carry out dynamic pressure relief system analysis where conventional steady state
design methods cannot provide the necessary detail and submit the report to Company as part of
the Plant Documentation.
Contractor shall perform other dynamic simulations, as necessary to demonstrate that the New
Facilities will operate as required for all normal operating and transient scenarios and the results
provided to Company. All the dynamic simulation studies shall be conducted based on the 3D model
and updated Sub-Contractor information and Compress Vendor information. Simulation cases shall
be reviewed and agreed with Company prior to study.
If simulation results identify any potential issues, Contractor shall recommend solution(s) for
Company review, and rectify design as required to address identified issues.
5.3.4 Management and Verification of Barriers
5.4 Multi-disciplinary Activities / Deliverables

The Contractor shall provide the informed list of all consumables, chemicals, lubricants and special
tools functional to commissioning, operations and maintenance/preservation of the facilities and
according to the Manufacturer requirements.
The Contractor shall include the first fills schedule in the overall CSU Plan.
5.5 Process Engineering

In addition to the activities identified in the General Scope of Engineering Services (Article 4.3 of this
Section 4) and those required to support development of all relevant Deliverables as listed in
Article 10 of this Section 4, specific Process Engineering Deliverables identified in Article 10 of this
Section 4 shall be developed in accordance with the Company Technical Requirements. Particular
requirements that shall be addressed include:
5.5.1 Scope and Design Requirements
a) Revise Process Description

b) Revise Basis of Design including Capacity
c) Revise Process Design Premise
d) Revise Heat and Material Balance for the design cases in line with final engineering design
and guaranteed Sub-Contractor / vendor data (including, but not limited to compressor
B180075PPP
curves and turbine power), plus any additional cases identified during design development;
all simulation models used to update the H&MBs are to be UniSim compatible.
e) Review and Update Process Calculations and generate any additional Calculations
required to support Process deliverables
f) Review and update Process Flow Scheme (PFS) and generate new PFS’s as applicable
g) Review and update Process Safeguarding Flow Scheme (PSFS) and generate new PSFS’s as
applicable
h) Review and update Process Engineering Flow Scheme (PEFS) based on Vendor data for
Equipment and Valves and generate new PEFS as applicable
i) Update Line List, Tie-in List Summary and Isolation Point List based on field verification and
in a format to be agreed with Company;
j) Revise Utility Requirement and Consumption List (including UEFs)
k) Production of as-built drawings for all locations so described.
l) Revise Safeguarding Memorandum/Narrative
m) Revise all Philosophies (including Process Control Narrative and Cause and Effect)
n) Revise RV Schedule and Relief Valves Sizing Calculations
o) LP flare modelling to ensure back pressures are not exceeded due to relief from new
facilities
p) Revise list of Chemicals
q) Revise Hydraulic Calculation
r) Design Reviews, HAZID and HAZOP workshop
s) Appraisal of pressure safety, flow safety and shutdown devices, etc. to make sure they all
comply to DEP and NLNG standards and other relevant applicable standards
t) Review and update Equipment List & Piping List
u) Review and update Equipment Process Data Sheet
v) Review and update Instrument Process Data Sheet
w) Review and update Commissioning and start up manual
x) Review and update utility consumption figures based on final engineering design including
Sub-Contractor information; verify relevant utility Systems design against final utility
consumption figures, and update design if required;
y) Review and update process input to data sheets, and process system descriptions in line
with the updated H&MBs and final engineering design
z) Review and update Operating Manual
aa) Update and finalize surge analysis
bb) Dynamic simulation for selected compressor and interface with existing compressors
cc) Review and update anti-surge valve data sheets
dd) Provide process design requirements for other disciplines as required, based on final
engineering design, and considering all operating cases (including, but not limited to,
emergency situations, start-up, shutdown);
5.5.2 Assurance Activities
Conduct a detailed design PEFS review workshop (including for Sub-Contractor packages
5.6 HSSE & SP in Design

Article 10 of this Section 4, specific Technical HSSE&SP Engineering Deliverables identified in
Article 10 of this Section 4 shall be developed in accordance with the Company Technical
Requirements. Particular requirements that shall be addressed include:

B180075PPP

Contractor will provide to Company for approval a Technical HSSE&SP plan, to detail
main activities and deliverables for
a. Hazards and Effects Management Process (HEMP)
Apply HEMP to the Project comprising: systematic identification of hazards, threats,
unwanted events and their effects; assessment of the risks against screening criteria, taking
into account the likelihood of unwanted events and the potential severity of the
consequences; implementation of suitable risk reduction measures to control or mitigate the
hazard and its effects; and planning for recovery in the event of a loss of control leading to
an unacceptable effect. Scope to include:
i. Conduct a HAZID update, covering all operating modes.
ii. Update and maintain the HSSE&SP Hazards and Effects Register with the
evolving design through iterative updates.
iii. Confirm that in the final design, residual risk is within the Risk Tolerability
Criteria and is ALARP. Update the Design ALARP Demonstration report,
including preparation/update of new/existing ALARP Decision Sheets, for all
decisions with a potential material impact on the level of risk of the facility, to
reflect design maturity. Document completion of HEMP in design via the HEMP
study closeout report.
iv. Maintain active registers of remedial HSSE&SP actions and implement an action
tracking system of all HSSE study recommendations. Incorporate any open
action items from the BDEP HSSE&SP action Register. Prepare HEMP Action
Close-Out reports summarizing the status of actions at the end of the Project;
and transfer relevant remaining open actions to the Asset HEMP action Register.
v. Develop the Operations HSE Case (Operations ALARP Demonstration Report)
including all necessary inputs and reviews (including workshop-based reviews
and any required HSE Case submission and/or Clarification meetings with
Regulator). This is an input to Company for integration in the site wide
Operations HSE Case
b. Asset Integrity – Process Safety Management (AI-PSM) Engineering

i. Participate in asset integrity/process safety training developed and provided
jointly by Company and Contractor.
ii. Demonstrate compliance to all applicable DEM-1 requirements and develop a
report that includes a list of derogations (if any); remedial action plan; DEM-1
compliance assessment form and Company-approved DEM-1 derogation
forms.
iii. Demonstrate compliance to all applicable DEM-2 requirements via a DEM-2
compliance assessment report.
iv. Perform HAZOP studies (see Article 4.3 of this Section 4) and SIL reviews (see
Article 4.3 of this Section 4) based on terms of reference agreed with
Company and assure associated action closeout per see Article 4.3 of this
Section 4) to verify the safety and operability of Contractor’s design of the new
facilities and interfaces with existing facilities. All findings from the HAZOP
shall be incorporated into the AFC PEFS and other AFC deliverables and
closed out.
v. Update Hazardous Area Classification diagrams based on final engineering

design
B180075PPP
vi. Carry out bow-tie workshops to update the bow-tie analysis including the LOPA,
refining/updating Define-phase bow-ties with design maturity. Identify all
Safety Critical Elements (SCEs) and Safety Critical Activities to keep barriers
valid and establish the Safety critical positions/process/procedures that deliver
those activities.
c. Loss Prevention / Fire Protection Engineering and Emergency Response

i. Update Fire Risk Assessment; ,define Safety Critical Element survivability
requirements based on modelled impacts
ii. Develop and undertake the detailed design, procurement and construction for
all Loss Prevention, Fire Fighting, Emergency Response and Fire and Gas
equipment, including:
iii. Develop Fire & Gas detection Systems (including process areas), including
definition of sensor locations via F&G mapping activity, and Performance
Standards for F&G SCEs. Develop Datasheets of all fire and gas components
and Cause & Effects diagrams of all fire and gas systems.
iv. The existing firewater ring main shall supply the firewater needed by the new
fire-fighting equipment. Hydraulic analysis of the line shall be performed to
ensure that firewater is available to the fire-fighting equipment at the correct
flow and pressure.
v. Update the fire protection deliverables to reflect design maturity; develop and
finalise location of escape routes based on fire and explosion risk assessment,
in addition to types and locations of portable firefighting and lifesaving
Equipment, safety showers and safety signs. These shall be installed prior to
introduction of hydrocarbons. Develop datasheets of all mobile and portable
firefighting equipment.
vi. For Loss prevention design hardware, deliver test reports and certificates
demonstrating compliance to Company Technical Standards, refer Article 2 of
this Section 4
vii. Provide personnel and input materials to support Company-led Pre-Startup Fire
Safety Review(s) (FSR). Contractor shall prepare all inputs to the FSR, reporting
of the FSR, and management of close-out of actions resulting from the FSR.
d. Health Risk Management.

Ensure the full and systematic identification, description and assessment of all Health
hazards to personnel involved in the Operational Phase of the Project and ensure that
appropriate exposure controls are implemented to manage the Health risks to ALARP.
Studies should involve operational and maintenance representatives to understand existing
issues that need elimination through design solution:
i. Perform Health Risk Assessment (HRA) based on updated HEMP studies and
design maturity, including detailed identification of exposure potentials based
on engineered design and operational tasks. Ensure all health hazards
(chemical, physical, biological, and psychological) relating to operation
(normal operations, maintenance, shut down, startup, abnormal conditions
and foreseeable emergencies) are demonstrated to be managed to ALARP by
following the hierarchy of controls;
ii. Specify and implement the design requirements necessary to control Health
risks to ALARP, and the recovery preparedness measures in case of control
failure;
B180075PPP
iii. Specify additional controls when design measures need to be complemented

with additional exposure controls (e.g. Medical Emergency Response
requirements; gas detection; periodic sampling; fitness to work; climate related
work restrictions; training / PPE).
iv. Health risk associated with occupational exposures to chemicals shall be
managed by using the applicable (regulatory binding) exposure limits and
taking into account specific design requirements as applicable
v. Develop a Material Safety Data Sheets Compendium to reflect design maturity
vi. Update the noise model for the Project to reflect design maturity, including
coverage of: Normal and Abnormal (emergency, start-up and shut-down)
operational modes; Flare, Vents and Relief; Major Equipment Items; and Flow
Induced Noise (where applicable), and including final design data on noise
sources from vendors of equipment and instrumentation. Implement noise
mitigation measures for the Project as determined by the Noise Modelling such
that noise limit criteria are met.
vii. undertake post start-up a noise survey, including noise plots and reporting, to
demonstrate compliance with HSSE&SP Premises. Implement any additional
noise mitigation required if the permanent facilities designed and built by
Contractor is in noncompliance.
e. Human Factors Engineering

i. Contractor shall appoint a HFE Authorised Person, acting as HFE specialist and
HFE Coordinator, to manage the HFE actions, and to ensure HFE design
activities are integrated into the overall Project decision process. For HFE
analyses requiring a certified ergonomist, appropriate competence shall be
sought.
ii. Integrate Human Factors Engineering into procedures and working methods of
Contractor, Sub-Contractors and Sub-Sub-Contractors.
iii. Conduct HFE awareness and training sessions for engineers and designers at
all levels of the Project team.
iv. Perform detailed HFE and Ergonomics assessments to confirm that the Project
design enhances human performance and reduces the potential for human
error. HFE aspects to be embedded in the design shall include:
(1) easy and safe access / egress for operation and maintenance under all
conditions including normal, upset/emergency, and weather
conditions;
(2) reviews of layout with regard to access ways, accessibility of valves,
lifting devices, etc.;
(3) Adequate labeling of facilities.
v. The HFE authorised person shall participate in 30%, 60% and 90% model
reviews.
vi. Perform valve criticality analysis for all process and utilities, including packaged
equipment.
vii. Perform task analysis on all areas where a human is coming into contact with
production critical systems which need to have a high reliability and for safety
critical tasks.
viii. Complete a HF and Ergonomics Study

B180075PPP
ix. CCR HFE review is to include alarm management.

x. Develop a HFE plan for construction (e.g. management of field-run materials).
xi. Review and incorporate HFE-related lessons learnt from previous projects.
xii. Prepare a HFE compliance report summarising above implementation against
HFE Guideline requirements. Reference is made to HFE suite of DEP,
30.00.60.13-Gen to 30.00.60.21-Gen
xiii. Contractor shall ensure that Sub-Contractors appoint a HFE focal point for
communication and liaison, to ensure that the HFE requirements are included
in their internal meetings and decisions, and to facilitate the interface and
integration of the HFE plan across all Work.
f. Environmental and Social Performance Engineering

i. Comply with all external HSSE&SP Permit Requirements and confirm that they
are met
ii. Contribute input to Asset environmental and social documents, including
management plans and registers as required
iii. Prepare/input to submission documents / data for regulatory permits and
consents and/or contribute as required
iv. Development of input for Greenhouse gas accounting – GHG inventory and
forecast, flare management plan and energy & emissions management plan.
g. Security Engineering
i. Develop a Security interface and integration Plan for Project interfaces with
existing site Security infrastructure
h. Commissioning and Transition to Operations

Management of Commissioning and Start-up hazards requires a significant interface
with the operating facility. Contractor is responsible for the coordination of all HSSE in
Transition aspects.
i. Develop and implement an HSSE&SP in Transition Plan, including the
organization, roles, responsibilities, and procedures associated with managing
the HSSE&SP risks in the transition of responsibilities from construction to
commissioning and commissioning to operations; including systems integration
(e.g. PTW) and the integration between Contractor and Company – can be
included in Commissioning and Start up Plan.
ii. Undertake assessment of the HSSE&SP Hazards identified out of the
Commissioning / SIMOPS HAZID Workshop(s); identify necessary actions for
modification to design or activities to ensure the risks are managed to ALARP
and in compliance with Project codes/standards/premises and Philosophies &
the Managing HSSE in Transition Strategy. The study shall also detail the most
appropriate methods/strategies of minimizing hazard exposure to personnel
and the environment through optimal design and working practices, including
a CSU Manual Of Permitted Operations identifying requirements for temporary
controls and constraints for safe execution.

B180075PPP

a. Conduct a desktop fire safety review at the completion of the 60% 3D model review
b. Carry out and record all Functional Safety assessments and activities to satisfy
Company Technical Requirements.
c. Verify, using an independent verifier, the Technical Integrity of all installed Safety
Critical Elements
d. Develop a pre-Start Up Safety Review (PSSR) audit protocol. Participate in the PSSR.
Prepare all inputs to the PSSR, reporting of the PSSR, and management of close-out of
actions resulting from the PSSR, as part of the HEMP action management process.
e. Carry out a pre-startup Fire Safety Review.
f. Compile Design HSSE&SP assurance input for Statement of Fitness.
5.7 Civil, Structural and Architectural

Article 10 of this Section 4, specific Civil, Structural, and Architectural Deliverables identified in
Article 10 of this Section 4 shall be developed in accordance with the Company Technical
Requirements. Particular requirements that shall be addressed include:

a. Develop packages for Site preparation including temporary laydown areas;
b. Produce calculations to design foundations;
c. Perform static, dynamic, blast resistance, transportation, and fatigue calculations; and
validate the selection of the vessels/vehicles used to transport the pre-assembled
modules;
d. Produce 3D models also for Compressor housing, including architectural, building
services and structural designs.
e. Prepare structural steel drawings and design calculations;
f. Develop connection designs, calculations and steel fabrication detail drawings for
fabrication and transportation;
g. Produce drawings showing structural components that require fire proofing and cold
spill protection;
h. Produce secondary pipe support design calculations and assess their impact upon the
primary structural members – if any;
i. Calculations for large Equipment transported by barge (or ship), off-Site pre-
assembled units and modules, including weight (validated by weighing at the Sub-
Contractor’s facility, before shipment) and center of gravity; and
j. Calculations for large Equipment transported by barge, off-Site pre-assembled units
or module barge (or ship) layout and sea-fastening design.
k. Develop drainage connections
l. Verification of the impact of the new equipment on existing underground facilities and
above ground facilities. A soil report shall be provided by Company to the Contractor
at contract award
m. Impact assessment of underground facilities. Minimal scope expected in the new site

B180075PPP
n. Road, Storm drainage and culvert design

o. Preparation of shop drawings for fabrication
p. Preparation of material requisition for Civil/Structural Bulk materials
5.7.1.1 Civil/Structural FEED Change

Compressor Housing change from the proposed design in the BDEP Package:
In the current design of compressor house, a simple building is provided, allowing basic
inspection and maintenance activities without having to erect a temporary shelter. As a
change to the design, the building need to include (the height for) a permanent overhead
crane and structural members including the foundation designed to accommodate an
overhead crane.
At NLNG, there is an existing compressor building, from which the roof can be removed to
lift out the compressor internals by a mobile crane. This feature should be included when
designing the shelter and provision should be made such that mobile crane operator line-
of-sight is not obstructed in any form. A light duty lifting beam shall be provided in the shelter
for light maintenance activities. Explicitly no overhead crane is required in the building but
as mentioned earlier the building design is to be modified and foundation calculations
updated to account for a future overhead crane.
5.8 Piping and Plant Layout
Article 10 of this Section 4, specific Piping and Plant Layout Deliverables identified in Article 10 of
this Section 4 shall be developed in accordance with the Company Technical Requirements.
Particular requirements that shall be addressed include:

a) Prepare and ensure that critical line lists indicate lines requiring stress analysis.
b) Ensure that piping tie-in lists include all internal and external tie-ins; where tie-ins to
the existing facilities are required, they shall be made in a manner that minimizes
disruption to the operation of the existing facilities.
c) update Plot Plans and design the most suitable piping layout to optimise:
(i) Overall plot space required for New BOG Compressor Project
(ii) Equipment layout for safe and obstruction free operation and maintenance
(iii) That all new piping ways are clear of underground facilities by performing an
underground scanning and probing.
(iv) Location of Isolation valves, control valves, instruments and provision of safe
platform for operation and in-situ maintenance
(v) Mechanical handling methods
(vi) Piping Stress and Vibrational analysis
(vii) Piping arrangement and support
(viii) Construction / Installation sequence
d) Piping isometrics shall be extracted from the AVEVA 3D model; isometrics shall be
supplied from the model for all lines down to and including 0.75 inch NB; piping
Isometric sheets shall include Material Take-Off (MTO) for each drawing, design
conditions, hydrostatic test requirements, stress relief limits, field welds, internal and
external surface preparation and coating requirements. All welded attachment pipe
supports shall be shown.

B180075PPP
e) Develop a Piping System Pressure Testing Specification within six (6) months of the
Contract Date, as a further development from FEED Philosophy for pressure testing of
piping systems (Ref 39). This specification shall include all pressure systems and
demonstrates how pressure (strength) testing will be performed safely and risks will be
managed to ALARP. The use of Golden Welds shall be minimized and only be proposed
where it is determined, following detailed risk assessment, that the safety risk associated
with a pressure (strength) test cannot be managed to ALARP. The risk assessment
methodology and final number of Golden Welds shall be agreed with Company.
Justification for the use of each individual Golden Weld, together with a specific risk
assessment, shall be presented to Company for written approval not later than 60 days
after the 60% model review. Where Golden Welds are permitted by Company, in-lieu of
pressure (strength) testing, the additional requirements specified in Company Technical
Requirements shall be met;
f) drawings and lists of supports; and
g) drawings of special supports, thrust blocks, pop-off valves, etc.; and
h) Prepare a Vibration Assessment Report. The report shall indicate all assumptions,
methodologies, references (e.g., isometrics, inputs used to calculate the maximum
reaction loads, dynamic load factors) and a fully documented set of results and
calculations for each case; provide documented evidence that the stress models have
been checked and approved by an appropriate technical authority.
i) Produce piping general arrangement drawings for all systems, providing plans,
elevations and cross sections to fully define routing and location of piping, showing
location of equipment, in-line equipment and instrument locations, pipe support
positions, their arrangement and type for all piping
j) Provide and issue throughout detailed design material take-offs. The Material take-offs
shall be continuously kept up to date
k) Prepare datasheets for valves, and piping specialty items
l) Preparation of material requisition / purchase specification for pipes, fittings, flanges,
gaskets, fasteners, valves and Special Piping items etc.
m) Integrate in to the design, all vendor catalogue / drawing information
n) Preparation of specifications to cover shop and field fabricated piping
o) Provide support and assistance to fabrication and construction team
p) Produce pipe spool fabrication drawings
q) Establish the demolition scope of work and decommission or block existing pipes to be
demolished if any
5.9 Mechanical
Article 10 of this Section 4, specific Mechanical Deliverables identified in Article 10 of this Section 4
shall be developed in accordance with the Company Technical Requirements. Particular

a) Equipment selection and sizing verification and analysis for all the package equipment
b) Preparation/updating of Equipment Data Sheet
c) Update/Preparation of Requisition Sheet/Purchase Specification for Mechanical
Equipment’s.
d) Preparation/updating of Equipment Technical Specification
e) Interfacing with Equipment Vendors and integration of OEM requirements into the
commissioning work plans

B180075PPP
f) Prepare Corrosion Management Framework and Inspection Plan that shall detail the
relevant corrosion and material degradation risks, appropriate mitigation measures
and monitoring/controls based on the existing site practices;
g) all insulation systems shall be designed to accommodate thermal expansion and
contraction of the piping components and insulation materials during cool-down and
warm-up activities and shall allow for sufficient space for installation and inspection;
h) provide complete definition of the corrosion control and monitoring requirements for all
items or units;
i) design the necessary corrosion control and monitoring methods identified through CMF
including corrosion coupons, corrosion probes, and sampling points; the corrosion
monitoring methods shall comply with the Company Technical Requirements;
j) develop all necessary procedures and specifications related to welding, heat treatment,
positive materials identification, cleaning, insulation, cathodic protection, coating,
fireproofing, and refractory lining; support construction activities related to the materials,
fabrication, welding, and non-destructive examination. Particular attention shall be
given to cases where fabrication involves welding to Existing Facility Systems – in these
cases the suitability of existing materials for welding and inspection shall be verified to
Company’s satisfaction prior to the commencement of such Work.
The following data sheets and requisition packages are prepared as part of BDEP, Contractor
needs to Review and update them as necessary:
A. MPHP Interstage Air Cooler (Requisition package; Data sheet)
B. Afterstage Air Cooler (Requisition package; Data sheet)
C. LNG Liquid Return Pumps (Requisition package; Data sheet)
D. Quench Vessel (Requisition package; Data sheet)

a) Review Manufacturer/Supplier documents. Reviews shall ensure compliance with the
Company Technical Requirements;
b) Witness all major Equipment FATs;
c) Review Manufacturers/Suppliers/Sub-Contractors’ paint system for suitability for use in
coastal environments according to Company Technical Requirements;
d) define the technical requirements to the Manufacturers/Suppliers/Sub-Contractors’ and
demonstrate the technical capabilities of these entities to meet the specification
requirements according to Company Technical Requirements;
5.10 Rotating Machinery

Article 10 of this Section 4, specific Rotating Deliverables identified in Article 10 of this Section 4
shall be developed in accordance with the Company Technical Requirements. Particular

a) Continuous online vibration and temperature condition monitoring instrumentation
integrated with the B&K COMPASS system shall be provided for New Boil-Off Gas
Compressor Equipment in the string (motor, driven equipment, etc.)
b) All fin fans shall be equipped with vibration and condition monitoring instrumentation
integrated with B&K Compass System.
c) Continuous online vibration monitoring instrumentation integrated with the B&K
COMPASS system shall be provided for LNG liquid return pump
B180075PPP
d) The Safeguarding Condition and Performance Monitoring System shall be Bruel and
Kjaer COMPASS VC 6000 system. Contractor shall develop requirements and Integrate
all Rotating Equipment to the Plant Safeguarding, Condition and Performance
Monitoring System. Contractor shall integrate COMPASS system to the SGS/DCS systems
e) Contractor is responsible for providing the B&K COMPASS VC 6000 System applicable
to the facilities delivered as part of the scope, including commissioning and start up
spares for online monitoring and compatible system for offline monitoring. This aspect
of the scope includes system detailed design, hardware/software installation,
commissioning and baseline set up with all data input and alarm and trip set ups,
training of the plant personnel in utilization of the equipment and hand-over of the
system.
f) The complete specification for hardware and software for COMPASS 6000, which shall
interface with SGS and DCS, shall comply with API 670 with the settings complying with
ISO 7919 and ISO 10816 and IEC 61508.
g) The specification shall cover the three subsets; Machinery Protection/Safeguarding
System, Condition Monitoring System and Performance Monitoring System.
h) Develop terms of reference (to be agreed with Company) and perform Mechanical
Handling Study for all major Equipment; which shall specify the provision of overhead
traveling cranes and hoists, designate laydown areas, indicate required maintenance
pull volumes, and address crane access into process area from all identified access
points.
i) Factory acceptance tests – Mechanical Run tests and Performance tests with pre-defined
acceptance criteria shall be carried out on all Rotating Equipment, as identified on
equipment datasheets. For Boil-Off Gas Compressor, Contractor is to review, finalize
and participate in the FATs.
j) Develop SAT procedure and acceptance Criteria and carry out SAT for all Rotating
Equipment. In addition, for Centrifugal Compressors develop surge test procedure and
ASME PTC 10 Type 1 performance test procedure in conjunction with Company,
Equipment vendor and anti-surge control system vendor
k) Pipe stress analysis shall include checking of nozzle loadings calculations provided by
Pipe Stress Engineering to ensure loads are suitable for all rotating Equipment.
l) Develop Rotating Equipment installation guideline based on inputs from OEM.
m) Develop Rotating Equipment piping and auxiliaries piping flushing guideline. (Refer
Section 5.5.1)
n) Develop Quality Control, Inspection and Testing plans for all Rotating Equipment for
installation/construction and commissioning. For Boil-Off Gas Compressor, Contractor
is to review, finalize and participate in the Inspection and Test Plans.
o) Develop requirements/procedures for Rotating Equipment Pre-commissioning Air and
Nitrogen runs based on OEM inputs
p) Develop Layout, foundation/structural design supports and installation plans for Critical
Rotating Machinery based on OEM inputs
q) Develop Lubrication Schedule for all Rotating Equipment based on OEM inputs
r) Develop Preservation Strategy for all Rotating Equipment and associated Piping during
transportation and Installation
s) Develop Maintenance requirements / strategy for Rotating Equipment based on OEM
inputs
t) Develop requirements and Integrate all Rotating Equipment data to the Plant
DCS/SGS/FAR/CRAR including associated plant Historian System
u) Configuration of DCS software in accordance with the Compressor anti-surge control
including implementation of the SHELL CASC algorithm. Contractor is accountable for
Anti-surge control design with SHELL CASC algorithm input to be issued from
Company

B180075PPP

a) Review Manufacturer/Supplier rotor dynamics studies for all rotating Equipment
packages.
b) Detailed design checks on aerodynamic and thermodynamics performance for
compressor;
c) Development of the RAM analysis to confirm availability requirements will be met;
d) Review Manufacturer/Supplier documents. Reviews shall ensure compliance with the
Company Technical Requirements;
e) Engineering review of detailed design aspects of machinery and package design,
including suitable functionality under all expected process/ambient, steady state, start-
up, shutdown and transient operating conditions;
f) Dry Gas Seal System detailed review
g) Conduct design audit meetings with the Manufacturer/Supplier supplying the New Boil-
Off Gas Compressor, to ensure clear understanding of interfaces and agreement with
the System designs and the resultant expected production rates and for clear definition
of all operating modes and safe design for all transient scenarios;
h) 3D model review of New Boil Off Gas Compressor to ensure suitable accessibility for
operation and maintenance activities. Manufacturer/Supplier of New Boil Off Gas
Compressor shall attend the 3D model reviews at Contractor’s Premises;
i) Coordinate Design Audit Review meetings (typically 16 weeks after Purchase Order) at
the respective Sub-Contractor’s Premises for the major critical rotating Equipment
packages. Coordinate design stage gate meetings with the major critical rotating
Equipment Sub-Contractors at the appropriate time when crucial design documents are
ready to be “frozen”;
j) Witness New Boil Off Gas Compressor FATs;
k) Ensure pump and seal systems are on the same baseplate including interconnecting pipe
work are within scope of pump supplier;
5.11 Electrical
Section 4) and those required to develop the Deliverables as listed in Article 10 of this Section 4,
deliverables for all of the Equipment, services, labor and other items of Work necessary for complete
electrical power, uninterruptible power supplies, lighting, bonding, lightning protection, grounding,
controls, and monitoring Systems shall be developed according to the Company Technical
Requirements. Particular requirements that shall be addressed are as follows:

a) Provide electrical load schedules for each piece of electrical equipment, based upon
each possible load sequence, and by bus/switchboard and UPS for facility-normal and
peak power demand; the load schedules shall also feature nameplate kW, absorbed
kW, voltage, and full load current;
b) provide updated Key Single Line diagrams both for overall electrical system including
relevant substation and relevant metering, and relay protection diagrams, schematics,
and interconnection drawings;
c) Develop Load flows and voltage profiles;
d) Develop Short circuit requirements
e) Dynamic studies (motor starting, critical clearance time, transient stability under fault
conditions)
f) Transformer energization and soft starting
g) Emergency power requirements and distribution
h) prepare a lighting fixture schedule and lighting layout drawings showing for each
luminaire: location, type of luminaire, the aiming data, elevation, the circuit identification
and the circuit routing; an installation detail for each luminaire type shall also be
B180075PPP
provided; develop the lighting design to provide calculation-assured appropriate

illumination levels and minimize light pollution throughout the facility.
i) provide building interior (Compressor housing) electrical layout and wiring drawings,
including lighting, power and telecommunications layouts;
j) provide panel schedule of each branch circuit distribution boards, showing
characteristics and load schedule;
k) develop cable trenches and cable routing layout drawings for power and control cabling.
l) provide an electrical pre-commissioning plan including complete electrical testing and
cold function tests to be carried out in the pre-commissioning phase for all voltage levels;
the pre-commissioning plan will also include energization with Company support; and
m) prepare/update Electrical Basis of Design
n) prepare/update electrical load list calculation
o) prepare earthing layout
p) Electrical Tie-in and Equipment Lists
q) Prepare specifications and data sheets for electrical equipment
r) SAFOP actions update and closure
5.12 Control, Instrumentation, and Telecommunications
5.12.1 Control and Instrumentation

Article 10 of this Section 4, specific Control and Instrumentation Deliverables identified in Article 10
of this Section 4 shall be developed in accordance with the Company Technical Requirements.
Particular requirements that shall be addressed include:

i. Contractor (not the packaged equipment Manufacturer/Supplier) shall prepare the
narratives and C&E diagrams for control and safeguarding on equipment and packaged
units based on the information from the Sub-Contractor/vendors. Narratives and C&E
diagrams associated with packaged units shall have complete alignment with the
associated unit controls and safeguarding systems (including start-up or tie-in sequence
for compressors).
ii. update control system block diagrams
iii. update control rooms, auxiliary rooms layouts and control panel drawings, including
network, media storage, electrical supply, local panel layout and wiring interconnection
diagrams;
iv. develop system FAT and SAT testing procedures and requirements for the PAS (Including
all Equipment PLCs);
v. develop PAS to all third party system data interface maps and HMI screens;
vi. develop instrument location plans, including fire & gas hardware layouts complete with
Location Drawing Key Plan;
vii. develop/update instrument specifications/datasheets
viii. create PAS configuration database.
ix. Review rand update all location/tray routing plans and Installation Details/Hook-Ups
Drawings
x. Contractor shall use vendors listed on Approved Vendor List to satisfy the LNG facility
instrumentation requirements, if these vendors cannot offer a specific instrument, an
alternate vendor approved by Company shall be utilized;
xi. Contractor shall use a MAC (Main Automation (Sub-)Contractor) to satisfy the Project
PAS requirements and integration to existing facility as per approved vendor list.
xii. Contractor shall develop a list of third party software in consultation with Company for
all software by any party (Company, Contractor, MAC, Sub-Contractors or Instrument
B180075PPP
suppliers). This list is managed by Contractor until the end of RFSU. Contractor shall
ensure that the electronic data exchange between the chosen software packages is
maximized, standardized, formalized, documented and tested.
xiii. Compressor Manufacturer/Supplier is to apply the Shell Compressor anti-surge control
(“CASC”) scheme. Company based on the obtained compressor curves design CASC
parameters. Contractor together with Company CASC designer shall specify functional
requirements of anti-surge control and protective systems and ensure that these systems
and their components meet the required speed of response.
xiv. develop final version of a condition monitoring System for applicable rotating Equipment
and motor loads;
xv. provide instrument power distribution and earthing;
xvi. provide bulk instrumentation materials (such as junction boxes, cables, trays, tubes, and
fittings etc.);
xvii. provide installation and construction materials (such as mounting accessories, supports
etc.);
xviii. provide interface and coordination with the MAC and Telecoms (sub)Contractors for all
PAS and telecom Equipment integration;
xix. ensure full integration with the plant
xx. Contractor shall prepare a MOC procedure for software and for firmware changes after
FAT in order to ensure corrective actions in the controls and/or instrumented
safeguarding after the FAT and during Commissioning and Start-up are executed in a
structured auditable manner.
xxi. Generate/Update the Instrument Loop Diagram, Cause and Effect matrix, Junction box
drawings, Functional Logic Diagram (FLD), Control Narrative, Cable routing, Instrument
index, Safeguarding Narrative, Instrument Support Details etc.
xxii. Provision of tag numbers for all new instrumentation
xxiii. Prepare/update Specification of anti-surge control system field instrumentation,
xxiv. Prepare/update Specification, sizing calculations and selection of anti-surge control
valves in accordance (sizing to account Safe start up and Coast down operations)
xxv. Incorporate Site Diagnostic requirements into the valves design
xxvi. Design and configure the control system as below and shall be in accordance with the
Company Technical Requirements:
a. DCS, SGS and F&G software
b. Configuration of DCS software in accordance with the Process Control Narrative
c. Configuration of DCS software in accordance with the Compressor anti-surge
control including implementation of the SHELL CASC algorithm. Contractor is
accountable for Anti-surge control design with SHELL CASC algorithm input to
be issued from Company
d. Configuration of SGS in accordance with the Project Cause and Effect matrices
e. Configuration of FGS in accordance with the Project Cause and Effect matrices
f. Development of graphics for DCS, SGS and FGS screens in the CCR
g. Integration of all the above into the existing plant systems
h. Integration of all the above into the FAR and Plant wide systems via Fibre-optic
links
i. Provision of licenses for all operating systems and proprietary software
j. Factory and on-site testing of all software prior to implementation
k. Documentation to detail all the work to be carried out by the MAC
l. Additional tie-ins as applicable
m. Design and Integration into the Alarm Management System
5.12.3 Telecommunications.
The telecommunications scope consists of two distinct packages:

B180075PPP
Construction Telecommunication Systems, including temporary equipment and services

required to support execution of the work at the site prior to handover to Company
Operations.
Plant Telecommunication Systems, which are deliverables and telecommunication assets

making part of the new facility and which are subject to the hand over to Company.
Section 4) and those required to support development of all relevant Deliverables as listed in Article
10 of this Section 4, specific Telecommunications Deliverables identified in Article 10 of this Section
4 shall be developed in accordance with the Company Technical Requirements. Particular

i. Internet Connectivity, properly sized, for the Contractor.
ii. Mobile radio communication system.
iii. Integration of Project security with local EMS
iv. Voice and PAGA communication facilities, telephones
v. Uninterruptible power for telecommunications systems
vi. integration and coordination with the MAC;
vii. Telecommunication Systems installation supervision and Site services coordination;
viii. telecommunication IFAT, SAT and Pre-commissioning activities and coordination;
ix. security systems including CCTV
x. Design and engineering of Junction Boxes
5.12.5 New-Boil Off Gas Compressor Vendor Interface

The following equipment skid shall be procured by Company and free issued to the Contractor
• Boil-Off Gas Compressor 3K-3401Skid – for details of the scope refer to the document B-
51.415, Requisition For Additional Boil-Off Gas (BOG) Compressor Package (3-K-3401)
Scope of interfacing with the compressor vendor for design, installation and commissioning is within
the scope of Contractor. Contractor shall manage the technical aspects of the order from the point
of Purchase Order (issued by the Company), design and integration of the compressor into the
overall Project, FATs, receipt, installation, hook-up, and SAT testing at site followed by performance
testing.
5.12.6 Information Technology

Section 4) and those required to support development of all relevant Deliverables as listed in Article
10 of this Section 4, specific Information Technology Deliverables identified in Article 10 of this
Section 4 shall be developed in accordance with the Company Technical Requirements. Particular

a) The Contractor shall: Provide and maintain all IT facilities, equipment and systems that
the Contractor requires to execute the work and pay all costs associated with
procurement, provision, leasing, installation and maintenance of all relevant IT
equipment together with all operating costs and charges.

B180075PPP
b) Provide and arrange the facilities and services specified in this Section V at its various
work sites facilitating efficient work flow, information exchange, interactions, dialogue
and communications between the Company and the Contractor.
c) Ensure compatibility between its systems, tools, software applications, documents and
data.
d) At the expiration of this contract retain ownership of all Contractor-owned facilities that
have been allocated for the Company’s use during the execution of the Contract.
e) Ensure that its IT systems are in-compliance with any applicable legal requirements.
f) Nominate Information Technology focal person and ensure the focal person is available
for the duration of the Contract. In the event of change of a focal person ensure that a
handover of duties, information and status quo of any unresolved issues takes place
before the outgoing focal person is demobilized.
g) Within fifteen (15) days after the effective date of commencement of the contract,
organize and facilitate a workshop (Alignment Workshop) with the Company to review
and finalize the portfolio of IT applications, systems and tools the Contractor shall use in
the execution of the Project under the Contract. The scope of the Alignment Workshop
shall include but not be limited to:
- Review and finalization of the Project Application Portfolio Management

Specification including IT applications and systems, both existing and planned
for deployment, up to and including the Company-mandated applications and
systems, templates and formats for provision of data, as well the Contractor’s
own systems and tools that will be used in the execution of the WORK;
- Information Risk Management requirements and arrangements.
- Use of collaboration tools between the Company and the Contractor,

h) Prepare and within thirty (30) days after the effective date of commencement of the
contract, submit the IT Plan to the Company for review and approval. As a minimum,
the Plan shall comprehensively cover the following:
- IT scope, including details on IT infrastructure, applications, systems and

services that will facilitate the execution of the Project;
- IT scope delivery / execution strategy, including proposed subcontracting

model (if applicable);
- Interface management plan;
- Specific Information Risk Management controls;

i) The Contractor’s IT organization, including definition of roles and responsibilities.
Organize, facilitate, execute and document a joint annual review with the Company of
the IT Plan, including business requirements, standards, information exchange,
applications, databases and infrastructure to assess current efficiency and identify
improvements. Within fifteen (15) days after the annual review, submit the updated IT
Plan to the Company for review and approval.
j) Provide assistance to the Company throughout any audit on the IT systems implemented
by the Contractor for the execution of the Project when and if deemed appropriate by
the Company.
5.12.8 Information Risk Management

This Information Risk Management (IRM) specification is outlining the Company
requirements regarding Information Risk Management.

B180075PPP
Information Risk Management in the context of the Project means the protection of
information in its broadest sense and covers access to information, protection of
information against intrusion and damage and the procedures used to maintain the
integrity of information.
The three key objectives are:

• Confidentiality: protecting information from unauthorised
disclosure.
• Integrity: safeguarding the accuracy and completeness of
information.
• Availability: ensuring that Project information and IT services are
available when required.
The Contractor shall document the below listed controls and submit to Company together
with the relevant supporting evidence for review within fifteen (15) days after the effective
date of commencement of the contract.
Company shall review the controls and advise the Contractor (as part of the Alignment
Workshop) where the IRM controls implemented by the Contractor are acceptable (i.e.
generally in compliance with the requirements of the IEC / ISO 27002) or otherwise.
In addition to the activities identified in the General Scope of Engineering Services (Section
4.3 of this Section 4) and those required to support development of all relevant
Deliverables as listed in Section 10 of this Section 4, to comply with IRM requirements the
Contractor shall undertake as follows:
a) Have a formally published Information Risk Policy in place, formally approved by senior
management.
b) Demonstrate that the confidentiality, integrity and availability risks to the Contractor’s IT
systems (applications, infrastructure and services) that facilitate the execution of the
Project are identified and documented.
c) Confidentiality: ensure that all deliverables are classified with the agreed information
security classification (for example: Unrestricted, Restricted, Confidential, Most
Confidential), and that the classification is clearly displayed on each deliverable. The
Company shall provide the Information Security classifications to be used.
d) Access to Information: implement procedures to authorise and control access to Project
information, applications and systems. The procedures shall include records of access
given and revoked by person, date and facility and shall document a staff off-boarding
process.
e) Mobile Computing: ensure that measures are in place to protect against unauthorized
access and disclosure of Company’s information stored on Contractor’s laptops or
mobile devices including USB sticks or other types of portable storage.
f) Network Security: implement a firewall system, suitably configured to provide protection
to Project information against unauthorised intrusion. Ensure all computer / data
networks are secured appropriately against intrusion.
g) Viruses, malware and malicious code: implement software and facilities to prevent loss
of information integrity or confidentiality by viral infection from internal and external
sources. Log all occurrences of viral infection to the Contractor’s IT facilities and make
such records available to the Company upon request.
h) Physical Security: at each work site put a physical security perimeter controls in place,
including electronic access control systems and visible identification of staff and visitors.
Where the Company’s own IT equipment is installed at a work site:

B180075PPP
- Under no circumstances connect Contractor’s own IT equipment to the Company’s

IT infrastructure.
- Under no circumstances allow for a direct interconnection (bridging) to be
established between the Company’s and the Contractor’s IT infrastructure.
- Ensure that access to the IT/Server room(s) where the Company’s IT equipment is
installed is restricted to authorised personnel only and is logged and controlled.
i) Business Continuity: take adequate steps to assure business continuity should any
application, system or infrastructure failures occur and the loss of access to building and
or offices.
j) Backup and Restore: develop Backup and Restore procedures. The Contractor shall
provide backup and restore facilities for all Project information. Operation of these
facilities shall restrict the maximum loss of recorded work to one day. The Contractor
shall maintain the most current full, and other backup media, off site in a secure facility.
k) Environmental Protection: put measures in place to avoid damage to the Contractor’s
and the Company’s information and property from fire, flood, earthquake, explosion,
civil unrest, and other forms of natural or man-made disaster, as appropriate.
l) Change Management: where a change could potentially affect the Company’s IT
infrastructure, information and / or data, the Contractor shall have a defined change
management process in place for review and authorisation of changes, ensuring that
only authorised changes are implemented and that all changes to infrastructure and
applications are logged.
m) Training: implement a programme promoting information security awareness to ensure
minimum required level of competence in Information Risk Management amongst the
Work force assigned to or supporting the Project.
n) If so deemed necessary, the Company may decide to provide an additional IRM training
to the Workforce, in which case the Contractor shall assist the Company ensuring that
the training is complete as soon as reasonably practical.
o) With respect to Information Risk Incidents:
(i) Ensure that IRM incidents are logged, prioritised and forwarded to the appropriate
personnel for resolution.
(ii) Promptly notify the Company of any IRM incidents relevant to the execution of the
Project or Company infrastructure and/or information.
p) Audit by the Company: allow the Company the right, but not the obligation, to exercise
due diligence of the IRM measures implemented by the Contractor for the execution of
the Project by an audit when and if deemed appropriate.
q) Throughout the audits the Contractor shall:
- Provide copies of the policies, procedures, schedules, event logs and any other
documentation that may be requested by the Company in relation to the audit.
- Facilitate physical inspections and joint Company/Contractor walk-downs at the
work sites.
- Organize, conduct and document results of the continuity tests and present them to
the Company.
5.12.9 Applications and Systems

In many cases the Contractor may use its own applications in developing the deliverables (Document
and Data), but information submissions to the Company shall be in a compatible format as defined
by the Company in various Sections of this Section 4 and Attachment 11 of the Contract.
Where the Contractor needs to convert from one format to a format compatible with the Company
this shall be done without loss of quality.

B180075PPP
As a minimum, the Contractor’s workstation office application suite shall be compatible with the
versions used by the Company, consisting of Microsoft Office (currently running Microsoft Office
2016), Acrobat Reader and WINZIP).
In some cases, the Company shall mandate the use of specific applications or templates for the
development and handover of the deliverables. This may include that the Company hosts certain
applications providing remote access to the Contractor.
Where the Company mandates the use of a specific application to be hosted by the Contractor, the
Contractor shall develop the templates’ specification. The Contractor shall seek approval on the
specification from the Company before configuring and using the templates.
The Contractor shall follow the change control procedure before making any changes to the
templates.
The final inventory of applications mandated by the Company that shall be used by the Contractor
shall be discussed with the Contractor and approved by the Company at the Alignment Workshop.
The portfolio of the Company -mandated IT applications, systems and tools that the Contractor uses
in the execution of the Project may change over time. This includes adoption of new versions of
software packages as they get released by software vendors.
Introduction of changes to the agreed portfolio of the Company -mandated IT applications, systems
and tools shall be subject to the change management process; thus a change shall only be
implemented after its impact has been fully assessed and the Company has agreed to the
implementation by the Contractor.
5.13 Existing Facility Site

The Work that Contractor will perform with respect to the Existing Facility includes:

a) With respect to Work performed in the Existing Facility Site, Contractor shall implement
all requirements and recommendations, including physical modifications, studies and
assessments, defined in the Company Technical Requirements.
b) Contractor shall verify documentation of the Existing Facility, including conducting any
necessary survey and inspection activities required to safely perform the Work.
Contractor shall update such documentation as necessary to perform the Work.
f) Contractor shall prepare detail design packs & construction work packs for brownfield
tie-ins to existing facilities and revamp scope as specified in Company Technical
Requirements. Where the deliverable comprises and update of an existing ‘as-built’ then
the document shall be re-issued at the next revision with the revamp scope clearly
highlighted.
g) Design packs shall include:
(i) Unit/equipment details and Job Title;
(ii) Reference to all discipline deliverables required by the Construction Contractor to
execute the contained work scope;
(iii) Reference to all material requisitions;
(iv) A description/method statement of the work to be carried out;
(v) An indication of work constraints/ permits required
(b) Tie-in and revamp scope discipline deliverables will include as required:
Process:
- PEFSs
Piping:
B180075PPP
- Key Plans
- Isometrics
- Pipe Support Drawings
- Piping MTOs/ requisitions
Equipment:
- Equipment requisitions·
- Vendor GA drawings
Civils/Structural:
- Foundation drawings
- Miscellaneous steelwork drawings (structures, pipe support,
platforms/ladders)
- Bending Schedule
- Bulk MTOs/requisitions
Instruments:
- Instrument Layouts
- Hook-up drawings
- Cable Routing diagrams
- JB/ MC Termination drawings
- 1/0 Slot Allocation (Invensys)
- Cable Schedule
- Loop Diagrams
Electrical:
- Lighting layouts
- Earthing Layouts
5.13.2 SIMOPS Requirements

Contractor shall comply with the SIMOPS requirements described in Article 7 of this Section
4.

B180075PPP
6.0 Contracting and Procurement
6.1 Contracting and Procurement

Contractor will perform all contracting and procurement activities in a competent, professional,
transparent and ethical manner required for timely progressing and Completion.
6.2 Contracting and Procurement Activities
6.2.1 General
The Scope will include all the activities normally performed in Materials, Contractor Equipment and
services procurement including, but not limited, to the following:
a) Preparation of the procedures covering the contracting and procurement activities
b) Preparation of the Contracting and Procurement Plan
c) Preparation of Requests for Quotations (RFQ)/Invitation to Tender (ITT) packages, tender
management, evaluation and negotiations
d) Placement of Sub-Contracts
e) Management and administration of all Sub-Contracts including closeout activities
f) Sub-Contractor's data review and verification
g) Verification and payment of SUBCONTRACT invoices
h) Provision of inspection and testing services
i) Provision of logistics, expediting and customs clearance services
j) Provision of Materials management services
k) Provision of reports
l) Quality Assurance and Quality Control
m) Change Management
n) Warranty Administration
6.2.2 Key Principles of Contracting & Procurement

Subject always to the requirement to perform the SCOPE in accordance with the CONTRACT, the
following key principles must always be followed to by Contractor during the implementation of its
Contracting and Procurement processes:
a) Adherence to its own and NLNG’s Business Principles and Ethical values:
(www.nigerialng.com/Our-Company/Pages/Business-Principles.aspx;)
b) Pursuance of the highest standards of HSE performance in accordance with NLNG’s
principle of ‘Goal Zero’ and ‘Life Saving Rules’
c) Compliance with its obligations in respect of Nigerian Content, including PART B of the
Contract and the relevant Legislation and Regulations, including the Nigerian Oil & Gas
Industry Content Development Act,
d) Implement all procurement by way of fair and open competition.
e) Contractor shall consider life cycle implications in its evaluation and selection of
Materials and Spare Parts in the interest of avoiding obsolescence and ensuring
continuing availability for future operations and maintenance by Company.
6.3 Contracting and Procurement Plan

Within thirty (30) days of the Signature Date, Contractor will provide for Company's review and
approval a copy of the proposed Contracting and Procurement Plan for all Sub-Contracts, this shall
address all requests for tender
Once approved, Contractor will provide Company with an updated Contracting and Procurement
Plan on a monthly basis. Company will request meetings weekly or as otherwise appropriate to

B180075PPP
discuss or review procurement activities. Company may attend meetings arranged by Contractor
with Sub-Contractors as may be considered appropriate by Company.
6.4 Project Approved Vendor List

In using a Sub-Contractor from the AVL the Contractor is not relieved of any obligation to Company
and will remain fully responsible for the performance of its Sub-Contractors.
Any Subcontract between Contractor and a Sub-Contractor or between a Sub-Contractor and
another Sub-Contractor of any tier for the performance of any part of Scope, including any call off
under framework agreements of Company or an Affiliate of Company and supply agreements for
materials, does not remove or detract from Contractor's responsibility to ensure that Sub-Contractors
have the required specialist knowledge competence, experience, capacity and capability to supply
the intended Materials and/or services in accordance with the requirements of the Contract.
The AVL identifies the following:
6.4.1 Category A – Pre-Selected Sub-Contractors

Pre-selected Sub-Contractors that Contractor shall enter into agreements with for critical
scopes and standardisation purposes that are embedded in the FEED design; these
agreements will be deemed a Subcontract. Contractor is responsible for and will have no
claim against Company or any Affiliate of Company in connection with such agreements,
including:
a) the negotiation of the agreements;
b) failure to enter into Subcontracts thereunder (in a timely manner or at all);
c) any of the terms and conditions of such Subcontracts;
d) termination of such Subcontracts; or
e) failure by the Sub-Contractor to perform under such Subcontracts.
Category A – Pre-selected vendors by Company
Main Automation Contractor Control systems Invensys / Schneider

Condition Monitoring System Control system Brüel & Kjær
Hot tap scope Tie-in Contractor Geoscape Limited
6.4.2 Contractor proposed Sub-Contractors & Additions to AVL

If Contractor proposes a potential Sub-Contractor who is not on the AVL, Contractor will
prior to the issue of the request for tender seek Company approval in a timely manner by
issuing a request to add a Sub-Contractor for the Materials and/or services to be provided.
Contractor will propose well proven Sub-Contractors who can demonstrate their previous
experience of supplying similar services and/or Materials of similar size or duty/service and
quality. Contractor will obtain, review and approve documentation that demonstrates and
ensures that a Sub-Contractor will meet the requirements of the Contract.
The following shall be included with the request for consent:
 Reason for the request
 Assessment of Vendor’s financial strength
 Demonstration of how Contractor’s obligations with respect to Nigerian Content have
been satisfied, including both of the Contract and the relevant Legislation and
Regulations, including the Nigerian Oil & Gas Industry Content Development Act.
 A statement of compliance that Vendor’s HSE system is capable of meeting the HSE
requirements

B180075PPP
 Demonstration of capability of the proposed additional Vendors including:

o A statement that Vendor can comply with the applicable standards with listed
deviation;
o A list of proven and satisfactory performance records (current experience) and where
appropriate the performance records particular to the specific location of
manufacturing proposed for the Project;
o A Statement of compliance of quality assurance system with ISO-9001 or an
equivalent standard, including references to any approvals, quality system
accreditation and certifications issued by internationally recognised bodies such as
ASME, BS, TUV, etc.;
o A statement that Vendor’s quality system is capable of meeting the quality
requirements. In case such a statement cannot be made on basis of available
information, a quality system appraisal shall be made against Project requirements;
o And where applicable:
- a list of proven and satisfactory operational and maintenance records
- a statement on availability of proper technical support and resources
- a statement of availability of competent after-sales service
Company will evaluate and reserves the right to reject any changes proposed by
Contractor without the obligation to provide reasons.
Company may provide information regarding potential Sub-Contractors to Contractor who
thereafter shall be responsible to contact these entities directly and assess suitability
regarding any opportunities to execute Scope in accordance with the Contract, if
applicable.
Contractor will provide Company with an updated AVL on a monthly basis.
6.4.3 Company’s Framework Agreements

a) Company or Affiliates of Company have framework agreements in place with third party
Contractors for purchasing goods and services, which may permit Contractor to call off
under such framework agreements.
a) Company framework agreements generally contain: (i) a range of scope; (ii) a set of
general terms and conditions to be incorporated into Subcontracts, and (iii) a price
mechanism. Subcontracts will be stand-alone between the Contractor and the framework
agreement third party Contractor and created pursuant to agreement of a call-off order
under the framework agreement.
b) Contractor is invited to procure equipment and materials using these framework
agreements as Company considers that their application will save considerable
engineering manhours and avoids the approval cycle and quality uncertainty associated
with other potential suppliers. Equipment and materials procured by the Contractor using
these agreements will be acceptable to the Company for the range of scope covered by
the framework agreements.
c) Any call off by Contractor under these framework agreements will be deemed a Sub-
Contract. Contractor is responsible for and will have no claim against Company or any
Affiliate of Company in connection with using such framework agreements, including:
(i) the negotiation of call offs;
(ii) failure to enter into Sub-Contracts thereunder (in a timely manner or at all);
(iii) any of the terms and conditions of such Sub-Contracts;
(iv) termination of such Sub-Contracts; or
(v) failure by the Sub-Contractor to perform under such Sub-Contracts.

B180075PPP
6.4.4 Contractor procedures and processes

a) Company shall be included in the Sub-Contractor deviation request (SDR) process. All
SDRs that are proposed deviations from Company’s technical requirements shall require
Company approval.
b) Contractor shall provide Company with no less than ten (10) business days advance
notice of proposed technical meetings (including pre-award technical clarification, kick-
off and pre-inspection meetings) between Contractor and Sub-Contractors.
c) Upon entering into Subcontracts, unpriced copies of all Subcontracts tracked in the
Contracting and Procurement Plan shall be forwarded to Company as issued.
6.5 Discipline Scope of Procurement Activities

Procurement of Project materials and equipment shall be borne by the Contractor. It is Contractors’
responsibility to identify the required key materials for all the disciplines (Mechanical, Piping,
Instrumentation, Electrical, Civil and Structural) based on the Detailed Engineering Design to be
undertaken by the Contractor.
The BDEP package only contains indicative quantities and does not remove the responsibility of
procurement of the bulk materials from the Contractor based on the AFC deliverable to be produced
in the Detailed Engineering Phase.
Bulk and full Project materials shall be generated by the Contractor during the Detailed Design.
Materials/Equipment’s not listed in this section are also to be identified during the Detailed
Engineering Design and procured by the Contractor. Field/site verification is required to fully
estimate the quantities of materials required and It is the Contractor’s responsibility to procure the
required materials (tangible and intangible) required for full Project execution.
Contractor shall purchase permanent equipment / material and consumables from Approved
Vendor List provided and civil / architectural materials preferentially from Nigerian sources of
supply, provided that specification, quality, reliability and delivery meet the requirements for the
Project. If local VENDORS and/or materials do not meet the Project Specification requirements or
their delivery is not acceptable, the Contractor shall obtain the Company’s approval before allowing
such deviations.
Company reserves the right to audit the Contractor's basis / back-up regarding local Vendor
selection.
6.5.1 Mechanical Procurement Scope

Key Mechanical Equipment’s to be procured are as indicated in Mechanical Equipment List (B-
51.413) and MTO Package (B-51.255).
Bulk and full Project materials shall be generated by the Contractor during Detailed Engineering
Design. Materials/Equipment’s not listed in the above documents are to be identified and procured
by the Contractor.
To support order placement of the following Long Lead Items by Contractor the following data
sheets and requisition packages are prepared as part of BDEP, Contractor needs to Review and
update them as necessary:
A. MPHP Interstage Air Cooler (Requisition package; Data sheet)
B. Afterstage Air Cooler (Requisition package ; Data sheet)
C. LNG Liquid Return Pumps (Requisition package; Data sheet)
D. Quench Vessel (Requisition package ; Data sheet)
6.5.2 Piping Procurement Scope

Key Piping Bulk Materials to be procured are as indicated in MTO Package (B-51.255).
Design. Materials/Equipment’s not listed in the above documents are to be identified and procured
by the Contractor.
B180075PPP
6.5.3 Electrical Procurement Scope

Key Electrical Equipment and Bulk Materials to be procured are as indicated in MTO Package (B-
51.255).
Design. Materials not listed in the above documents are to be identified and procured by the
Contractor.
6.5.4 Instrumentation, Control, F&G Procurement scope

Key Instrumentation, control and F&G Equipment and Bulk Materials to be procured are as indicated
in MTO Package (B-51.255).
Contractor.
6.5.5 Telecommunication Procurement scope
Key Telecommunication Equipment and Bulk Materials to be procured are as indicated in MTO
Package (B-51.255).
Contractor.
6.5.6 Civil/Structural Procurement Scope

Key Civil/Structural Equipment and Bulk Materials to be procured are as indicated in MTO Package
(B-51.255).
Contractor
6.5.7 HSE Procurement Scope

Key HSSE Equipment and Bulk Materials to be procured are as indicated in MTO Package (B-
51.255),
Contractor.
Additional HSE Materials required for Project execution includes but not limited to the following:
 Procurement and Supply of Eye Wash and Safety Shower Stations (min 2)
 Procurement and supply of gas detectors 1 area gas detector/monitor (15m radius) and 8
Personal Gas Monitors (PGMs)
 Procurement and supply of 1 Intrinsically safe Camera
 Adequate PPE as contained in the Section 5 of the Contract

B180075PPP
6.5.8 New Boil-Off Gas Compressor Skid Procurement
6.5.8.1 Exclusion:
The under listed equipment skid is exempted from the Contractor’s scope of supply as they shall be
free issued to the Contractor by Company.
 Boil-Off Gas Compressor 3K-3401skid- for details refer to the document B-51.415,
Requisition For Additional Boil-Off Gas (BOG) Compressor Package (3-K-3401)
 The items included are:
o Boil-Off Gas (BOG) Compressor Train including
 Multi-point mount baseplate to accommodate compressors, dry gas
seal system & panel, electric driver motor and gearboxes.
 BOG Compressor
 Double ended drive Electric Motor
 Special Purpose Gearboxes
 Lube Oil System (Baseplate mounted) for complete train
 LO rundown tank (for mounting by Contractor)
 Couplings
 Noise attenuation measures necessary to achieve the guaranteed noise
levels
 33/11.5KVA Unit Transformer including Neutral Earthing Resistor
 Construction Spares for the skid
 Commissioning Spares for the skid
 Insurance Spares for the skid
 2 Year Operation Spares
6.5.8.2 Inclusions:
Contractor shall manage the technical aspects of the order from the point of Purchase Order
(issued by the Company), design and integration of the compressor into the overall Project,
FATs, receipt, installation, hook-up, and SAT testing at site followed by performance testing.
The below scope associated with New-Boil Off Gas Compressor skid is also within the scope
of Contractor, including but not limited to:
 Cross-over process gas piping LP Compressor discharge & MP/HP Compressor suction
 Integrated Control and Safety System (ICSS), comprising of Compressor lube oil & seal
gas control, Fire & Gas, and Process Shutdown System
 Utilities i.e. instrument air, nitrogen, cooling water, back up & primary seal gas
 All piping connections between the Package and the Facility systems
 Instrument piping/tubing between the compressor and Supplier off skid equipment
skids
 Purchaser piping mating flange bolt sets and gaskets
 Interconnection cabling and wiring between on-base and off-base equipment
 Machine Condition Monitoring System (MCMS)
 Cabling between skid edge instrument junction boxes and Field Auxiliary Rooms which
house Unit Control Systems
 Earthing connections from the Package to earth
 Bolting for structural and piping interfaces compressor package to gas turbine drivers
 Foundations, foundation imbeds and anchor bolts
 Platforms and ladders external to equipment skids
 Process Anti-Surge Recycle Control Valves
 Field instruments required for Anti-surge control/performance control
 First fill of oil
 Interconnecting piping between run down tank and package

B180075PPP
6.5.8.3 Optional Mechanical Procurement Scope:

Procurement for Boil-Off Gas Compressor 3K-3401 is considered optional scope for Contractor. As
part of the optional scope, Contractor is to submit their proposal for procurement (only including
material expediting, shipping, insurance, importation, customs clearance, payment of duties,
storage, preservation and issue for construction) separately. The above will be based on Company’s
negotiated Purchase order with the Compressor OEM. Based on the proposal and discussions and
on mutual agreement, Company may decide to transfer the responsibility of procurement and
shipping to Contractor.
6.5.9 Modularization and Pre-Fabrication

It is the intention that most equipment and materials will be delivered to SITE as pre-fabricated
"modules" or skids, which are fully assembled, complete with electrics / instrumentation and fully
tested as far as practicable.
A pre-fabrication, pre-assembly, modularisation and off-site fabrication (PPMOF) strategy is to be
utilised where it supports the following objectives:
 Minimises HSE risk through reducing the construction workforce on site;
 Mitigates the impact of adverse weather on site construction productivity by transferring
work to a controlled work environment; and
 Minimises CAPEX by savings in site construction costs offsetting additional material,
assembly, shipping and transport costs.
The PPMOF approach needs to be optimised as the Project progresses through detailed design by
evaluating relative advantages and disadvantages based on:
 Local Contractor fabrication facilities and experience;

 Material, fabrication and assembly, transportation, and installation cost;
 Site construction and commissioning hours;
 Transportation envelope and maximum weight;
 Procurement, shipping and logistics;
 Complexity; and
 Minimising and simplifying hook-up and testing requirements.
The optimised approach to PPMOF will consider:
 Vendor assembled units;

 Pre-assembled units;
 Fabrication and assembly of pipe racks and tracks;
 Pre-dressing vessels;
 Maximising offsite pre-casting, fabrication, pre-assembly and testing of components
including foundations, structural steel, pipe spools, pipe supports; and
 Maximising offsite pre-commissioning.
Contractor shall be responsible for arranging any sub-contracts which may be necessary for this
activity and for coordinating shipment of the necessary equipment and materials, within the
Contractor’s supply, to the pre-fabrication sites. The Contractor shall also be responsible for
shipment / transportation of the relevant pre-fabricated skids / modules for installation at the SITE.

B180075PPP
6.6 Materials Management and Logistics Requirements
6.6.1 General
Contractor will be responsible for the application of a proven Materials Management System which
will track all Materials from design through procurement to issue for construction. This system will
be capable of handling multiple construction and fabricating facilities in separate geographical
locations and giving early warning of Material unavailability and any other potential supply problem
areas.
Contractor will ensure all materials delivered to Project site are clearly labelled with a minimum of
a weatherproof label affixed to the material, containing the following information:
a) Material catalogue number
b) Serial number & Model No (for equipment), Model number & Part number (for spares).
c) Purchase Order number
d) Correlation to Company Equipment TAG Engineering tag number if present
e) Drawing number
Spare Parts shall be labelled as per the requirements in Section 5.7.3 and Section 8.19 of this
Section 4.
6.6.2 Materials Management Plan

Within sixty (60) days of the Signature Date, Contractor will provide for Company's review and
approval a copy of the proposed Materials Management Procedure covering as a minimum:
a) Materials Management organization
b) End to end approach to materials management
c) Materials Management information systems (included in reporting as Section 5 of this
Section 4)
d) Interfaces into other systems and processes
e) Inventory management including Sub-Contractor managed inventory
f) Lay-down areas and temporary storage
g) Warehouse sizing, location, management and staffing
h) Storage and preservation plans, including receiving, storing, and issuing work flows.
i) Marking, tracking and packing
j) Spare parts ordering and management, including method for ordering and tagging
spare parts
k) Standardization
l) Sub-Contractor documentation management
m) Surplus Materials management procedure including sale process and documentation
n) Long Lead Items (Materials with delivery lead time from SUBCONTRACT execution to
WORK SITE)
o) List of Engineered Materials Proposed for WORK SITE Materials Tracking
p) Key Performance Indicators for tracking Material Management performance
q) Track & Trace plan, system and tagging strategy
r) Equipment Criticality & Intervention Assessment Procedure
6.6.3 Expediting
Contractor will immediately advise Company of any significant delivery slippage of Materials and
associated schedule impact, and remedial actions taken to mitigate the delay.
Contractor will be responsible for all expediting activities from the inception of a requisition until all
the Materials, Contractor EQUIPMENT (including all the associated documents) are received and
punch list items (if any) are fully closed out.

B180075PPP
Company may, from time to time, carry out control visits/checks to ascertain that Contractor has
made early expediting visits to identify problems well in advance.
6.6.4 Inspection
Contractor will refer to Section 6 - Quality Management for specific quality requirements, including
inspection. Contractor will perform all pre-inspection and inspection activities in the Scope.
Contractor will provide Company with copies of all inspection reports within seven (7) days from
completing the inspection visit. Any Non-Conformance Reports and Inspection Release Certificates
will be provided to Company within forty-eight (48) hours of completing the inspection visit.
Company will exercise its right to attend inspections and witness tests. Contractor will furnish
Company with all purchasing documentation, schedule details, specifications, drawings and other
information and documentation so that these inspections and tests can be executed efficiently.
Contractor will provide sufficient notice of inspection and test activities to allow timely mobilisation
of Company's inspectors. Contractor will ensure that access is provided to Company's inspectors at
all Worksites. Contractor will ensure that Sub-Contractors carry out the specified FPD activities.
6.6.5 Shipping, Import and Customs

Contractor will develop procedures within thirty (30) days of the Signature Date detailing how
Contractor intends to manage freight handling and shipment and customs clearance.
Contractor will be responsible for organising, coordinating and performing of all shipping and
transportation arrangements and activities for Materials to and from the Project Site including
handling of shipping documentation, payment of import duty and the like, export customs
formalities, dispatch advice. The SCOPE includes the organising, coordinating and performing re-
export and import of Materials that are required to leave and return to the Project Site Country for
repair and/or replacement.
Transport insurance from point of origin to Site shall be arranged by the Contractor. Contractor
shall be responsible for all customs formalities at "port of entry" and customs inspection in "Country
of Origin".
Contractor will advise Company via weekly reports the following requirements for shipment
expected:
a) Subcontract number;
b) Item numbers if split;
c) Intended ex works date(s);
d) Vessel/flight booked on;
e) Loading airport/port;
f) Estimated time of departure;
g) Estimated time of arrival at destination.
Within sixty (60) days of the Signature Date, for all oversize/heavy lift Materials, Contractor will
prepare a thirty/sixty/ninety (30/60/90) Day Shipment Forecast Plans covering full details of the
transportation. Contractor will issue plans on a weekly basis to Company and provide daily updates
on Materials arriving at port.

B180075PPP
Contractor will not ship any Materials to the Project Site without prior formal inspection release
certificate signed by Company. Where Company's inspector does not attend final inspection and
release, then Contractor will apply for Company's written agreement to release.
Contractor shall inspect all shipments at the time of offloading.
6.6.6 Materials Tracking

Contractor will:
a) Be responsible for Materials tracking to allow monitoring of Materials location from
vendor, fabricator and Sub-Contractor premises to arrival at, and within the WORK SITE
until incorporation into the Permanent Work.
b) Ensure that Company is provided with access to the Materials tracking information
including all necessary software licenses, hardware licenses, related data, information
and documents required for the Scope
6.6.6.1 Project Site Materials Tracking

Contractor shall keep track of the physical location of tagged construction Materials in near real
time from when Materials arrive at Project Site until final installation in the Permanent Work or
transfer to Company. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Contract.
6.6.6.2 Spares Tracking

Contractor will ensure that all spares delivered to the Project upon receipt and until handover is
tracked. The Contractor will ensure that all Sub-Contractors comply with the same provisions.
6.7 Spare Parts and Special Tools

All Equipment shall be procured and Supplied with OEM recommended Start-Up/Commissioning
Spares and 2 (two) years Operational Spares as per Spare Parts Interchangeability Record (SPIR).
Except for those spare parts supplied as part of Company provided item – New BOG Compressor
skid, Contractor will select and procure spare parts in accordance with Company’s Spare Parts DEP
70.10.90.11-Gen. The DEP specifies roles, responsibilities, tool and process for spares on capital
projects.
Contractor will procure the complete inventory of spare parts in the following categories:
a) Insurance spares including any designated by Company as “Capital Spares”
b) Spare parts required for Commissioning and Start-up
c) All special tools and consumables required for the installation, commissioning, operating
and maintenance of SCOPE. These shall include any special lifting devices for any of the
equipment or any major sub-component within it
d) 2 year Operational spares as per agreed list with the Company
6.7.1 Development of spare parts lists, use of E-SPIR Supplier / Vendor Catalogue
Contractor shall:
a) utilize the spare selection process and tools (E-SPIR/Vendor Catalogue) specified by the
Company in DEP 70.10.90.11-Gen.
b) ensure that its Sub-Contractor develop and provide lists of spare parts consistent with
the above categories and complying with the requirements of the SCOPE

B180075PPP
c) ensure that the maintenance and sparing policy for the facility will operate on the
principle of identification of common spares between different items of equipment from
one Sub-Contractor and between different Sub-Contractor
Company reserves the right to contact Contractor’s Suppliers and/or manufacturers directly to verify
the accuracy and suitability of the spare parts lists.
6.7.2 Deliverables
Contractor shall fulfil all requirements specified in DEP 70.10.90.11-Gen, including but not limited
to:
a) Coordinate the development of the spare parts list, supporting documentation, and
adhere to the spare selection process as specified by the Company’s DEP 70-10.90.11-
Gen
a) For Insurance / Capital, Commissioning and Start-up spares, ensure the supplier
provides the electronically compiled spare parts list for review and approval by Company
before the placement of the PO.
b) Ensure appropriate spare parts requirements and selection process clauses are in P.O.s
c) For initial operating spares & operating spares ensure the Sub-Contractor timely delivers
the electronically compiled Spare Parts list in the Company’s required electronic medium
for review and approval within eight (8) weeks prior to equipment delivery with complete
information and supporting documents such as final drawings
d) Replace parts found to be required during any phase of the SCOPE up to completion of
the Defects Correction Period and administer any associated warranty claims with Sub-
Contractor for replacement of items found to be defective.
e) Ensure a complete overview of purchased and present spares within each category is
made and handed over to Company 12 weeks prior commissioning/Start Up for purpose
of smooth handover to Company
The following table summarizes the types of spares and the advised route for procuring the type of
spare.
Type of spare Spare lists Review and Procurement and Delivery

proposal approve
Insurance Contractor Company before Procured with main equipment

main PO PO
placement
Commissioning & Contractor Company before Procured with main equipment

Start up main PO PO
placement
Initial operating Contractor Company 8 Procured with main equipment

spares (first 2 years weeks prior to PO
of operations) equipment
delivery
Operating Spares Contractor Company Procured with separate PO by

Company, advised to be
purchased by OPERATOR under
OPEX through normal
maintenance operations

B180075PPP
6.7.3 Spares packing, labelling, preservation, delivery and storage

Contractor will:
a) Deliver all Insurance/Capital, Commissioning/ Start-up spare parts and special tools to
the Contractor’s Worksite or to Company’s shore facility construction warehouse.
b) Spare parts should be individually labelled with the correct Material article number as
indicated on the PO. Small items with the same Material article can be packed together
in a small plastic bag or box. The label shall be also shown on the outside of the bag or
box, with item description and number printed on the label as per DEP 70.90.11-Gen.
c) Spare parts shall be packaged and preserved to ensure a shelf life of at least three years
without any deterioration or loss of effectiveness of the preservation. Shelf life expiry
dates shall be clearly marked on the outside of the packaging. Preservation, packing
and protection methods and materials shall as a minimum comply with Sub-Contractors
recommendations and Scope
d) work with Company to transfer the initial operating spares into Company inventory
management system
e) ensure that special tools are clearly labelled in relation to respective Equipment and
marked for commissioning / operation purposes, so they can be segregated
f) provide adequate space in these storage facilities for spare parts supplied by others
g) preserve and protect all spare parts until HANDOVER of the Permanent Work to
Company for Commissioning
h) take delivery of spares supplied as Company Provided Items from Company at
Contractor’s Worksites, and include in the actions described above – for New BOG
Compressor Skid.
6.8 Chemicals and Lubricants

All process operating units will be handed over with a minimum of normal operating levels of
lubricants and chemicals in each process operating unit.
6.9 Preservation and Storage of Materials

Contractor will be responsible for all preservation and storage activities of all Materials during
manufacture, assembly of individual materials or packages, and at the Project Site until HANDOVER
to Company.
The following shall be required for Material preservation:

a) packing, protection and preservation of Materials in Contractor’s possession are
maintained in accordance with the Sub-Contractor instructions, or DEP 70.10.70.11-
Gen “Preservation of New and Old Equipment Standing Idle”, whichever is more
stringent
b) special storage requirements are clearly marked by Contractor and/or Sub-Contractor
on the exterior of packing. Contractor shall provide any additional preservation
measures required due to extended storage, conditions of storage, opening of packing
for inspection, or other factors which may affect the integrity of the Materials.
c) Contractor shall establish, at the construction site, a materials handling and storage area
with fencing, office / storage facilities and handling facilities for the purpose of materials
protection, preservation and control.
d) Contractor shall establish, at the construction site, a materials handling and storage area
with fencing, office / storage facilities and handling facilities for the purpose of materials
protection, preservation and control.
e) Materials shall be protected against deterioration and the Contractor shall provide any
necessary temperature and humidity control for preservation and maintenance. All
materials received by the Contractor for incorporation into the Works shall be adequately
protected against damage at all times. In the event of damage occurring to any
B180075PPP
materials, the Contractor shall immediately submit a damage report to Company and
rectify the damage in an agreed manner
6.10 Surplus Materials

Contractor will prepare a Surplus Materials Procedure for review and approval by Company with
regards to surplus Materials avoidance, identification, segregation and disposal, covering at
minimum following elements:
a) Material reconciliation per construction stage
b) Reporting timing and format for Company review of surplus Materials
c) a list and manner of labelling and segregation from the Project/asset warehouse of
surplus Materials
d) disposal procedure per equipment type
e) disposal methods and application
For all surplus Materials:
f) Company shall retain first right of refusal
g) Contractor will manage and store these surplus Materials in accordance with approved
storage and preservation procedures, complete with Materials certification and full
import and export documentation.
h) be responsible for all aspects of the ownership, identification by category and Company's
unique materials identification number, control, traceability (all the way back to original
manufacturer's records), reconciliation, segregation, suitable recommendation and
eventual disposal (with any weighbridge certificates), including seeking Company's
approval for sale and providing credits due to the Company for such sales.
i) Contractor will properly manage and leave the Work Site/s free of all waste in
accordance with the provisions of this Contract and the approved surplus Materials
Procedure.
6.11 Reporting
Contractor shall prepare and issue contracting and procurement status reports, including Equipment
tracking, in a format and frequency agreed with Company for all Sub-Contracts including services,
Equipment, modules, spare parts, Sub-Contractor documentation, movables, first fills, warehouse
inventory, training packages etc., during all stages of the requisitioning and procurement process
(i.e., identification or requisition, preparation of requisition, pre-award process, award status,
fabrication, expediting, inspection, shipping, delivery, customs and quarantine, storage and
warehousing, construction, installation, testing, etc.) including plan, forecast and actual dates.
Contractor shall appoint a dedicated full time procurement coordinator as part of its Key Personnel
to act as liaison contact with Company on all procurement matters
Contractor’s reporting system shall have the following minimum functional requirements:
a) Integration of requisitioning activities and procurement activities within the application;
b) Capability to allow multiple views and creation of reports from a single data set (i.e., by
requisition,
c) Subcontract, Sub-Contractor, Equipment tag, key date, type of Equipment, area, module,
d) Construction work pack, System, etc.);
e) Capability to track, control and report on Sub-Contractor and Sub-Sub-Contractor
documentation and spare parts status;
f) Capability to handle multiple Fabrication locations, engineering/procurement operating
centers (if applicable) and geographic work locations of the engineering, procurement
and construction activities in a collaborative system;
g) Capability to link with advanced work packaging tools for fabrication and construction;

B180075PPP
h) Construction capability to link with other schedule management systems and the
computerized System Completion Management System; and
i) Capability to show anticipated problem areas (pro-active), problem areas, and impacts
of problem areas/delays for detailed design and construction activities.
j) Contractor shall collect, organise and maintain information received from suppliers,
including any information provided by Company about suppliers. Such information shall
be organised by Contractor into a database which shall be available to Company upon
request, and formally provided to Company at RFSU of the Project. The database shall
include relevant information from the suppliers including, but not limited to, supplier
entity name, Nigerian status, and capabilities.

B180075PPP
7.0 Construction
7.1 Contractor’s Commitments and Requirements

This Section defines the requirements for executing the construction of the Project at the Site
Contractor shall place the utmost priority on Health, Safety, Security, and Environment (HSSE) when
planning and executing the Work. Contractor shall be committed to the Health, Safety, and Security
of all Persons present at the Site or any Premises. Contractor shall also be committed to the Safety
and Security of the entire LNG Terminal. Contractor shall be committed to the protection of the
environment, including water, land, and air throughout the execution of the Work.
As part of the Project Execution Plan, Contractor shall develop a Construction Execution Plan (CEP)
based on the requirements in the Contract. The CEP will identify Contractor’s strategy for completion
of the additional planning which Contractor deems necessary to meet Company’s objectives for the
Project. The CEP will also address any unique challenges, Contractor’s construction strategies,
Construction Method Statements, management organization, construction completions, and Pre-
commissioning.
Contractor shall coordinate all interface activities on the Project Site, prior to Handover of whole or
part of the Permanent Work, among Sub-Contractors, and any other activities being conducted by
or on behalf of Company on the Project Site.
Contractor should anticipate that performance of the Work in the Site will occur simultaneously with
activity on other projects in the vicinity of the Site, operations and maintenance. Common public
facilities such as roads, waterways, and access to construction docks (CD) may require coordination
with other projects and/or the local community.
During construction planning, Contractor shall make allowances for these interfaces and local
community activities and implement plans to mitigate potential interferences to the Work.
7.2 Construction Methodology

Contractor’s construction personnel shall participate in Construction Safety in Design (CSiD) and
constructability reviews during engineering.
Contractor shall undertake a detailed construction readiness review prior to mobilization of
resources to ensure compliance with the Construction Execution Plan.
Contractor’s engineering, procurement, and Sub-Contractor support teams shall be available at the
Site as necessary to support the progress of the Work, including:
(a) Engineering support for timely response to engineering queries;
(b) Sub-Contractor specialists required during construction, Pre-commissioning,
Commissioning and support for Start-Up and
(c) Contractor shall, where applicable, provide for Vendor specialists to attend and
supervise Site erection, testing, (pre-) commissioning and start-up of equipment.
Attendance of Vendor’s representatives shall be deemed to be included in the
Contract’s Price
Contractor shall plan, execute, monitor, and control all construction activities in accordance
with Contract Schedule.
7.3 Construction Execution Plan (CEP)

Contractor’s CEP shall address HSSE implementation, material management, construction
installation, Quality Assurance and Quality Control of construction, inspection, Pre-commissioning
and System turnover to Commissioning, support for Start-Up.

B180075PPP
Contractor’s CEP shall provide a list of other construction plans and detailed procedures that
Contractor will issue for the performance of the Work, including Joint Integrity Management Plans,
Construction Method Statements, and Completions Management Plans.
The CEP shall describe and define Contractor’s strategies and methods to be employed to execute
the Work and demonstrate to Company that Contractor’s planning of the Work will ensure proper
completion of the Work and the Plant, in accordance with the Contract, the Contract Schedule and
the Contract Price. As previously stated, the CEP will be updated, revised, and issued as required,
throughout Project execution.
The CEP shall incorporate knowledge gained throughout the completion of engineering, including
Construction Safety in Design (CSiD) reviews, constructability reviews, model reviews, procurement
activities, and any development which can impact the Construction of the Plant.
CEP should define the Permit to work requirements as defined in Section 5 of the Contract.
Contractor shall also incorporate into the CEP recognition that the Work will encompass
Simultaneous Operations (SIMOPS) as defined in Section 7.6.7.
The extent of any proposed Subcontract, including the extent of prefabrication/pre-assembly to be
executed at or outside of the Project Site, shall also be addressed in the CEP.
Contractor’s CEP shall include the following key functions for effective execution, monitoring, and
control:
(a) Managing and reporting
(b) HSSE management
(c) Quality Assurance (QA) and Quality Control (QC) performance, per discipline
(d) Planning, scheduling, quantity surveying, and measurement;
(e) Construction supervision, per discipline
(f) shipping, custom clearances (where applicable), inland transportation performance;
(g) warehouse, material control management and distribution, and local procurement
activities;
(h) field engineering and change management;
(i) demolition, removal and disposal of any resulting material, except that any Hazardous
Materials included in the resulting materials shall be removed, packaged and
transported to a temporary staging area on the Site in accordance with Company
practices and Applicable Law
(j) statutory permitting, approvals, clearances, and enforcement of Applicable Laws;
(k) personnel administration/industrial relations;
(l) Project personnel housing and transportation as required;
(m) Temporary Construction Facilities plan
(n) Permit to work system in place;
(o) Construction mobilization and level III EPC Schedule
(p) Security plan and procedures
(q) Traffic and Logistics plan
No later than ninety (90) Days after the Contract Date, or thirty (30) Days prior to the start
of related construction activities on the Site, whichever is earlier, Contractor shall submit
the CEP together with associated main execution plans and procedures to Company for
review. The following is an overview of activities to be addressed in Contractor’s CEP.
7.3.1 Construction Procedures

Contractor shall prepare and issue construction procedures to cover all aspects of the Work. These
procedures shall control and provide instruction for Contractor to meet the requirements of the CEP
and other plans relating to the Work.

B180075PPP
Construction supervision, coordination and interfaces, management activities, and Work execution
shall be carried out by Contractor in accordance with these construction procedures developed and
submitted by Contractor to Company for review and comments, as per contractual requirements.
7.3.2 Labor
Contractor shall determine and provide in its execution plan the monthly labor requirements on site
throughout the construction phase to meet the Contract Schedule including the portion from the
local community. Contractor shall submit to Company a projection of construction labor required
to complete the Project including craft numbers and build-up by craft. This projection shall be
updated and submitted to Company at least one (1) month prior to the mobilization to the Site for
construction, and updated monthly thereafter. Contractor shall also report actual labor against
planned labor for the previous month.
Contractor shall provide plans for mitigating the potential problem of a shortfall of available skilled
craftsmen to successfully execute the Work.
7.3.3 Direct Hire and Subcontract

Contractor shall determine and advise the construction weekly schedule, hours per Day and Days
per week on which the construction through Commissioning portion of the EPC Schedule is based.
The EPC Schedule shall also include any Work activities that will be performed outside of the
regularly scheduled Work week, such as activities requiring exclusion zones (pneumatic testing or
radiography), to expedite sequential activities, or to relieve congestion.
7.3.4 Site Working Hours

Contractor shall operate on the basis of working those hours necessary to complete the works in a
timely and efficient manner. Refer to Section 8 for details.
Contractor shall determine and advise the construction weekly schedule, hours per Day and Days
per week on which the construction through Commissioning portion of the EPC Schedule is based.
The EPC Schedule shall also include any Work activities that will be performed outside of the
regularly scheduled Work week, such as activities requiring exclusion zones (pneumatic testing or
radiography), to expedite sequential activities, or to relieve congestion.
7.3.5 Temporary Site Facilities

Contractor shall provide its plan for TSF and land and or water use, with details of the facilities, plot
plans, and layouts. Contractor shall also plan for removal of all TSF and restoration of the land or
water to its pre-Construction condition.
7.3.6 Planning and Scheduling

Contractor shall submit the plans and procedures related to planning, scheduling, Project control
and reporting in accordance with the work requirements
7.3.7 Material Control

Contractor shall describe its material management system from receipt at the Project Site to
installation and final acceptance.
7.3.8 Site Preparation

Contactor shall provide a detailed plan for Site preparation works

B180075PPP
7.3.9 Heavy Haul and Heavy Lift

Contractor shall identify all items it classifies as heavy haul and heavy lift, size and weight criteria,
methods of transport to the Site, transportation within the Site, storage and erection.
7.3.10 Modularization or Pre-Assembly

Contractor shall describe its strategy for planned modularization and/or pre-assembly as
applicable. The plan shall indicate Work to be modularized or pre-assembled at any Premises and
transported to the Project Site for installation. Contractor shall also describe its plan for fabrication
for any pre-assembly Work on the Project Site.
7.3.11 Traffic and Logistics

Contractor shall provide its logistics strategy and plan for all movements into, around, and away
from the Project Site for personnel and Equipment. The plan shall define methods such as road and
water, and describe routes to be used, including off-Project Site parking and busing plans.
Contractor shall define any upgrades required to meet the Project Traffic and Logistics Plan.
7.4 Health, Safety, Security, and Environment (HSSE)

Contractor shall be committed to achieve a zero harm and zero leaks operation. Contractor’s
commitment to protecting the health, safety, and security of its employees, and protecting the
environment, and others shall be essential in Contractor’s HSSE performance and programs.
Contractor’s commitment shall be focused on achieving the following objectives:
(a) The HSSE Requirements and the HSSE provisions of the Section 5 of the Contract;
(b) Create and incident and injury free Work environment
(c) Create a culture where individuals understand and take responsibility for their own safety
and health;
(d) Create a culture where individuals care and promote safety of others; an intervention
culture where individuals are encouraged to ‘speak up’;
(e) Create a secure work environment;
(f) Ensure environmental awareness and compliance;
(g) Meet Project statutory and regulatory HSSE requirements;
(h) Strive to exceed HSSE standards expected of an industry leader set by community, state,
and federal government; and
(i) Achieve high HSSE results by setting new benchmarks for safety and environmental
performance in the oil and gas construction industry on a Word Wide Scale.
7.5 Work Planning

Contractor shall consider the various construction aspects of the Site Existing Facility Site. different
risks and requirements for the Work; consequently, Work Planning shall include the following:
a. Supervision, coordination, and management of activities performed at the Site for
the performance of the Work and performance of technical/specialist services;
b. Construction planning and scheduling construction activities;
c. Provision of all Temporary Construction Facilities required for Construction and
removal of all Temporary Construction facilities installed or stored by Contractor or
its Sub-Contractors during performance of the Work and restoration of the Site to
conditions agreed by Company;
d. Implementation of a construction quality plan to include inspection of Equipment
e. Implementation of the HSSE Plan for the Site;
f. Maintaining a clean Site through regular sweeping and cleaning activities including
sanitation, removal of excess materials, and handling and disposal of construction
wastes;
B180075PPP
g. Processes to ensure all tie-in works (applicable to Existing Facility Site activities) are
performed in compliance with the permit to work system developed in accordance
with Section 5 of the Contract;
h. Material management, material control, and preventive maintenance in accordance
with applicable procedures and Sub-Contractor recommendations;
i. Preparation of plans for Equipment movement, erection, lifting, and rigging;
j. Erecting, installing, and testing Equipment in compliance with the Contract
requirements;
k. Developing a mechanical completion program/plan to facilitate systemized and
sequential Pre-commissioning and Commissioning activities by Contractor in a
logical manner to meet the Contract Schedule;
l. Supervision and monitoring all safety and labor relation functions as per the
Company Technical Requirements and Applicable Law;
m. Organization of field engineering Work, wherever required, and the provision of
timely assistance to Company to resolve interface problems and/or Site constraints;
n. preparation of reports and records generated during the execution of the Work. Such
records shall be made available to Company and handed over to Company as
required by the completion and turnover procedures;
o. Execution and supervision of all additional works and modification works as required
by Company as a part of approved Adjustment Orders;
p. Obtaining all regulatory permits in relation with TSF installation and transportation
of TSF, Construction Equipment and the Equipment; and
q. Obtaining all necessary Customs clearances
7.6 Temporary Construction Facilities
7.6.1 Contractor Facilities

Temporary construction facilities and areas are to be defined, planned and managed so Contractor
can execute their scope of work in a productive and cost effective manner. The installation, operation
and demobilisation of temporary facilities shall be scheduled so they support the sequence in which
work will be executed in the various work areas.
The temporary construction facilities to support executing the work will include but not limited to:
 Outside the plant
o Contractor office
o Sub-Contractor office
o Induction / Training rooms
o First aid clinic
o Rest room/mess area/kitchens
o Wash room & toilet facilities
o Warehouse (including controlled environment storage area)
o Equipment maintenance, fuel storage and parking area for construction equipment
o Parking area for buses, cars, trucks etc.
o IT and telecommunications for offices
o Laydown areas for site preparation, civil, structural, mechanical, piping,
electrical/instruments and scaffolding
o Fabrication area/workshops for structural, piping and supports painting and
insulation
o Waste collection point
Inside the plant

 Changing rooms/lockers
 Tools Sheds
 Guard house/security access/security fence and temporary lighting
 Waste collection point
B180075PPP
Company will make areas following available to the Contractor within the Company facilities,
Contractor shall undertake any necessary works to prepare these temporary laydown areas for
use:
 Temporary construction facilities, laydown and fabrication area within the area
reserved for Contractors’ yard to the south of the plant
 Small Temporary laydown area to the south of the new BOG compressor area
Contractor shall conduct its own due diligence to determine sufficiency of these for Temporary
Construction Facilities, and shall procure the rights to use additional property that Contractor
determines is required for the Work. Contractor is expected to execute part of the Work (pre-
assemblies, modularization etc.) in remote locations.
Contractor will not be required to provide office facilities for Company personnel on site.
Contractor shall note that no temporary offices or buildings will be allowed in the temporary
construction area to the south of the new BOG compressor (except toilets and tools shed).
Once the Work is completed, all TSF facilities, including any underground materials, shall be
removed from the Site. Portable occupied buildings required at the Site shall be in accordance with
the requirements of the Safety Philosophy
Contractor shall indicate on drawings the location and layout of the proposed construction
Temporary Construction Facilities within the Site. Contractor shall develop a narrative describing the
facilities use and Design Basis such as sizes, capacities, buildings contents, utilities, fuels storage,
above ground and underground facilities, and waste collection areas. Contractor shall describe the
plan for providing the following utilities and disposal of waste including a chart for each showing
the monthly quantities:
a. quantities and sources for construction water including potable water, testing water, dust
control, concrete, and any other water Contractor requires for construction, Pre-
commissioning and Commissioning;
b. quantities and sources for construction power including any temporary power required for
Pre-commissioning and Commissioning;
c. sanitary collection and disposal;
d. fuels quantities and storage; and
e. estimated quantities of hazardous and non-hazardous waste.
7.7 Utilities
Contractor shall obtain all utilities required to perform the Work, except as otherwise provided in
Section 7 of the Contract.
7.7.1 Water
As defined in Section 7 of the Contract.
7.7.2 Electrical
As defined in Section 7 of the Contract.
In addition Contractor shall arrange for the below:

(a) Generators (if required) for power and lighting;
(c) emergency power supplies for lighting and safe construction operations;
B180075PPP
(e) temporary lighting for the Site;

(f) checking of temporary installations;
(g) electrical safety checking of all small electrical hand tools and operation of a tagging
system; and
(h) electrical safety checking of all temporary offices and office equipment
7.7.3 Air
Contractor shall provide instrument air for testing and operation and compressed air for
construction, testing and drying. Company will assist depending on availability.
7.7.4 Nitrogen
Contractor will provide all nitrogen as required for construction, drying, purging, and
Commissioning. Company will assist depending on availability.
7.7.5 Fuels, Lubricants, and Service Fluids

Contractor will provide all necessary fuels, lubricants, and service fluids for the construction, and
Commissioning, Start Up and initial operation of the Plant, together with suitable, environmentally
acceptable temporary storage. Store fuel on the Site (including temporary use areas) only at
locations and in containers agreed by Company. Fueling of Construction Equipment shall not be
done within one hundred (100) feet of hot Work. Each hose used to fuel Construction Equipment
shall be fitted with a shutoff nozzle suitable to prevent spillage of fuel.
7.7.6 First Fill Material

Contractor will provide all necessary materials for first fill required for Commissioning and Start Up
as applicable.
7.8 Construction Communications
7.8.1 Telecoms
Contractor shall provide all necessary communication Systems required for execution of the Work
to the Contractor Personnel.
7.8.2 Site Communications

Contractor shall erect a series of informational signs and bulletin boards for the distribution of
Construction Site information at the main entrance to the Construction Site and main entrance to
the Temporary Site Facilities as a minimum. These boards shall give information on the following:
a) medical information;
f) security; and
g) Applicable Law.
7.9 Site Rules and Regulations
7.9.1 Site Hours

Contractor shall set its work hours and daily work schedule for the Project Site for meeting the
Contract Schedule. Contractor shall notify Company if Contractor intends to perform any of the
Work on the Project Site outside of Contractor’s regularly-scheduled hours or Days. Contractor shall

B180075PPP
ensure it has implemented all required safety precautions such as lighting, first aid coverage, and
additional Company and Contractor supervision including HSSE supervisors in order to work after
hours.
In the case of night or shift Work, Contractor shall take necessary precautions to limit disturbances
to other workers or inhabitants in the surrounding area. In particular, special care concerning vehicle
traffic on public roads and noise from construction activities shall be taken. If night Work creates
disturbance to others, Company may revoke authorization to perform Work during these hours.
Contractor is specifically forbidden to perform lifting operations at night time.
7.9.2 Site Rules

Contractor shall adhere to Site Rules and ensure that these rules are adhered to at all times by all
of the Workforce. Contractor shall prepare additional construction guidelines to address specific
issues relative to the Existing Facility
7.10 Tools, Equipment and Consumable Materials
7.10.1 Construction Equipment

All Construction Equipment supplied by Contractor or any Sub-Contractors shall comply with
Applicable Law and Company requirements. The equipment will be subject to pre-mobilization
inspection as defined in Section 5 of the Contract.
All Construction Equipment shall, when brought on to the Project Site, be exclusively dedicated to
the execution of the Work. Certifications of Construction Equipment, where required, are to be
maintained current while such Construction Equipment is on the Project Site or is being used in the
performance of the Work. Contractor shall not remove any Construction Equipment from the Project
Site until it is no longer required for the Work.
Contractor shall and shall cause its Sub-Contractors to maintain Construction Equipment in such a
condition that it shall always be safe and ready for immediate use with the qualified personnel,
necessary consumables, and maintenance parts for proper operation in place.
7.10.2 Construction Consumables and Indirect Material

Contractor shall supply all necessary construction consumables, indirect material such as concrete
formwork, testing materials, welding and cutting gases, and expendable tools such as grinding
discs, fuels, and lubricants. All consumables shall be in strict conformity with the requirements of
Project specifications.
Storage of consumables shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and
Contractor’s HSSE requirements. All materials must be accompanied by material safety data sheets
which are to be communicated to the Workforce as applicable and maintained in Contractor’s
material control and HSSE files.
7.10.3 Raw Materials and Bulk Materials

Raw materials or fabricated materials incorporated into the Plant and supplied by Contractor such
as soil, sand, aggregates, concrete and cement, rebar, metallic inserts parts, etc., shall be in strict
conformity with the requirements of Project specifications.

B180075PPP
7.10.4 Local Content

Contractor’s execution strategy shall include the requirement to maximize the use of local Nigerian
Content. For local content requirements, refer to Part B and other clauses of the contract.
7.10.5 Material and Equipment Offloading Facilities

The requirements are as defined in Section 7 of the Contract - PROVISIONS BY THE Company AND
Contractor
7.10.6 Transportation
Contractor shall organize and coordinate the transport of all Equipment, as well as construction
bulk materials and Equipment, and maintain records of all movements. It is Contractor’s
responsibility to undertake route survey for the movement of Equipment and Construction Equipment
to the Project Site.
Contractor shall select the means of transportation of all Equipment, materials and Construction
Equipment.
Contractor shall provide its logistics strategy and plan for all movements into, around and away
from the Project Site. Particular attention shall be given to logistics between the Site and local roads
used by the local community.
The plan shall show transport methods to the Project Site for material and Equipment whether by
road, rail, or water. The plan must provide weekly and monthly trips by all forms of transport.
Contractor’s traffic over the public roadways, including that of Contractor’s employees, shall be
consistent with Company’s obligations.
7.10.7 Receiving and Inspection

Contractor shall inspect the Equipment upon delivery to ensure compliance with purchase orders
and the Contract.
Any damage or missing Equipment must be recorded and reported by Contractor to Company. It is
Contractor’s responsibility to perform insurance claims for damaged or missing Equipment and
immediately correct the situation to avoid resultant consequences, delays, and recurrences.
Contractor shall set up control procedures to monitor and control all Equipment at the Project Site
and other premises, such as control and tracking systems, receiving and control of material
identification, location on the laydown area, control of spare parts, handling and logistics, and
preservation of Equipment.
7.10.8 Equipment Storage

The requirements are as defined in Section 5.9 of Section 4.
7.10.9 Consumables
Contractor is responsible for supplying all construction consumables, including adequate PPE for all
personnel (Company, Contractor, and Third-Party personnel) on the Project Site.
7.10.10 Warehouse Management and Material Control

In the Temporary Construction Facilities areas, Contractor shall build warehousing facilities, covered
and open, as appropriate for storing Equipment, as well as construction materials and Equipment
to complete the Work, considering security and safety recommendations and in accordance with
Applicable Law.
B180075PPP
The activities shall include transport of Capital Spare Parts, Operating Spare Parts and
Commissioning Spare Parts to Company warehouse for handover.
Records shall be kept by Contractor for all items requiring specialized protection and these records
shall be given to Company prior to Handover.
Contractor shall implement proper procedures per the specification to ensure traceability of
Equipment in compliance with the requirements of the Contract.
Any item supplied by Contractor not incorporated into the Plant and remaining after Handover is
considered as surplus material. Contractor shall consolidate and organize all surplus material to a
single location at the Project Site as agreed by Company. All surplus material shall remain the
property of Contractor and shall be removed from the Project Site prior to Final Completion.
For imported materials and Equipment, Contractor shall obtain the complete detailed importation
procedures from appropriate customs authorities and for clearing customs for the importation,
exportation, and re-exportation of Equipment and Construction Equipment.
7.11 Mobilization Plan

Contractor shall provide a narrative describing its plan for mobilization to the Site in Construction
Execution Plan, including Nigeria Content management.
7.12 Labor Relations

Contractor shall be responsible for industrial relation functions during the performance of the Work.
Contractor management shall be suitably trained and experienced in labor relation functions so as
to ensure a good relationship with staff and to prevent the occurrence of industrial disputes that
could result in subsequent delays or work stoppages.
Contractor shall report immediately to Company any problems including labor disputes, fights,
strikes, and work stoppages.
7.12.1 Labor Relations Plan

Contractor shall be responsible for negotiating and entering into any necessary agreements with
the local community and labor unions. Prior to commencing its negotiations Contractor shall
arrange a meeting with Company to obtain and understand Company’s requirements. Contractor
shall provide Company with a regular overview of the status of its negotiations the format of which
shall be agreed with Company.
Contractor must submit a detailed Labor Relations Plan (including Sub-Contractor activities) in the
CEP and update this plan as necessary within thirty (30) Days of the Contract Date.
Contractor shall submit with its proposal a contingency plan if a labor shortage is encountered
during the construction phase.
7.12.2 Workforce Logistics

Contractor is fully responsible for the transportation of the Workforce to the Project Site.
The Project Traffic and Logistics Plan shall include a plan for movements of the Workforce into,
around and away from the Project Site. The plan shall show vehicle parking areas and the Project
Traffic and Logistics Plan for movement into and out of parking areas. The plan shall describe how
the Workforce moves between the parking areas and the Project Site.
7.12.3 Construction Workforce

At the kick-off meeting held after the Contract Date, Contractor shall confirm its construction
Workforce deployment schedule. Any additional manpower of any category required to be deployed
B180075PPP
during the actual execution of the Work or mitigation measures to meet the Contract Schedule shall
be promptly mobilized by Contractor.
7.13 Concrete Supply

Contractor shall describe its plan to set up batching facilities on Project Site, this shall be shown on
the temporary construction facilities plan including area for cement storage, sand and aggregate
stockpiles as well as water storage and effluent capture facilities at the batch plant. If Contractor
plans to supply concrete and other cement type materials that require batch mixing to the Project
Site. Contractor shall advise Company of its source of supply, including by Contractor or Sub-
Contractor, the location of batching facilities and the distance to Project Site (if remote from Project
Site).
The plan shall include daily and weekly forecasted requirements for concrete, planned batch plant(s)
capacity and backup plan in case of Equipment breakdown. Quality Control of concrete shall be
included in Contractor’s Quality Control procedures including temperature control.
Contractor’s environmental plan shall include methods Contractor will implement for washing out
concrete trucks and the containment and disposal of wash water. Such plan shall also address the
collection and disposal of waste concrete.
7.14 Modularization and Pre-Assembly

Contractor CEP shall include its strategy for any modularization and/or pre-assembly. The CEP shall
describe the areas to be modularized or pre-assembled on the Project Site and at any Premises, as
well as the man-hours, quantities of Work involved and proposed location within the Project Site.
The plan shall show Equipment planned to be pre-dressed prior to erection describing the extent
and location where pre-dressing will be performed.
7.15 Equipment Heavy Lift and Heavy Haul

Contractor shall prepare rigging studies and plans and method statements for heavy lifts in excess
of 100 tons, for multi-crane lifts, and lifts where risks are evident such that a formal rigging study is
required. Rigging studies may be prepared by Contractor or a specialist Sub-Contractor. In either
case, Contractor shall demonstrate to Company that the responsible person for the rigging studies
has the necessary technical qualifications and experience.
Contractor shall provide its transport plan, method statement, and routing for the movement into
and around the Project Site of all heavy lifts and large Equipment items such as air coolers, including
whether arrival to the Project Site is by road or water.
For the heavy lifts and heavy haul, Contractor’s transport plans and rigging studies shall substantiate
that ground bearing pressures have been calculated and any soil improvement necessary is included
in the plans or studies.
Contractor shall provide a dedicated heavy lift specialist at the Project Site (and any fabrication yards
used in performance of the Work), which specialist shall be responsible for the coordination,
supervision, and execution of all heavy lift transportation and erection.
At all times during the performance of the Work, technical certification and inspection certificates
for cranes and lifting gear shall be made available to Company. Contractor shall provide cranes of
suitable capacities to match with the erection requirements.

B180075PPP
7.16 Logistics
7.16.1 Logistics to and from the Project Site

The Project Traffic and Logistics Plan shall include a comprehensive logistics plan which covers the
movement of people and Equipment from source to the Project Site, and return as applicable. The
Project Traffic and Logistics Plan for each activity described below shall show frequency and number
of trips on a monthly basis. The Project Traffic and Logistics Plan or each activity shall describe
Contractor’s plan to mitigate any interferences with the local communities and traffic. Contractor
shall describe in its plan and implement any external road improvements and traffic control
measures that are required.
Contractor’s Project Traffic and Logistics Plan shall include the movement of the Workforce from
home to Project Site and return, including movements and routes, vehicles and buses, estimated
numbers of vehicles and buses, numbers of trips, plans for parking near or remote from the Project
Site, and plans for moving people from parking area(s) to and from the Project Site.
For the Site preparation, clearing, cut and fill, the Project Traffic and Logistics Plan shall provide
quantities of excavated surplus material, locations and numbers of trips to disposal areas, and routes
to be taken. The plan shall provide details of the locations for fill materials (borrow pits), quantities
and numbers of trips, and routes to be taken to Site.
In addition to the above, the Project Traffic and Logistics Plan shall define the delivery method to the
Project Site, by category, of the following:
a) bulk materials;
b) all other Equipment;
c) concrete;
d) cement;
e) piles;
f) Construction Equipment; and
g) Consumables and etc.
7.16.2 Logistics within the Project Site

The Project Traffic and Logistics Plan shall also address movement of people and Equipment within
the Project Site and shall show the people and vehicle moment.
7.17 Site Preparation, Access, and Drainage

Contractor shall accept the Project Site in the state it was provided and shall complete the Project
Site Preparation Work
Contractor shall implement measures to control all surface run-off drainage management for water
sedimentation and evacuation. Excess or un-usable soils shall be removed from the Project Site only
upon receipt of Company approval. Contractor shall provide any additional fill not available on
Project Site. Preparation of the Project Site and transport of quarried construction materials shall be
carried out in an environmentally acceptable manner.
If during performance of the Work, Contractor encounters unforeseen underground obstacles, live
cables, or other obstructions, Contractor shall notify Company immediately and take proper and
necessary measures to overcome the same in compliance with Company instructions.
Company will provide Contractor with reasonable access to use permanent roads of the Existing
Facility.
The modification of bund wall of tank T-3501 is required, it is to be executed before the start of the
execute phase by the Company. However, once modified, preparation of the proposed site is
considered part of this Contractor work scope.
B180075PPP
7.18 Completions
Contractor shall:
a) Track and report against all phases of mechanical completion, pre-commissioning and
commissioning to ensure every system is checked and all procedures are completed
before the system is handed over;
m) Identify, track and manage the witnessing of production and safety critical elements by
the Company throughout all phases of mechanical completion, pre-commissioning and
commissioning;
n) Track Phase-by-phase punch list;
o) Capturing the technical data and inspection and preservation records;
p) verify equipment status and log information pertaining to an individual item or (sub)
system; and
q) Track and analyze activity productivity data versus the target norms.
7.19 Workforce Craft Training

Contractor shall ensure that the entire Workforce has the necessary competency, including training
and certifications if necessary, to carry out the Work aligned to the NCD requirement and NC plan.
Contractor shall maintain relevant documentation for possible Company review.
7.19.1 Training
All other training required to improve the competency of the Workforce shall be carried out by
Contractor. A list of training subjects shall be further developed by Contractor and incorporated in
the Construction Execution Plan, to include topics such as welding, firefighting, marine
environmental response, scaffold and access safety, confined space, first aid, and hazardous waste
identification and disposal.

B180075PPP
8.0 MECHANICAL COMPLETION, COMMISSIONING AND STARTUP
8.1 General
Contractor shall be responsible for mechanical completion, Pre-commissioning, Commissioning of
completed systems , Provide Multi-discipline Start Up support to the Company, Acceptance Testing,
including Performance Testing.
Company appointed personnel will lead and direct the Startup of the completed work -with support
from the Contractor, following issuance of the READY FOR STARTUP certificate -incorporating the
requirements of the STATEMENT OF FITNESS certificate.
Contractor shall prepare detailed Commissioning and Start Up plan, schedules and procedures for
approval by Company to ensure reaching RFSU is driven by Start-up logic/systematization/sub-
systemization using Work Execution Flow Sheets.
The Commissioning and Start Up plan shall align with the Project Execution Strategy/Plan.
The split of responsibilities between the Company and the Contractor is illustrated in Table below:
Project Activity Responsible party Accountable party Support
Construction Contractor Contractor
Pre- Contractor Contractor Company

Commissioning
Commissioning Contractor Contractor Company
Start Up Company Contractor Contractor

Commissioning and Startup Roles and Responsibilities
The Work will be performed on the Site, including with respect to the tie-in scope. Contractor will
ensure all construction, mechanical completion, Pre-commissioning, Commissioning and
Acceptance Testing activities are identified, and that responsibility for each activity is clearly defined,
e.g., piping cleanliness, line blowing, drying, etc.
Company’s Operating Personnel shall be integrated into Contractors team and involved in the
Mechanical completion, Commissioning, and Start Up phase in order to become familiar with the
new Systems and Equipment incorporated into the Plant. Contractor shall continue to have
responsibility for the Equipment including maintenance and preservation performed in accordance
with the Equipment manufacturer requirements until Start Up of the Project.
On commencement of Commissioning, Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the
operational safety case.
8.2 Mechanical Completion and Pre-commissioning
8.2.1 Pre-commissioning
Pre-commissioning encompasses all the required checks, tests and proving of a system that can be
implemented without the introduction of the service fluid or the permanent energizing or pressurizing
of a system.

B180075PPP
Contractor shall prepare a complete set of pre-commissioning execution plans for each system or
equipment item, which will contain all test results for all the pre-commissioning tests. These will be
completed by the Contractor and tests results that shall be required to conform to specified
acceptance criteria.
The initial phase of pre-commissioning shall be mechanical testing which shall mean carrying out
of such hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical and other field tests as are specified or are necessary to
demonstrate that the various sections and components of the Work have been constructed in
accordance with the Design and Job Specifications.
Mechanical testing shall typically include, but not be limited to:

 Hydrostatic, pneumatic, strength or other non-destructive testing of all pressure containing
parts of the system.
 Testing (Cold checks)of all electrical system components including switchgear and motor
starters, transformers, battery systems, motors, primary injection testing of protection
systems, etc.
 Calibration and testing (Cold) of all instruments including those installed on packages or
skids.
 Testing of power and instrument cables (continuity tests).
 Completion of appropriate test sheets and documentation.
 Cleaning, flushing, draining, blowing out and drying out of vessels and piping systems and
the installation & removal of temporary blinds used for isolation and testing of joints, as
necessary.
 Replacing and re-installing control valves, relief valves and orifice plates as removed for
above.
 Replacement of gaskets, tightening of flanges, etc.
 Replacement of Shutdown valves
When these activities have been carried out to the satisfaction of Company, the equipment and / or
system will be ready for the next stage of pre-commissioning which is to prove that the equipment
and systems are fit, safe and ready to be put into operation with the intended service fluids, power
sources, etc.
Contractor shall furnish and install all fuels, lubricants, desiccants, chemicals, preservatives and any
other consumables necessary for operation of the entire work. This shall be deemed to be included
in the Contract’s Price.
All pre-commissioning activities shall be subject to witnessing by Company representatives. The
Contractor shall submit to the Company completed and accepted pre-commissioning check-sheets
for each item of equipment or system once the pre-commissioning are complete.
The final phase of pre-commissioning of the process systems is the nitrogen leak test which shall be
performed once the systems have been fully tested and it is not expected to open any equipment
and flanges prior to commissioning.
Pre-Commissioning is considered to be completed when all test results confirm to the specified
acceptance test criteria.
8.2.2 Mechanical Completion

Mechanical completion is the responsibility of Contractor. At mechanical completion, Contractor
shall check, verify, and demonstrate to Company that fabrication, construction, installation, and
testing Work has been completed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract. Contractor
also needs to demonstrate that all applicable rules and Applicable Codes and Standards are being
met and Company Technical Requirements as shown on drawings and outlined in the design
specifications produced during detailed design are fulfilled. Contractor shall ensure that the activities

B180075PPP
are planned and executed in correct sequence to avoid duplication of effort and to meet the Contract
Schedule
Once a system is fully pre-commissioned and the pre-commissioning documentation is received by

the Company, confirming successful completion of the following:
 Pressure tests.
 Electrical and instrumentation loop checks.
 Function testing of monitoring and control loops and third party interfaces.
 Testing of set points and action of alarm and shutdown devices.
 Full operational testing of all communication systems.
 Full operational testing of office cabling systems.
 Stroking of control and shutdown valves.
 Calibration of relief valves.
 Manual rotation/jogging of motors, pumps, engine drivers, etc.
 Safety equipment is installed, charged and fully functional.
 For piping systems, installation and removal of temporary blinds as required, circulation and
pre-commissioning of systems including service and potable water, effluent and drainage,
fire protection, instrument and plant air, relief and blow down and interconnecting lines.
 Installation and checking of hazardous area equipment in accordance with the requirements
of the certification.
 All other checks (functional or otherwise) have been carried out in accordance with the
Contract.
 Operating areas have been cleared of debris and construction equipment.
A certificate of mechanical completion shall be issued by Company for that system or equipment.
8.3 Commissioning Leading to Ready for Start Up (RFSU)

Contractor will perform Commissioning as part of the Work but will utilize Operating Personnel
during Commissioning. Commissioning shall only start when the relevant System is mechanically
complete, Pre-commissioning is completed, and a Ready for Commissioning Certificate has been
issued for the respective System. Company will conduct a readiness review during this stage followed
by a Pre-Start Up Audit (PSUA), prior to the introduction of hydrocarbons.
Contractor shall implement all recommendations of the audit which affect the Work, with priority on
any item affecting the safe start-up of the plant. Remedial works not affecting the safety of the plant
operations like touch-up painting, etc. may be done after the start-up.
The implementation of any recommendation shall not absolve Contractor from any of its
responsibilities under this contract. If Contractor has an objection to implementation of any
recommendation, Contractor shall advise Company in writing of such objection.
Contractor shall support Company’s internal assurance process verification of readiness to operate
including items such as:
a) Demonstration of integrity within clearly defined boundaries, as agreed with Company,
including management of integrity throughout design, construction and commissioning process.
b) Safeguarding systems, including fire and gas and emergency shutdown, fully commissioned and
performance tested.
c) Start Up organisation in place with critical staff having required competencies and familiarity
with the Plant and procedures to safely perform Start Up.
d) Start Up procedures and basic operating procedures, technical data available and staff
familiarised with them prior to Start Up by undertaking a Start Up workshop with Company
participation.
e) Emergency response procedures and systems in place and tested.
B180075PPP
f) Required external approvals and authorisations, permits in place or required dispensations

obtained.
g) Fully completed and signed off statement of fitness.
8.4 Start Up and Acceptance Testing

Contractor shall conduct Start Up and Acceptance Testing as part of the Work but will utilize
Company’s Operating Personnel during the Start Up and Acceptance Testing. Acceptance Tests
consist of Acceptance Tests during Commissioning, Performance Tests, and Environmental Tests.
Start Up and Acceptance Testing will take place after Company has issued a RFSU Certificate and
shall include:
a) introduction of hydrocarbons (Gas In);
b) dry out of the System;
c) Cool Down of the System;
d) Compressor Surge test; and
e) Acceptance Testing.
8.5 Performance Guarantee

There are performance guarantees applicable to the full new compression system, as well as to
individual equipment. The following subsections describe the objective of the test as well as the key
test parameters and requirements. The Contractor shall prepare the detailed testing procedures,
including identification and use of (existing plant) instrumentation, temporary measurements, and
instrument calibration, in order to meet the test objectives. The indicated ranges of some parameters
are preliminary and can be considered as minimum required; the Contractor shall discuss and
agree with Company Operations practical ranges:
8.5.1 Compressor System

The Contractor shall ensure meeting following system guarantees for the new compression system
(compressor, LNG drain pumps, quench vessel, inlet and discharge piping), to be demonstrated in
(an) operational test and (a) performance test run(s).
1. Objective: to demonstrate the maximum capacity of the compression system ; based on

heat and material balance ‘Case C2’. A BOG flow to the new quench drum (excl. quench
LNG) of at least 4.8 kg/s shall be guaranteed under the following conditions:
A. Pressure 34PICA031 between T-3401 and T-3402 30 mbarg at normal ambient
pressure
B. Existing BOG Compressors 1/2K-3401 loaded to their maximum capacity
C. Compressor discharge to meet the required pressure of 54.3 barg (+/-0.5 bar) at V-
1001A/B
D. Inlet to new quench drum -104°C (+/-20°C)1.
E. A quench drum outlet temperature of -120°C.
F. Steady state /stable operation duration: this should be achieved for a short period of
time2; the BOG flow rate and the conditions as above should be constant (in time).
2. Objective: to demonstrate the new BOG compression system capacity at maximum LP feed
gas back pressure, under the following conditions:
A. Pressure 34PICA031 between T-3401 and T-3402 30 mbarg at normal ambient

pressure
B. Existing BOG Compressors 1/2K-3401 loaded to their maximum capacity

B180075PPP
C. Compressor discharge to meet the required pressure of 57.5 barg (+/-0.5 bar) at V-
1001A/B
D. Inlet to new quench drum -104°C (+/-20°C)1
E. Quench drum outlet temperature or quench LNG flow: Compressor vendor to advise
during detailed engineering.
1
Based on lowest temperature BOG (Jetty 1) routed to the new BOG Compressor
2
It is recognised that a ship cool down operation is typically a dynamic (changes in time) process
and that maintaining the required stable steady state of more than a minute can be challenging.
8.5.2 Quench Vessel

Additional performance guarantees are applicable to the quench system
1. Objective: to demonstrate the maximum quench flow requirements can be achieved based
on an extended cool down of a Moss carrier at Jetty 2 flowing to the new BOG
compression system: a BOG flow of at least 3.2 kg/s (Case D) to the new quench drum
shall be guaranteed under following conditions:
A. Quench drum operating at 0 barg (normal ambient conditions)
B. Inlet to new quench drum +40°C
C. Quench drum outlet temperature: -120°C
D. Maximum backpressure at the new liquid LNG drain pumps tie-in connection (to be
specified later after confirmation of tie-in point)
E. Steady state /stable operation duration: at least 5 minutes where the flow rate and
conditions as above don’t change.
2. Objective: to demonstrate stable operation of the LNG quench system full compressor
recycle under following conditions:
A. maximum operating pressure of quench LNG supply (provide number based on
loading line pressure)
B. Quench drum operating at 0 barg (normal ambient conditions)
C. BOG flow entering the quench drum : 2.7 kg/s3
D. BOG flow entering the quench drum: 62 °C3
E. Quench drum outlet temperature: -119 °C3
F. Steady state duration/stable operation: at least 2 hours where the flow rate and
conditions as above don’t change.
3
Compressor vendor to advise during detailed engineering
8.6 Other Considerations
8.6.1 Commissioning Organization

a) Contractor shall establish a Commissioning organization, prepare organisation charts and
include continuity assurance for the execution of Work and transition requirements, meaning
all the activities necessary to achieve RFSU, Introduction of HC’s and Acceptance of Work.
b) Contractor shall appoint a Commissioning and Start Up Manager as per Section 4. The
Contractor Commissioning and Start up Manager shall work closely with the Company
Commissioning and Start Up Manager. The Company Commissioning and Start Up
Manager shall perform Oversight functions on all commissioning and start up activities.
c) Contractor shall screen all employees before engagement for work and Company shall have
the right to audit the screening process and to refuse a person to enter or to perform work
on Site. Company shall have the right to exclude from the Site those persons who, for
instance, infringe existing laws or regulations in force within Company’s premises
d) Contractor shall develop and submit to Company for approval within sixty (60) days after
the Signature Date or as agreed with the Company in writing, a mobilisation schedule and
B180075PPP
resource plan for all the resources needed for the execution of CSU scope. Contractor shall
mobilise in line with the approved mobilisation schedule and should include the required
time for all visa approvals, on boarding and training to be completed in advance of
commencement of the execution of Work.
e) Contractor shall align demobilisation dates to Milestones and completion of deliverables.
f) Contractor's resource loading should be planned, implemented and monitored for
effectiveness. Where shortfalls exist, they shall be identified by Contractor sufficiently in
advance to ensure the mitigation proposal submitted by Contractor to Company for
approval can be achieved.
g) Contractor Core commissioning team shall be in the field till Acceptance of Work Certificate
is signed unless earlier demobilisation of individual team members is agreed with Company.
8.6.2 HSSE during Commissioning and Start Up

The HSSE Plan shall address HSSE issues during Commissioning, including environmental
management and management of waste generated during the Commissioning of the Plant.
Contractor shall demonstrate that the best available techniques and practices are adapted to
minimize flaring during Commissioning of the Project.
Contractor shall ensure a CSU Plan has HSSE considerations taking account of amongst others;
Permit to work, Lock out tag out, Bypass & Override procedures, Live Line identification and
segregation, safe execution of activities in general, and training for CSU Induction covering
awareness on Risks involved for Non-CSU personnel, in parallel with ongoing Construction work
and start-up and early operations activities.
The HSSE Plan shall demonstrate the compliance of Commissioning activities with Applicable Law.
Contractor shall also develop an emergency response plan for the Commissioning.
Project activities on systems handed over to Company and all Start Up activities shall be run under
the Company HSSE Control Framework.
In the event that Company undertakes any inspection or testing of the Work, the Contractor shall
provide safe and convenient facilities and equipment for such inspection and testing and shall
furnish all necessary samples, drawing lists and documents. If Company finds that conditions are
unsafe for inspection and testing at a particular location, it may upon notice to the Contractor, refuse
to inspect or test at that location until such conditions are corrected.
The Contractor shall bear any additional costs resulting from such unsafe conditions including costs
incurred to permit subsequent inspection or testing of any portion of the Work covered or completed
at that location before correction of the conditions, whether or not such portion of the Work is found
to meet Contract requirements.
If the Contractor covers all or any portion of the Work prior to any inspection or testing by the
Company, the cost of any necessary uncovering and replacing shall be borne by the Contractor.
8.6.3 Project Commissioning and Start Up Plan and procedures

Contractor shall develop a Project Commissioning and Start Up Plan. The Project Commissioning
and Start up Plan shall demonstrate the compliance of Commissioning and Start up activities with
Applicable Law and the Company Technical Requirements as applicable to the Liquefaction Facility,
including:
a. tasks that must be accomplished, including Project success criterion and measurement;
b. Commissioning team roles and responsibilities;
B180075PPP
c. Commissioning schedule, including establishment of required handover dates from

construction to Commissioning and Start Up;
d. utilities required to support the Commissioning and Start Up activities;
e. Sub-Contractor support requirements and logistics/mobilization of personnel for the
Commissioning Activities; and
f. Commissioning Spare Parts will be identified and will be the responsibility of
Contractor.
The Project Commissioning and Start up Plan shall identify the procedures required for:
a. line cleanliness;
b. lube/seal oil flushing;
c. instrument function testing (cause and effects) including all SIL rated Equipment;
d. testing of Equipment;
e. tightness testing of the Systems/units;
f. inerting and purging of Systems;
g. drying of System;
h. Equipment preservation;
i. Equipment maintenance and maintenance history;
j. introduction of hydrocarbon;
k. initial energization of electrical Equipment;
l. tracking of documents to record progress and status of above; and
m. SIMOPS Plan.
Contractor shall develop an Operation and Maintenance procedure as described in Section 8 of
this Section 4.
Contractor shall develop a Completions Management Plan that outlines the procedure for dividing
the Work into Systems and subsystems and specifies the test records in which Contractor intends to
present as supporting documentation.
Contractor shall manage, track and report ” for mechanical completion, Pre-commissioning,
Commissioning, and Start Up data; Punchlists shall be captured for each System, to support the
verification and certification process at each stage.
a) Contractor shall implement the procedure for the punchlisting that records all exceptions for
each discipline between the Contractual requirements and the actual physical status from
fabrication/installation phase of the Project. The procedure shall accommodate Company
identified items and shall include the Construction Manager’s and CSU Manager’s
participation in the walk downs and System reviews leading up to the Punchlist preparation.
Contractor shall maintain the Punchlist. Contractor will be responsible for the closure of the
Punchlist items and shall minimize all remaining work (including the Punchlist work) to be
conducted after RFSU, to reduce personnel risk exposure in accordance with the
requirements of the QRA. Outstanding Punchlist items will be part of the System verification
and readiness certificates along with a plan for closure. Contractor shall develop a defects
correction management process, system and procedures to manage, control and close out
defects as per agreed timelines with the Company. Contractor shall monitor and report
monthly to Company on the status of defects and closure.
Contractor shall provide adequate punch listing training to all involved in punch listing prior
to start of the process.
B180075PPP
Punchlist items will be categorized as follows:

a) ‘A’ Items: These items are deficiencies that are generally safety, Asset Integrity or
functional based that are sufficiently significant to prevent planned commissioning work
from being undertaken and usually require immediate rectification. Usually, but not
always, ‘A’ punchlist items occur during mechanical completion and shall be rectified as
part of achieving System Ready for Commissioning (SRFC).
b) ‘B’ Items: These items are deficiencies that need to be rectified to comply with the
Conditions of Contract including the design and specifications that will affect the
intended operation and / or will prevent a safe Start-up of the system (s). ‘B’ items shall
be corrected as part of achieving RFSU unless there is written agreement from Company.
c) ‘C’ Items: These are generally low priority items that can be easily remedied with the
System in operation, e.g. grouting, minor paint touch up, infrastructure (for example,
roadways, sidewalks) etc. All ‘C’ items will be sub-categorized into items that shall be
rectified pre and post Handover. All ‘C’ items shall be rectified prior to Final Completion.
Contractor shall categorize the punch list items and get approval from the Company for
the same. The maximum number of "B" items per system at ready for commissioning
milestone will be agreed and be at the discretion of the Company.
8.6.4 System preservation

Contractor shall appoint a preservation focal point to ensure an organized and efficiently executed
preservation process. A preservation program shall be implemented, based on Equipment tag
number and System preservation requirements. It shall:
d) include the original equipment manufacturers (OEM) or suppliers recommendations for
preservation plan development;
e) identify the preservation requirements for each item of Equipment, with dates showing
preservation control;
f) evaluate the method and extent of preservation with regards to both System/Equipment
requirements and the time between Site installation and the end of Commissioning and
Facility Start Up. This shall be reviewed by Contractor’s commissioning and operations
personnel.
g) generate a preservation status report after each field inspection and updated into the
mechanical completion system and the CMMS against the appropriate Equipment tag;
this will become part of the Mechanical Completion acceptance documentation; and
h) allocate any deviations, damage, or defects by tag number into the Mechanical
Completion database prior to Mechanical Completion and will be transferred to the
Punchlist.
i) Assure that sufficient storage exists to store weather sensitive equipment in-doors and
humidity sensitive equipment in climate-controlled storage.
8.6.5 System cleaning, flushing, drying and inerting

Contractor shall identify in advance, all cleaning, flushing, drying and inerting requirements
including the target specification (if applicable) associated with Pre-Commissioning and
Commissioning activities for equipment, systems, piping and pipelines.
All flushing, cleaning, drying and inerting shall be carried out by the Contractor in such a way that
pumps, compressors, valves and other sensitive/intermediate equipment are protected from
contamination, fouling, and damage through the entry of fluids or foreign materials. Special
cleaning shall be considered for Systems which are difficult to blow or flush.
Contractor shall procure chemicals, store (against the chemical manufacturer and Company
requirements for storage) at an appropriate location at the PROJECT SITE and against the required
schedule for commissioning and start-up.

B180075PPP
Contractor shall demonstrate cleanliness and maintain Quality Control system to record inspections.
The cleaning must be followed by appropriate preservation. Vacuum drying shall be utilized where
appropriate. Cleaning activities shall be witnessed by Company.
Contractor shall provide a cleaning matrix plan to Company for review and comments. The
cleaning matrix plan shall define cleaning requirements and the planned methods for cleaning.
Contractor shall develop contracts with special cleaning Sub-Contractors if required and develop
detailed cleaning procedures as needed.
8.6.6 Joint Integrity Management

Contractor shall implement a flange management and joint integrity programme at the start of
Work duly approved by the Company from the procurement and construction phase onwards.
Joint Integrity Management shall be done in accordance with the above Flange Management and
Joint Integrity Programme.)
Particular attention shall be given to joint integrity preservation during Pre-commissioning,
Commissioning and Start Up activities. The flanged joint integrity data recorded during construction,
Commissioning, and Start Up shall be handed over to Company with the Plant Documentation.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Contractor’s Flange Joint Management System shall
include the following:
j) Contractor shall develop a risk-based approach which can be applied to each joint
within the design and assign a joint classification, which assigns a criticality, type of joint
required and the make / break process required.
k) Contractor shall identify all aspects of a designed joint: joint type, gasket type, lubrication
required and whether the joint will be tensioned or torqued and leak test guarantees.
l) Contractor in conjunction with Company shall define a physical joint tagging
identification and procedure.
m) Contractor shall identify a market available joint integrity database which can be
deployed across all the main fabrication contracts.
n) The joint integrity database shall be handed over to Company.
o) Contractor shall assure that all personnel that assemble joints are competent and shall
follow approved assembly procedures and Project specific tracking processes.
8.6.7 SIMOPS Philosophy and Plans

Contractor shall develop a SIMOPS philosophy that shall be reviewed and approved by Company.
Emergency Response Plan(s) developed shall take into account all proposed SIMOPS activities.
The SIMOPS philosophy shall take into account the following as a minimum:
a) The planned activities to be conducted inside and outside of Company
b) Operations
c) Other Site Projects
d) Planned activities (including demolition and tie-in work) adjacent to or connecting with
live Equipment
Based on the SIMOPS philosophy, Contractor shall develop detailed SIMOPS plans which include:
a) Identification of specific hazards
b) Identification of particular safeguards
c) Identification of restrictions on activities
d) Task risk assessments
e) Nominated authorized persons
SIMOPS management for activities shall be applied when it is considered that additional risk may
be present because of:
a) Proximity between an activity which may result in a potential hydrocarbon release and a
potential source of ignition
B180075PPP
b) Where a group of people involved in a task may be unaware of risks inherent in an

activity that they are not in control of
c) Where there is risk of physical interference between primary and secondary activities,
e.g., crane lifts
8.6.8 Permit to Work System Following Introduction of Hydrocarbons

Contractor shall comply with the Company existing PTW system.
Contractor shall appoint suitable Permit Holder(s) to process and coordinate PTW for carrying out
all the Work scope of this Section 4.
8.6.9 Management of Commissioning Spare Parts and Consumables

Commissioning Spare Parts shall be procured by Contractor to cover all Systems and Equipment of
the Project through all phases of the Work. Contractor is responsible for the supply of
Commissioning Spare Parts and all consumables, including lubricants and refrigerant, needed until
the Handover. Contractor shall obtain Commissioning Spare Parts as required based on the
Commissioning requirements of the System and considering the components deemed susceptible to
pre-mature failure. At Handover, all remaining Commissioning Spare Parts shall be handed over to
Company as part of the Work.
8.6.10 Flawless Delivery and Start Up

Contractor shall apply the requirements Flawless Delivery to maximize the potential of delivering a
safe and on time Start Up and handing over of a reliable facility to Company. Contractor shall
develop and implement the Flawless Delivery Plan consistently across all Project areas and locations,
from engineering offices to fabrication/module yards and on-Site construction, Commissioning and
Start Up activities.
Quality of project delivery shall be managed via the implementation of the Flawless Project Delivery
(FPD) principle of asset readiness and assurance. Flawless Delivery plan for each area of focus shall
be shared with nominated Q client/captains during the on-boarding and flaws list workshops. A
reporting format and frequency shall be agreed.
The Flawless Delivery Plan shall be embedded in the Project Quality Plan.
Flawless start-up encompasses a systematic approach to ensure a successful commissioning, start-

up and first cycle operation of the Facility.
Contractor shall develop and submit for Company consent during detailed engineering, latest 6
months prior to the first commissioning activities, a set of key performance indicators and
performance level targets for the key performance areas as defined below.
The key performance areas split into two groups:
• 5 Qualities which impact the Facility
These relate to flaws which affect the quality of the delivered Facility but also impact schedule.
- Tightness
- Cleanliness
- Integrity
- Operability
- Safety

B180075PPP
• 5 Qualities which impact the Schedule
These relate to flaws which impact on the schedule, once again the issues of complexity and
prototype technology are highlighted.
- Prototypes
- Complexity
- Testing
- Experience
- Coinciding Events
Contractor shall report on the 10 Q overall targets on a monthly basis as part of the monthly
progress reporting, starting directly after commencement of the first commissioning activities.
Contractor shall develop registration form(s) per key performance area, identifying potential flaws,
stating the proposed counter measure and indicating the plan of action, responsibility and
completion timing.

B180075PPP
9.0 OPERATIONS READINESS AND ASSURANCE

Contractor shall incorporate Company Operating & Maintenance functional requirements for the
operational phase into the Project design.
9.1 Operation Readiness Support Plan

Company shall specify the operational requirements for the Scope, and the Contractor shall comply
to the same.
Contractor shall ensure alignment with Company's OR philosophies and strategies to achieve
Company's OR and Production Operations objectives.
Contractor shall submit to Company, within sixty (60) calendar days after the signing of the Contract,
a comprehensive Operations Readiness (OR) Support Plan for Company’s review and shall
incorporate Company’s comments after said review. The OR Plan should define all resources,
interfaces and actions that Contractor should implement to meet the Company’s operational
requirements for the SCOPE.
Contractor shall consider and incorporate the decommissioning requirements
Contractor shall manage in the internal and external interfaces in relation to the work being
executed by the Contractor as per the terms of the contract.
Contractor shall participate and contribute to the Lessons Learned (LL) sessions and help develop
the LL database for the Company
9.2 Organization
Contractor shall establish its resources required to execute the Work in this Section 4 and work,
together with the Operating Personnel.
Contractor shall assign only experienced personnel who shall have the responsibility of ensuring
that the design meets with all aspects of operability, reliability, maintainability, and access
requirements. Contractor’s operations and maintenance manager shall actively participate in
hazard and operability studies, review of drawings, review of ergonomics and human factors, review
of monitoring and control function, review of Operating Spare Parts list, and develop Operations
and Maintenance Manuals, and Training Manuals.
9.3 Operations and Maintenance Manuals and Training Manuals

Operations and Maintenance Manuals and Training Manuals shall be prepared on an individual
System basis for all process, utility and storage, and loading Systems. Contractor will also develop
a Start Up manual which will include the sequence of activities that must be carried out in order to
Start Up of the Project.
The manual shall contain operator qualifications and requirements that define the process safety
management system. Contractor shall assess such procedures and manuals specifically for safety
and integrity critical to Human Factors. The manual shall also contain integration with the existing
facilities and shall address all transient operating modes (including start-up, shutdown, turndown
and restart).
The table of contents of the Operations and Maintenance Manuals, and Training Manuals shall be
provided to Company for review prior to Contractor beginning to prepare the manuals.

B180075PPP
All HAZOP closeout actions that are required to be included in the Operations and Maintenance
Manuals, and Training Manuals shall be highlighted in the manual to reflect that they are HAZOP
items.
9.4 Operability and Maintainability (O&M) Study and Review

Contractor shall lead implementation of the O&M review and gap closure processes for detailed
design (including Company O&M specialists), including Sub-Contractor packages.
Contractor shall develop and agree with Company, procedures and a suite of O&M checklists for
the operability and maintainability reviews.
Contractor will develop a Manual of Permitted Operations (MOPO) for use during normal
operations and shall be approved by Company.
Contractor shall provide the following data and facilitate the O&M Review meetings:
 Initial O&M strategy, organisation and support functions;
 Process flow diagrams and process engineering flow schemes;
 Detailed design drawings;
 Process HAZOP's, if applicable;
 Materials Handling and Lifting Study;
 Technical manuals, drawings, specifications and other equipment data
Contractor shall lead the O&M reviews & studies to address as a minimum:
 The 3D model will be used during the study
 Operational, maintenance and turnaround activities will be reviewed to identify, assess
and record the potential hazards to people, property and the environment and the
corresponding mitigations, associated with simultaneous operational, maintenance
and turnaround activities;
 O&M Checklist review with procedures for each engineering discipline;
 O&M Checklist review for all layout and/or arrangement drawings;
 Identification of maintainability issues based on reviews of the design and equipment;
 Assessment of design related to support of expected maintenance tasks;
 Review of safety protocols to mitigate hazards during operation and maintenance;
 Review and input to Contractor's factory acceptance testing and test witnessing for key
critical equipment;
 Identify issues for engineering equipment specifications updates;
 Operability task analysis in conjunction with HAZOPS;
 Track issues surfaced through operability reviews and identify how each issue was
resolved;
 Ensure operability review data is used to influence Sub-Contractor equipment
requirements.
 Scaffolding requirements will be given full consideration and identified in the
Operability and Maintainability reports
Contractor shall provide the following deliverables from the O&M Reviews:
 Operability and maintainability checklists completed for key specifications, drawings
and milestone design reviews;
 Design that complies with the requirements of Company isolations;
 Checklist review with procedures for each engineering discipline;
 Assessment of design related to support of expected maintenance tasks;
 Review of safety protocols to mitigate hazards during operation and maintenance;

B180075PPP
 Review and input to Contractor's factory acceptance testing and test witnessing for key
critical equipment;
 Identified issues for engineering equipment specifications updates;
 Operability task analysis in conjunction with HAZOPS;
 Minutes or reports of review meetings completed and outlining actions, updates and
issues or deficiencies for mitigation;
 OR Walkdown for O&M review
 A final report showing that operability and maintainability risks have been reduced to
ALARP
9.5 Integrity Management Requirements

Contractor shall define ongoing integrity management requirements for those portions of that effects
the Existing Facility, for implementation by Company, including inspection and maintenance
routines, using an industry recognized risk based approach. Inspection and maintenance routines
shall as a minimum meet, and where appropriate exceed, the requirements of Applicable Law.
9.6 Training of Operating & Maintenance Personnel

Contractor shall provide training for the Operating & Maintenance Personnel, including the
resources, facilities, and support as required.
Contractor shall develop a Training Plan with respect to the training of the Operating & Maintenance
Personnel and implement the Training Plan in consultation and in cooperation with Company
Contractor shall provide a list of equipment Sub-Contractors that will provide field or classroom
training prior to Start Up and operation, and maintenance of specific vendor equipment to Company
for review. Contractor shall work with Company to coordinate training of Company’s operations
personnel, which shall occur while the Sub-Contractors are at the Plant.
9.7 Ensure Safe Production (ESP): Operating Integrity (OI)

Contractor shall identify, verify, and communicate limits for safe, environmentally responsible, and
reliable operation of the Units.
9.8 ESP: Alarm Management and Operating Envelopes

Contractor shall deliver an alarm management strategy and design the Alarms in Accordance with
the Company Alarm Management Strategy and complying with the Alarm Management
Specification DEP 32.80.10.14-Gen
Contractor shall comply with the approved alarm management strategy.
Contractor shall integrate alarm management into Company's existing alarm management and
reporting systems.
Limits and Alarms shall be established and maintained in a master alarm database (variable table)
by the Contractor in line with the Alarm Management Specification.
Contractor shall develop alarm settings that provides adequate set of warnings against excursions
beyond safe operating limits during both normal and abnormal situations (start-up, shutdown and
upsets). Contractor should pay attention to response times from the field operations.
The alarm management system should reduce nuisance alarms and should minimise the number
of alarms per control room operator.

B180075PPP
Contractor shall ensure that all boundaries have been correctly populated with all design
parameters in the master alarm database. Updates to the master alarm database shall be approved
through the Project Management of Change (MOC) process.
Contractor shall ensure that all hardware, software and functionality are installed, tested at site and
integrated to the main automation systems.
Contractor shall produce the following:

 Known operational limits across all facilities for all control variables;
 Defined and agreed methods for proactive monitoring of variables by all personnel,
including defining the scope of proactive monitoring activities
 Defined operational behaviors and procedures, including ensuring abnormal situations do
not escalate;
 Roles and responsibilities;
 Framework to sustain ESP work processes, including auditing requirements;
 Ensure, where automated transfer of master alarm database to DCS is possible, that DCS
alarm settings are enforced through it.
9.9 Operational Surveillance Plan/ Operator Task Monitoring

Contractor shall define the Proactive (technical) monitoring plan for operations and operations
support personnel that includes as a minimum, a review of critical design and integrity limit
exceedances.
Contractor shall provide the initial Integrity operating window, which shall be further verified and
expanded upon by the Company.
9.10 Maintenance Management

Contractor shall define the Proactive (technical) monitoring plan for operations and operations
support personnel that includes as a minimum, a review of critical design and integrity limit
exceedances.
Contractor shall provide the initial Integrity operating window, which shall be further verified and
expanded upon by the Company.
9.11 Maintenance Management

Contractor shall ensure that the availability of the facilities, the safeguarding and demonstration of
the technical integrity of the facilities and the optimisation of resources and costs involved with
maintenance and integrity activities are achieved.
Contractor shall ensure that the systems and tools required for effective and efficient management
of maintenance and integrity of the facilities are in place three (3) months prior to RFO for utility
systems and RFSU for hydrocarbons.
Contractor shall develop maintenance strategies which will document the maintenance and
assurance activities that are required for different types of equipment to achieve the goals for asset
integrity, availability and cost.
Contractor shall develop Maintenance Items and Plans based on Company guidelines. The final
maintenance plans should be resource smoothed, taking recognition of the Company planned

B180075PPP
turnarounds, to deliver the final maintenance programme for acceptance by Company prior to
loading into the CMMS.
Data validation for the Maintenance Plans shall be carried out by Contractor to ensure compatibility,
and any anomalies shall be corrected by the Contractor before Company acceptance.
Contractor shall prepare detailed analysis for safety and production critical equipment using Risk &
Reliability Management (RRM) studies and deliver the resulting maintenance and inspection
strategies and task definitions per asset for detailed development into routines in the CMMS.
Contractor shall develop the detailed task definitions - including Materials handling, access to the
3D model for task scoping and specialist support and advice on operating and maintenance
activities from OEMS, SUPPLIERS and Sub-Contractors.
Contractor shall ensure that the maintenance regimes include condition, erosion and corrosion
monitoring, risk based inspection and preventative techniques forming a comprehensive
maintenance approach based on system/equipment function and the consequences of failure in
terms of safety and production.
Contractor shall ensure that the foregoing systematic approach to maintenance is:
 Completed for all facilities delivered within the AGREEMENT.
 Reported and presented to Company prior to procurement.
 Reviewed by Company and Company’s comments are incorporated.
 Documented within the CMMS before Facilities integration commences
The Contractor shall work with Company to integrate within the overall maintenance management
system (CMMS), all periodic inspections and non-destructive testing programs for all aspects of the
new facilities.
Contractor shall identify all operational spares (i.e. those needed to operate, maintain (planned and
breakdown, service & overhaul equipment through the life of the facility in the Company’s eSPIR
application all spares shall be identified for all maintainable Equipment on the Site, whether tagged
or not. Spares identification must not be limited to just those deemed to be “Critical”. Typically,
spares will need to be identified for >80% tagged items, plus any un-tagged Equipment that may
be subject to maintenance.
Information quality: the information provided must be sufficient to enable spares to be catalogued,
to be identified by Company and to be competitively priced. Information must be consistent with
data sheets and take account of known obsolescence issues
Format: Use the Company Form (to be agreed in the working stage). The Form refers to a
“Company’s Catalogue Number”: this is a unique identifier for the Spare Part that will be used in
the CMMS. This number will be provided by Company.
Contractor shall provide inspection and technical data and develop Reliability Centered
Maintenance (RCM), Condition-based monitoring and Risk Based Inspection (RBI) requirements.
Contractor shall hold RCM and RBI workshops with Company participation including technical
authorities, using a methodology as agreed with Company. Contractor shall carry out all baseline
survey inspections (including vessel and piping wall thickness survey) at critical locations identified
during RBI and RCM studies prior to Commissioning and Start-up of the Project.
Contractor shall develop the procedures and plan for the inspection of electrical equipment in
flammable atmosphere. Contractor shall conduct the initial inspection and deliver to Company the
records of such inspection prior to Commissioning and Start up.

B180075PPP
Contractor shall develop all data in templates ready for uploading to the Company CMMS build
interim database for execution of the CMMS build. Before they are issued, Contractor shall review
these templates with Company to ensure they are fit for populating and that they meet Company's
requirements for hand off to Company for the purpose of the CMMS build.
Contractor shall prepare Inspection Test Plans (ITPs), for each equipment and piping sub-system;
and for all maintenance regimes and maintenance plans. ITPs shall be subject to agreement of
Company and should be handed over by the Contractor in Company agreed formats for planning
and scheduling in CMMS.
Contractor shall hand over all special tools and movables in good condition to Company as per the
Handover sequence of the Project.
Contractor shall support Company in formulating long term service agreements (LTSAs) with key
Sub-Contractors if required.
Contractor shall supply an Equipment Warranties Register to Company and provide a single point
of contact within Contractor’s organization until the expiry of the Warranty Period.
Contractor shall record all software revisions carried out during the Commissioning and Start Up
phase and will create software backups at regular intervals. All software will be password protected
and upon Handover, Contractor will provide Company with all passwords, keys, etc.
9.12 Relief Valve (RV) Register and Testing

Contractor shall develop and maintain a register of pressure relief devices in accordance with
industry best practices to the point of issue of the devices.
Contractor shall ensure that the following data has been submitted to and accepted by Company
at least six (6) months prior to Company commencing testing:
 RV register fully completed with all mandatory data;
 Original test certificates for every relief device, where applicable.
 Final / AFC datasheets for every relief device;
 Final /AFC Piping and Instrument Diagrams (P&IDs) showing relief device with correct tag
number and set points;
 Calibration procedure and schedule according to construction plan.
9.13 Lock Open Lock Close (LO-LC) Valve Register

Contractor shall deliver a standardised LO-LC register. A template of the LO-LC register shall be
developed by Contractor and issued for Company's review. Contractor shall implement all
comments resulting from Company's review.
A fully populated LO-LC register shall be made available by Contractor at least two (2) months prior
to the start of commissioning. The LO-LC register shall list all valves, spades, spectacle blinds, spools
(temporary and/or permanent) and temporary connections and specify for each the normal
operating positions and the requirements for locking devices. The LO-LC register should be
referenced in the O&M manual.

B180075PPP
9.14 Logistics And Infrastructure (L&I)

Contractor shall deliver a Logistic HSE case (includes Risk and Hazards, bowties)
Contractor shall prepare L&I Execution Plan for the commissioning and start-up phase of the scope
– Project Logistics Plan can be updated. This plan shall be prepared prior to the start of
commissioning and should be reviewed and agreed upon with Company prior to the start of
commissioning of the facility.
The plan shall provide a high-level review of entrances, exits, staging areas for equipment and parts,
planned people movement onto and off the facility.
The plan should include a review of risks associated with the logistics plan and mitigation strategies
to ensure safe movement on, in and around the facility.
The plan should also include internal movement study to identify materials handling requirements;
and should establish warehouse / storage lifting and Materials handling equipment requirements.
This plan should be reviewed with Company monthly and prior to any major changes by Contractor.
9.15 Chemicals Management

Contractor shall develop the list and quantities of first fills for all lubricants with approvals by
Company prior to purchase. Contractor shall be responsible for provision, handling and executing
first fills.
Contractor shall map the full process from specification through procurement, customs clearance,
delivery to SITE / Contractor provided Warehouse and storage, assuring the safety and quality of
each step. All transport, equipment for storage and testing used for deliveries should meet
Company's standards for safety.
9.16 Materials Handling and Lifting Plan

Contractor shall perform a Materials Handling and Lifting Study. The study should identify all special
lifting equipment (frames, extraction tools, trolleys), special tools, rigging configurations, crane
requirements with boom reach and capacity, hard stand areas and equipment routes to laydown /
repair areas.
A lifting and rigging register with monthly colour coding to be applied plus records of certification
details shall be developed and kept up to date by the Contractor. Environmental risks from fluid
spillage, gas release should be identified by the Contractor and reported to Company.
Contractor shall develop a register for spades and blinds with identification and rating. Secure
storage for large spades and blinds with high frequency use should be made close to the required
location.
Contractor shall develop an overall Mechanical Handling Plan to be cross referenced to each
individual removal and replacement procedure and integrated with the associated work instructions.
Contractor shall design lifting equipment within Project Facilities in accordance with the
requirements of the Mechanical Handling Plan. HFE will be applied to the selection of powered and
manual equipment with the objectives of minimizing removal / replacement time, labour and
complexity.

B180075PPP
9.17 Vendor Support

Contractor shall maintain Vendor / OEM guarantees, provide Vendor / OEM specialists to supervise
any final adjustments to the equipment and/or to provide specialist advice for equipment during
mechanical completion, pre-commissioning, commissioning and the initial operations phase.
Contractor shall maintain, in close liaison with Company, a Vendor / OEM attendance schedule,
including attendance for post commissioning work through Integrated System Testing, Start-Up,
Ramp-Up and Integrated Production Facility (IPF) Testing and acceptance by and handover to
Company.
Contractor shall provide and maintain a Vendor services call out facility for Company.
9.18 Condition Monitoring Requirements

Contractor is responsible for providing a Condition Monitoring System (CM) system applicable to
the facilities delivered as part of the Work. This aspect of the Work includes:
a) Specialist CM expert engagement as appropriate;
b) System detailed design;
c) Hardware / software selection, installation, commissioning;
d) Baseline data gathering;
e) Training of Operating Personnel in utilization of Equipment and handover of this system as part
of the handover and acceptance of systems, Equipment, and Plant involving CM.
The condition monitoring system requirements shall be included in Contractor’s Project Execution
Plan. In executing this Work, Contractor shall fully comply with Company’s explicit and implicit intent
for CM to form part of the overall strategic maintenance management system and complement the
preferred techniques, i.e., risk based inspection, predictive maintenance, planned/ preventative
maintenance.
In addition to the Company Technical Requirements in Section X, the design and installation of the
condition monitoring system shall comply with the following:
f) API Standard 670 Machinery Protection System for measuring radial shaft vibrations, casing
vibrations shaft axial position, shaft rotational speed, phase reference, over speed, and critical
machinery temperatures (such as bearing metal and motor windings). It covers requirements for
hardware (transducer and monitor systems), installation, documentation, and testing.
g) ISO 17359:2003 Condition Monitoring and diagnostics of machines, General Guidelines shall
be considered when setting up a condition monitoring program for machines. This guideline
includes references to associated standards required in this process and is applicable to all
machines.
h) ISO 13374:2003 CM, Data Processing, Communication and Presentation for software
specifications related to data processing, communication, and presentation of machine
condition monitoring and diagnostic information - The intent of ISO 13374 is to provide the
basic requirements for open software specifications which will allow machine condition
monitoring data and information to be processed, communicated, and displayed by various
software packages without platform-specific or hardware-specific protocols.
i) ISO 13379 Condition monitoring and diagnostics of machines — General guidelines on data
interpretation and diagnostic techniques;
9.19 Labels and Signs

Contractor shall provide suitable and sufficient labels and signs to operate and maintain the new
facilities, in accordance with Labelling of Facilities, Equipment and Piping Specification. Human
factors shall be considered in design and location of the signs and labels. Upon completion of
installation, Contractor shall conduct a field review with Company and shall carry out necessary
revision to provide fit for purpose signs and labels. The piping in the pipe rack shall be identifiable

B180075PPP
from ground level and battery limits for areas shall be clearly marked. Contractor shall provide
Company with a specification proposal for labels and signs for Company’s review prior to procuring
and implementing installation of labels and signs.

B180075PPP
10.0 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL
The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements indicated in Section 8 of the Contract, WORK
INSTRUCTIONS
10.1 Information Quality Management

a) The Contractor shall ensure information requirements are included in any contractual
requirements of Sub-Contractors and Vendors and the information received from its Sub-
Contractors and vendors is complete, consistent and correct. The effort and any
additional cost required in gathering and integrating the information received is the
responsibility of the Contractor.
b) No later than twenty days (20) days after the of the effective date of the commencement
of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit Information Quality Management
Procedures to the Company for approval. The procedures shall demonstrate that the
information handed over by the Contractor complies with the Company requirements
and is of standard acceptable to the Company. The procedures can be existing working
practices which the Contractor already has in place.
c) As a minimum, the procedures shall contain the following elements:
(i) People:
 Responsibilities for information creation, security and information quality. A
key factor in managing the information management processes is for
the Contractor to appoint an information management lead as single
point of contact. This information management lead shall be
responsible for the delivery of the Company information requirements.
 A demonstration that Contractor information management staff (e.g.
Information management lead, data controllers and document
controllers) are adequately skilled to perform their duties.
(ii) Process:
 A Document Control Procedure detailing how the Contractor shall manage
and control documents during the execution of the Project; creating
and submitting “Document Transmittals” to the Company; receiving
“Document Transmittal Feedback” and in particular how to incorporate
comments received by the Company after a document review. The
procedure should also detail how the quality of documents metadata
will be assured.
 A Data Control Procedure demonstrating how to: manage and control the
interfaces that facilitate addition, validation, modification and deletion
of the data content to fulfil the Contract Information Specification
requirement; validate the quality of the data (in term of completeness,
consistency and correctness) within the Contractor engineering
application databases; change control procedure for “Reference
Data”.
 A “Detailed Information Transfer Schedule” containing when the information
shall be transferred for review or for final handover. This schedule
covers all the type of information (i.e. document, database and data in
CSV format).
d) Applications:
(i) The implementation of the Company Tagging Specification within the Contractor
engineering applications generating Tags.
(ii) The mapping of the Company information requirement to the Contractor
engineering application databases.
(iii) The mapping of the Company “Reference Data” to the Contractor’s “Reference
Data” within the engineering application databases.

B180075PPP
(iv) Tools to check the completeness and the consistency within the engineering
application databases.
(v) The assurance that the Contractor document management system can manage
the Company document requirement. The document management system shall
be designed to:
 Allow the Company and the Contractor to use the system for reference
and for obtaining information on any document promptly.
 Allow a safe and secure storage for the set of documents to be handed
over to the Company
 Allow identifying and compiling all the documents to be handed over
to the Company.
 Allow the Contractor to generate a “Master Document Register”.
 Support the storage of multiple document renditions (e.g. PDF/native)
for one document.
 Support bulk export of documents and their associated Company
meta-data.
 The assurance that the Contractor document control system can
manage the workflow of documents (e.g. creation of document
transmittals). The document control system shall provide features
to track, monitor and expedite document to ensure an effective
control:
 Over the production and timely delivery of documents for design,
procurement, manufacture and handover.
 Provide the capability to record Company comments made during the
review cycle.
 Contain all Contract correspondence, minutes of meetings, reports etc.
To ensure that the Contractor has the people, processes and applications in place to deliver the
Company information requirements, the Company reserves the right to evaluate the Contractor
information management capabilities at any time during the Contract period. The Contractor shall
provide unrestrictive access for such purposes together with suitable assistance for the Company.
10.2 Classification of Documents

Deliverables are classified by Company into Class A, Class B, or Class C, as indicated in Section
11. Company may change the classification of Deliverables in Company’s sole discretion.
The classification assigned to a Deliverable shall not be used by Contractor to infer criticality of
individual items, nor shall it be used as a basis for Quality Assurance within Contractor’s
organization. Furthermore, Appendix A001 is not intended to present an exclusive list of documents
that Company may review. Company may review any documents associated with the Work,
excluding only commercial information in accordance with the Conditions of Contract.
The procedural effects resulting from the classification of the Deliverables are described below.
a. Class A. Contractor shall submit all Deliverables designated as Class A documents to
Company for review and comment. Contractor shall not proceed with the performance
of the Work related to such Class A Deliverables unless Company accepts such
document, or notifies Contractor that Company has “no comments.” If Company
provides any comments, Contractor shall respond and make revisions to such
document as necessary to incorporate such comments.
b. Class B. Contractor shall submit all Deliverables designated as Class B documents to
Company for review and comment. Company may review and comment on the same.
B180075PPP
Contractor may proceed with the performance of the Work related to such documents
following the expiration of Company’s review period. If Company provides any
comments Contractor shall respond and make revisions to such Deliverables as
necessary to incorporate such comments. All Company comments shall be resolved to
Company’s reasonable satisfaction.
c. Class C. Contractor shall issue all Deliverables designated as Class C documents to
Company for information. Company may comment on Class C documents, and if
Company does so, Contractor shall respond and make revisions to such Deliverables
as necessary to incorporate such comments. All Company comments shall be resolved
to Company’s reasonable satisfaction.
Contractor’s document management and control system shall provide controls ensuring availability
of validated documents to Company and other relevant users.
Key features shall include:
 provision of a document control center for all activities forming part of the Work;
 implementation of procedures to ensure that documents are allocated unique numbers,
approved by qualified personnel, marked with their approval status, and distributed to the
appropriate staff;
 documents are registered in a central register available to all potential users which allows
the current status to be checked;
 documents are distributed according to an agreed distribution matrix, and that the
transmittal and receipt of key documents is acknowledged;
 establishment of function to ensure that original documents are securely retained and that
copies may be borrowed;
 allocation of every document to a designated individual who has ownership of the document
and has responsibility for providing clarification to users and approving any deviations and
concessions from its requirements; and
 Contractor’s document management and control system shall have compatibility of
metadata using standard protocols and be capable of fully integrating with Company’s
standard document management system.
 Contractor’s shall provide access to Contractor’s document management and control system
for use by Company’s team to receive, review and comment on deliverables. Contractor
shall provide Company with all vendor documents returned to vendor with comments for
Company’s information. Contractor shall provide tracking lists of all Company written
comments on Contractor’s deliverables and the status on actions taken by Contractor
regarding Company’s comments through to closure. All Company’s written comments on
deliverables shall be traceable.
10.3 Numbering
 All Documents, whether generated by Contractor or a Sub-Contractor, shall have a unique
identifier string. All Information produced by, or on behalf of the Contractor shall be in
accordance with the requirements specified in the Contract and Attachment 11 – Contract
Information Management
10.4 Document Review by Company
10.4.1 Master Document Register

Contractor shall include an allowance for Company review of Deliverables in the EPC Schedule.

B180075PPP
Deliverables shall be submitted by Contractor to Company in a timely and well distributed manner
for Company review.
Contractor shall prepare and report the status of Plant Documentation on a monthly basis following
commencement of detailed design.
On the Contract Date, Contractor shall issue a 90 Day Master Document Register to Company,
marked with planned issue dates for each revision of each document that will be issued within the
first ninety (90) Days following the Contract Date. Documents shall not be listed in generic groups
(e.g., PEFSs). All documents shall be individually listed on the Master Document Register. The Master
Document Register shall be updated and re-issued to Company monthly in MS Excel format until all
“As-Built” documents have been issued and accepted by Company.
10.4.2 Document Review

Company reserves the right to comment on the deliverables produced by Contractor or Sub-
Contractors at any time. If the comments identify deviations from the requirements of the Contract,
including the Company Technical Requirements, or if Company’s comments have not been
incorporated to Company’s satisfaction, Contractor shall immediately undertake all required
remedial actions.
It is the responsibility of Contractor to ensure that consistency checks and Quality checks have been
carried out prior to issue of document(s) to Company. Drawings and documents must contain all
necessary information for the performance of the Work. No manufacture and construction Work
may start without Contractor’s approval stamp and signature on the respective drawings and
documents. Company reserves the right to return a set of Deliverables issued on a transmittal (e.g.,
a set of PEFSs), without reviewing all Deliverables in the set, if Company’s review identifies failings
in consistency checks, Quality checks or deviations from the requirements of the Contract.
Contractor shall develop a document distribution matrix that identifies the required distribution for
both Company and Contractor personnel, based on document type, location, and discipline.
Contractor shall update this distribution matrix as necessary throughout the performance of the
Work. Contractor shall distribute all revisions of documentation, as outlined in the document
distribution matrix, and associated document control procedure.
Company shall have ten (10) Business Days from Company receipt of Deliverables to comment on
such documents.
Contractor shall issue to Company a weekly exception report identifying all outstanding Deliverables
requiring Company’s action.
10.4.3 Company Comment Review

Contractor shall incorporate Company’s comments within ten (10) Business Days or shall
immediately notify Company if Contractor is not in agreement with such comments. Contractor shall
promptly meet with Company to discuss any comments with which Contractor disagrees, and the
Parties shall follow the process as described in Table 11.1 below, depending on the code utilized
by Company, until all of Company’s comments have been resolved. After implementation of
Company’s comments, or when Company issues a notice of “no comments”, Contractor shall issue
the next revision of such documents.
Comments or lack of comments by Company shall not relieve Contractor of any of its responsibilities
under the Contract.

B180075PPP
Table 10.4.3 Company Document Comment Codes
Code Status Action
Accepted as
1 No action required.
Submitted
Revise and Incorporate comments evidenced by a signed Comments Resolution
2
Resubmit Sheet and issue document(s) for use.
3 Rejected Revision of document(s) required. Revise and re-submit for review.
Review not
4 No action required.
required
10.4.4 Company Technical Requirements and Deviations

Updates may be required to Company Technical Requirements to reflect the final design, capture
agreed deviations, remedy any inconsistencies between Company Technical Requirement
documents. Any changes must be approved by Company and shall be clearly highlighted and
logged in the updated document. The timing of any updates by Contractor to Company Technical
Requirements shall be coordinated and agreed with Company.
10.5 Document Formats

All deliverables, excluding design drawings, shall be prepared with a standard document coversheet
noting document title, number, author, checker, approver, and version (revision) number, in
accordance with Company’s standard document requirements. Deliverables shall be submitted in
native format and in PDF copy. Contractor shall use Reasonable Efforts to provide any native files
required by Company during the Work, on request within five (5) days. Contractor shall use
Reasonable Efforts to obtain Sub-Contractor information in native file format, as well as in PDF
format. If after using Reasonable Efforts, Contractor is unable to obtain such information in native
file format, a PDF copy only will be acceptable. Such information provided in Adobe Acrobat PDF
shall be provided in OCR (Objective Character Recognition) format.
Documents (including drawings) developed by Contractor and Sub-Contractors shall conform to the
following:
a. Contractor shall use Microsoft software or other applications as Company agrees;
b. handwritten documentation shall be minimized and scanned to a PDF file;
c. all documents shall be delivered in native format and in a clear readable and
reproducible PDF;
d. each page of a document shall clearly indicate, on the document, the document
number, revision or version number (or alpha designation) and a sequential page
number;
e. all Adobe PDF documents produced by software listed in this Section shall be in
searchable format;
f. specific tag numbers shall be uniformly formatted on all documents (e.g., S-106 on a
PEFS shall be S-106 on all data sheets; not S106 nor S 106 or S_106);
g. all hard copy deliverables shall be submitted as good quality originals or first-
generation photocopies on A, letter, legal, tabloid, D, or E size on clean white paper;
h. manual drawings, where acceptable, are to be good quality and supported by scanned
files; and

B180075PPP
i. pre-printed matter not conforming to this requirement may be accepted, subject to

Company approval, provided it is clearly legible and can be readily reproduced onto
letter size white paper if required.
j. Contractor shall deliver to Company Deliverables as applicable included in Section 10
of this Section 4.
k. Hand annotations on CAD-prepared Deliverables are not permitted.
10.6 Deliverables
Contractor shall deliver minimum to Company the Deliverables listed in Section 10 of this Section
4. All Deliverables shall be provided in their native formats and in PDF. CAD drawings should retain
the original layer structure wherever possible.
10.7 Handover Requirements
10.7.1 Plant Documentation

Contractor shall ensure that at Commissioning and Start-Up of the Project, all Plant Documentation
required to be delivered prior to Commissioning and Start Up of the Project is delivered to Company.
Refer to Section 10 of this Section 4 for a listing of the documents included in the Plant
Documentation.
10.7.2 As-Built Documentation

Contractor shall deliver a complete set of As-Built documentation with respect to the Project as
listed in the deliverables matrix included in Section 10 of this Section 4 to Company at the
Handover of the Project. The documents shall be revised to “As-Built” status, inclusive of all design
changes and field changes made up to Start-Up, marked with “As-Built” in the revision block or
with an “As-Built” stamp as specified by Company. Native files that have not been changed do not
require revision of the title block, but shall be identified to show that they reflect the As-Built status.
Contractor shall verify the As-Built documentation of those portions of the Existing Facilities that will
be incorporated into the Project but are not being furnished as part of the Work, and shall correct
any inaccuracies in such As-Built documentation as necessary, and incorporate such As-Built
documentation into the As-Built documents for the Project. As-Built documentation of the Project
shall include as-build documentation of all of the Common Facilities included.
10.7.3 Handover Requirements

All documents shall be provided in their native formats and in PDF.
Plant documentation and final Deliverables shall be handed over in hard copy printed format and
in electronic format by digital video disks (DVDs), compact disks (CDs) or USB flash drives (USBs).
DVDs, CDs or USBs shall have a specific index of DVD/CD/USB contents on each DVD/CD/USB in
“Master Document Register” format that includes the document number, title and revision. Each
DVD/CD/USB shall be organized in a logical structure by discipline. Information supplied on DVDs,
including Sub-Contractor information, shall be properly indexed and searchable.
A master Table of Contents index shall be prepared to detail the contents of all handover
DVDs/CDs/USBs and books. Handover documents shall be the last revision issued by Contractor.
Contractor shall use Reasonable Efforts to obtain Sub-Contractor information in its native file format,
as well as in PDF format. If after using Reasonable Efforts, Contractor is unable to obtain such
information in native file format, a PDF copy only will be acceptable. Such information in Adobe
Acrobat PDF shall be provided in OCR (Objective Character Recognition) format.

B180075PPP
Deliverables shall be inclusive of all documented (DCNs, FCDs or NCRs) design changes and field
changes made up to SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION with an “As-Built” stamp.
Hand annotations on CAD-prepared Deliverables are not permitted.
10.7.4 Delivery of Models

Contractor shall deliver an electronic, native format copy of all model files and databases to
Company as and when required under this Section 4, and if not expressly stated then at or prior to
Handover. When delivered to Company, such model files and databases shall be a complete
multidiscipline copy of the model that has the same functionality as the model used by Contractor.
Databases shall include all graphics/configuration and support files, catalogues (e.g. pipe support,
steel), specifications and report output files for all disciplines. All files should be in native format and
shall be accompanied by a full set of user notes stating clearly the file paths and directory structures
to enable easy access to files and database interrogation by new and infrequent users. Model files
and databases shall be accompanied with a full set of user notes clearly stating file paths and
directory structures for easy file access.
In addition, a copy of the full 3D CAD model shall be provided after the 90% model review and as-
built 3D model.
10.7.5 Red-Line Mark-ups

Prior to RFSU, Contractor shall produce and issue to Company ‘red-line’ markups of all key
documentation and drawings to allow safe commissioning and start-up. This includes but is not
limited to PEFSs, Electrical Single Line Diagrams and Loop Diagrams. Contractor shall list these
documents and drawings for Company review at least six (6) months prior to RFSU.
Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the master As-Built documents until it submits the
final Handover of the As-Built Documents to Company.
10.8 Manuals
Contractor shall supply copies of all Pre-commissioning and Commissioning Manuals and
Operations and Maintenance Manuals for Company review and comment nine (9) months prior to
commencement of the planned Pre-commissioning activities. Agreed final versions shall be issued
six (6) months prior to commencement of the planned Pre-commissioning activities of the first
System.
Contractor shall develop a plan for the production of all manuals required. The plan shall reflect all
major events in the compilation of each manual including:
 preparation of index;
 preparation of covers;
 formatting and assembly by volume/section;
 Company review and acceptance at all stages of production;
 copying; and
 final issue to Company.

B180075PPP
11.0 LIST OF DELIVERABLES
Deliverables required to support the EPCC Scope of Work shall include where applicable but not be
limited to the following.
See Section 9.2 of this Section 4 for full Document Class definition.
Contractor may roll up many documents into one in agreement with the Company.
Design Document (*)

No. Title Notes
Plant Documentation
Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
1 General
1.1 Project Execution Plan B Including Project

Organization and Manning
Charts, Coordination and
Management Procedure,
Meeting Procedure,
Communications and
Correspondence Procedure
1.2 Master Document Register B Including Excel version and

(MDR) other scheduling and
progress documents.
1.3 Project Quality B

Management Plan (PQMP)
1.4 Quality Assurance and B

Quality Control Manuals
1.5 Project HSSE & SP Plan B
1.6 Project Security Plan B Including Security threat

assessment
1.7 Emergency Response Plan B
1.8 Environmental B Including environment

Management Plan quality and coordination
1.9 Project Risk Assessments, B

HSSE&SP Guidelines,
Work Instructions
1.10. Safety Manual B

B180075PPP
1.11 Traffic Management Plan B
1.12 Waste Management Plan B
1.13 Permit to Work Procedure B

based on Company PTW
System
1.14 Incident Notification, B

Classification,
Investigation and
Reporting Procedure
1.15 Erosion and Soil Control B

Plan
1.16 Interface Management B Including Interface Register

Plan
1.17 Minutes of Meetings B
1.18 EPC Schedule - Level I , B Including Performance

Level II, Level III Management Baseline (PMB)
1.19 120 Days Look Ahead B
1.20. End of Project Summary B

Report
1.21 Project Control Procedures B Including Project WBS,

Manpower Histogram &
Projections, Progress
Measurement Systems ,
Project Risk Management
Procedure, Invoicing
Procedure , Procedures for
processing Changes and
Adjustments including
Change Instructions,
Adjustment Request and
Adjustment Orders,
Subcontractor/Manufacturer
/Supplier Deviation Request
(SDR) Procedure, Form
1.22 Project Risk Register B
1.23 Change Order Adjustment B

Request Register

B180075PPP
1.24 Deviations to Company A

Standards
1.25 Subcontractor/Manufactur A
er/Supplier Deviation
Requests (SDRs) and
Register
1.26 Document Distribution B

Register with Schedule
1.27 Document Management B Including Numbering and

Procedure Coding of Deliverables
Procedure, Final
Documentation Procedure,
Data Management
Procedure, Information
Quality Management
Framework
1.28 Monthly Reports and C Including Daily Site Log

Other Periodic Reports Books inclusive of
Construction Report, Weekly
Progress Report
1.29 Contract Close-out B

Procedure and Report
1.30. Contactor and C

Subcontractor list of
applicable standard work
practices and procedures
1.31 Operation and B x x

Maintenance Manuals
1.32 Training Material B x

(Manuals etc.) for
Company personnel
1.33 Statement of Fitness (SoF) A x

B180075PPP
No. Title Notes
Plant Documentation
Design Document (*)
Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
1. Engineering – General
1.1. Project Engineering Plan B
1.2. Equipment Criticality B x

Assessment (ECA) Report
1.3. Design Bases for regulatory x B x

submissions
1.4. Design Calculations C x Calculations to be issued by

Contractor to Company upon
request
1.5 Subcontractor / B x x To be parallel review with

Manufacturer / Supplier Contractor
Drawings and
Documentation
1.6 Main Equipment List x B x x Including Excel version
1.7 Discipline Equipment Data B x x Including static and

/ Requisition Sheets (EDRS) mechanical rotating
equipment, electrical
equipment, valves and
instruments.
Including Manufacturers /
Suppliers / Subcontractors
datasheets
EDRSs shall also contain all

relevant process data.
1.8 Material Requisitions / B

Purchase Requisitions /
Subcontractors Requisitions
1.9 Finite Element Analyses, B x Including Input data and

Fatigue/Failure Analyses, calculation files
Vibration Analyses

B180075PPP
1.10. Human Factors and B

Ergonomics Study and Final
Report
1.11 Interface and Tie-in B x External interface documents

Drawings and shall be Class A
Specifications
1.12 Special Tools, B x

Consumables, Chemicals,
Catalyst & Lubrication List
1.13 Erection and B x

Commissioning Spare Parts
List
1.14 Two Year Operating Spare B x Using ESPIR template

Parts List
1.15 List of Equipment for which B

Contractor will provide
training
1.16 3D Model Review B x To supplement DEP

Procedure, Reports and
Close-out report.
1.17 Maintainability and B

Operability Review
1.18 RCM procedure and report B x
1.19 Mechanical Handling B x

Report
1.20. Baseline Inspection Reports B x Including equipment, CP,

valves and Piping
1.21 FMECA Reports B x
1.22 FAT and SAT Procedures B x
1.23 FAT Acceptance and Close- B x

out Reports
1.24 Testing procedures & B x

record forms
1.25 Demolition Plan(s) B x
1.26 Demolition Drawings B x

B180075PPP
1.27 DEM-1 checklist by Update of FEED deliverable

discipline as req’d
1.28 Master Tag Register B x Native file in Excel
1.29 Drawings Index B x
Design Document (*)
Plant Documentation
No. Title Notes
Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
1. Process
1.1. Heat and Material Balances x B x Including native file in Excel

and associated Simulation
Models
1.2 Process Simulation Models B x Native file to be UniSim

compatible
1.3 Utility Balances x B x
1.4 Process Flow Schemes x B x x Process and Utilities flow

(PFSs) schemes
PFSs should be issued with

H&MB data for each design
case
1.5 Process Engineering Flow x B x x Including vendor data

Schemes (PEFS)
1.6 Process Safeguarding Flow A x x Integral part of Process

Schemes (PSFSs) Safeguarding Memorandum
(SGM).
1.7 Process Utility Design B x Including Utility Consumption

Summary Summary
1.9 Utilities System Network B x

Models

B180075PPP
1.10. Chemicals, Catalyst B x

Characteristics and
Consumption
specification/summary
1.11 Piping Line Lists B x x Including Excel version;
Incl. mitigation measures

implemented to reduce
effects of shock loading
(liquid hammering)
1.12 Safeguarding Narratives B x x Including Subcontractor

packages
Including shutdown
(sequence) logic
1.13 Equipment List B x
1.14 Study reports and models B x Including simulation native

for the following: files (UnsiSim compatible)
a. LP Flare Model
b. Dynamic Simulation add new where needed

Report
1.15 Process Descriptions B x also used as input for

Operating Manuals and
training manuals.
1.16 Process Safeguarding B x x

Memorandum
1.17 Relief, Flare and Vent Study B x Update flare back pressure
Report models, flare tips/stack.
Includes sealing systems.
1.18 Relief and Blowdown B x Including simulation native

Calculations (Pressure files, and sequenced
System Safety Study) / PRD blowdown descriptions
equipment folder
1.19 Relief Valve Datasheets B x x
1.20. Piping Specialty Item C x x Including relevant process

Datasheets data

B180075PPP
Design Document (*)

No. Title Notes
Plant Documentation
Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
1. HSSE&SP in Design
1.1 Technical HSSE&SP Plan B x
1.2 Hazardous Area B x

Classification Review
Procedure, Report and
Action Close-out Report
1.3 Hazardous Area Drawings x B x x
1.4 Hazardous Equipment B x

Table
1.5 Fire Protection and x B x x

Personnel Protection
Drawings
1.6 Fire and Gas Detection and x B x x

Alarming Devices Drawings
1.7 Fire Proofing Zone x B x x Including Fire Proofed Items

Drawings and Layouts List
1.8 Fire Protection and Fire and x B x x For Compressor housing

Gas Detection Layout
1.9 Fire Water and Foam x B x

Demand Calculation Note
1.10. Fire Water and Fixed Water x B x x

Spray UFDs
1.11 Safety Equipment x B x

Specifications
1.12 Data Sheets – Fire & Gas x B x

and Active firefighting
systems
1.13 Fire and Gas Narrative B x

B180075PPP
1.14 Fire and Gas Cause & B x

Effect Diagrams
1.15 Fire and Gas Mapping B x Including simulation native

Study Scope of Work and files
Report
1.16 Personnel Protection, Fire- x B x

fighting and Fire and Gas
Equipment list
1.17 Noise Restricted Area B x x

Drawings
1.18 Noise model and Study x B x Including simulation native

Report files, Noise Restricted Area
Report
1.19 HAZOP Closeout Report, See x A formal process to close-out

including Action Close-out not HAZOP action items shall be
Sheets e agreed with Company
1.20. SIL / Safety Instrumented A x

Function Testing
Procedures and
Performance Standards
1.21 HAZID Report and Action x See x A formal process to close-out

Close-out Report not HAZID action items shall be
e agreed with Company
1.22 Hazards and Effects B x

Register
1.23 Environmental Aspects and B x

Impacts Register
1.24 Health Risk Assessment B x

Procedure, Report and
Action Close-out Report
1.25 Safety Critical Elements B x

(SCE) Register
1.26 Performance Standards for B x

F&G, AFP and PFP
1.27 Escape Route Layouts B x x

including Escape, Muster,
Evacuation and Rescue
Assessment (EMERA) Report

B180075PPP
1.28 Effluents Inventory B x

(gaseous, liquid, solid
waste)
1.29 Spillage Area Report B x
1.30. QRA Report B x Including simulation native

files (FRED / Shepherd)
1.31 HSE Review Procedures B x
1.32 Fire Safety Assessment B x

Reports and Action Close-
out Report
1.33 QRA Terms of Reference A x
1.34 RAM Study Basis not HSSE B x

scope - Ops
1.35 SIMOPS Plan and Risk A x

Assessment
1.36 Essential Systems B x

Survivability Assessment
(ESSA) Report
1.37 HAZOP Terms of Reference B x
1.38 SIL Review Terms of B x

Reference
1.39 SIL Review Action Close-out B x

Report
1.40. HAZID Terms of Reference B x
1.41 Written Schemes of B x

Examination for design,
fabrication, construction
and commissioning

Examination for Operation
stage

Verification for design,
fabrication, construction
and commissioning

B180075PPP

Verification for Operation
stage
1.45 Barrier (SCE) condition B x To be issued as defined in

reports Management and
Verification of Barriers
1.46 Energy and Emissions B x Including GHG Inventory and

Management Plan Forecast, Flare Management,
Green House Accounting
1.47 HEMP Studies Closeout B x

Report
1.48 Safety Related Equipment B x

Register
1.49 Human Factors B x

Engineering guideline
1.50. HFE - Valve Criticality B x

analysis report
1.51 HFE Plan for Construction B x Including HFE – Task Analysis
1.52 HFE Compliance Report B x
1.53 Design ALARP x B x x

Demonstration Report
1.54 Operations HSE Case x B x

(input to Company HSE
Case)
1.55 Test reports & certificates B x

for Loss Prevention design
hardware
1.56 MSDS compendium B x
1.57 Security interface & B x

integration plan
1.58 Loss Prevention and FiFi B x

Equipment Specifications &
Datasheets for temporary
equipment
1.59 DEM-1 and DEM-2 B x

compliance report

B180075PPP
No. Title Notes
Design Document (*)
lant Documentation
Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
As Built”
1. Pressure Vessels, Heat
Transfer, Fired Equipment
1.1. Equipment Criticality Rating A x x
1.2. Equipment/Requisition Data A x

Sheets (EDRS)
1.3. Manufacturer/Supplier/Tech A x
nical Deviation Requests
No. Title Notes

Design Document (*)
Plant Documentation
Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
1. Rotating Machinery Refer to the requisition

Engineering package for New Boil Off
Gas Compressor and SoW of
the Contract for scope for
New-Boil Off Gas
Compressor
1.1. Control System Schematics B x
1.2. Unit Control Panel B x

Functional Description
1.3. Unit Control Panel Wiring B x

Diagrams

B180075PPP
1.4. Field Hook-Up and Wiring B x

Diagrams
1.5. Instrument Loop Diagrams B x
1.6. Development of graphics B x

for DCS, SGS and FGS
screens in the CCR
1.7. Instrument index/Lists B x
1.8 Instrument Data Sheets B x
1.9 Anti-Surge Control Valve B x

Calculation Sheet
1.10. Dynamic Simulations B x
1.11 Machine and Auxiliary B x

System General
Arrangements
1.12 Machinery Foundation B x

Design and Loads
1.13 Machinery Skid Piping B x

General Arrangement
(Isometric Layout)
1.14 Preparation for Shipment B x

Procedures
1.15 Utility Consumption Lists B x
1.16 Certified Subcontractor C x

Drawings
1.17 Equipment Sectional B x

Drawings
1.18 Machine Performance B x

Curves
1.19 Performance Stability B x

Margin Analysis
1.20. Torque/speed, Current B x

Power Factor Curves
1.21 Rotor lateral and Torsional B x

Analysis Report
B180075PPP
1.22 Inspection and Testing B x Including major sub-

Procedures at suppliers
Subcontractor Works
1.23 Equipment Lifting Drawing B x
1.24 Vendor Piping B x

Specifications
1.25 Equipment Factory B x

Acceptance Test and Site
Acceptance Test Procedures
1.26 WPS/PQR’s B x
1.27 Special Tools List B x
1.28 3rd Party Rotor-dynamic B x

Verification Report as
applicable
1.29 Anti-surge protection and B x

load sharing functional
documentation
1.30. Mechanical Handling B x

Requirements for Rotating
Equipment
1.31. Nozzle Loading B x

Calculations
1.32. Installation, Operation and B x

Maintenance Manuals
1.33 Machinery Control B X

Narratives
1.36. Machinery systems cause B X

and effect
1.37. Machinery Control System B X

schematics
1.38. Control System Functional B X

Description
1.39. Software Factory B X

Acceptance Test procedure
and report
1.40. Control System settings B X

specification
B180075PPP
1.41. Control System software B X

diagram
1.42. Piping and Instrument B X

Diagrams for Machinery
and Auxiliaries
1.43. Performance Test Records / B x

Surge Test Records
1.44. Noise Study Report B x
1.45. Equipment Data Books B x
1.46 Condition Monitoring B x

package - software and
hardware
No. Title Notes

Plant Documentation
Design Document (*)
Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
1. Plant Layout and Piping

Engineering
1.1. Piping Classes and B x

Specifications
1.2 30%, 60% & 90% 3D Model B x

Review Reports
1.3 Specification for Special

Type Valves
1.4 General Arrangement B x x

Drawings
1.5 Plot Plans and Equipment B x x

Layouts
1.6 Underground Layout B x x

Drawings

B180075PPP
1.7 Construction Isometric C x

Drawings
1.8 Critical Line Lists B x
1.9 Pipe Stress Analysis Reports B x Including native files
1.10. Special Pipe Support B x x

Drawings
1.11 Pressure Testing Procedures B x

and Plan
1.12 Vibration Screening Report B x

and Detailed Vibration
Analysis Reports
1.13 Surge Analysis Screening B x Retain / update from FEED;

and Detailed Surge
Analysis Reports
add new where needed
1.14 Flange and Joint B x

Management Plan,
Procedure/Programme and
Database
1.15 Manual Valve List B x
1.16 SP Item List B x
1.17 SP Item Datasheets B x
1.18 Closure Welds List and B x

Management Procedure
1.19 Cleanliness Requirement B x

and Chemical Cleaning
Specification and
Procedure
Document to be “As
Plant Documentation
Design Document (*)
No. Title Notes

Document Class
Regulatory
Built”

B180075PPP
1. Civil/Structural/Architectur
al Deliverables
1.1 Site Master Plan B x Update of FEED SMP
1.2 Plant Grid and Bench B x x

Marks
1.3 Temporary Construction B x x

Perimeter Fence, Laydown
Area Fence and
Segregation Fence Layout
and Details
1.4 Civil Sectional Plot Plans B x x
1.5 Compressor Housing B x x

Plans, Elevations, Sections
& Details, interior drawings
1.6 Construction, Fabrication

and Material Specifications
1.7 Earthworks (Cut & Fill) B x x Including relocation of excess

Design Drawings preload material
1.8 Grading and Site B x x

Preparation Drawings
1.9 Underground Gravity B x x Including AOC, COC, FFW -

Network Design Drawings As applicable
1.10. Road, Fencing, Surfacing B x X Including construction

and paving Design
Drawings
1.11 Drainage Master Plan B x As applicable
1.12 Storm water Drainage B x X As applicable

Network Design Drawings
1.13 AOC and COC Drainage B x x As applicable

Layout design drawings
1.14 Details of Culverts B x x
1.15 Structural Works Design B x x

Drawings
1.16 Foundation Works Design B x x Including support, sleepers,

Drawings etc.

B180075PPP
1.17 Design Drawings for C

Temporary Works
1.18 Civil, Structural and B x Including Basis of Foundation

Architectural and Earthworks Design
design/analysis including pre-loading
calculations conditions
1.19 Connection detail design B x x

drawings
1.20. Steel fabrication detail B x

drawings for fabrication
and transportation
1.21 Passive Fire Protection - B x

Project Functional
Specification &
Requirements
1.22 Thermal and acoustic B x

Insulation design drawings
1.23 Geotechnical Interpretative B

Report
Document
Plant Documentation
No. Title Notes

Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
Design
1. Electrical Engineering
1.1. Electrical Load List x B x x
1.2. System Description x B x x

including Power
Distribution Philosophy,
Operation Philosophy
1.3 Control, Monitoring and B x x

Protection Philosophy
1.4 SAFOP report B x
1.5 Equipment sizing B x x

calculation

B180075PPP
1.6 Harmonic analysis report B x x
1.7 Protection scheme & relay B x x

setting schedules
1.8 Short circuit & load flow B x x

report
1.9 System dynamic stability B x x

and load shedding report
1.10. Motor starting study report B x x
1.11 Cable sizing calculations B x x
1.12 Arc Flash energy x B x x As applicable

calculations
1.13 Lighting calculations x B x x
1.14 Key single line diagram x B x x
1.15 Single line diagram for B x x

Emergency and Vital
systems
1.16 Connection B x x
diagrams/wiring diagrams
1.17 Control system block B x x Block diagram to

diagram demonstrate integration into
existing.
1.18 Cable routing layouts and B x x

earthing layouts (including
HV, LV and lighting)
1.19 Substation layouts x B x x Update of the existing
1.20. Cable trench details B x
1.21 Temporary installation(s) B x

(construction power
supplies)
1.22 Control, alarm and B x x

monitoring table schedule
1.23 HV and LV switchgear B x x

schedule

B180075PPP
1.24 Ex equipment register (in B x x

suitable format for import
into the computerized
maintenance management
system)
1.25 Vendor drawings and B x X

equipment certificates
1.26 Electrical Circuit Folder (for B x

pre-commissioning)
No. Title Notes

Design Document (*)
Plant Documentation
Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
1. Instrumentation & Control
1.1. Process Control Narratives B x Including Subcontractor

packages
1.2 Cause and Effect Diagrams x B x x Including Process Control,

SGS, FGS and Packaged
Equipment
Including shutdown
(sequence) logic
1.3 Human Factors and B x x

Ergonomics Study (listed as
separate task)
1.4 Field Auxiliary Room B x x Update of the existing FAR

Layouts
1.5 Marshalling Cabinet and B x x As applicable

Server Room Layouts

B180075PPP
1.6 Local Panel Layouts B x x As applicable
1.7 Local Panel Interconnection B x x

Wiring Diagrams
1.8 Marshalling Cabinet B x x

Interconnecting Wiring
1.9 Junction Box B x x Include Control Panel – Field

Interconnecting Wiring JB Association Drawings
1.10. I/O Lists B x x Including DCS, SGS, FGS

and Packaged Equipment
1.11 PAS Functional Design B x Including DCS, SGS, FGS,

Specification Fire and Gas Detection, Flow
Metering skids, Analyzer
houses, Marine
Environmental Monitoring
System and other 3rd party
systems
1.12 PAS Plans B Configuration, FAT and SAT

Plans
1.13 PAS Procedures B FAT, Installation, SAT,

Commissioning and
Maintenance Procedures for
DCS, Safeguarding, Fire and
Gas, Marine Instrumentation
and Alarm management
Systems
1.14 Vendor Data Exchange B x 3rd Party Mechanical

Database and Procedures Equipment Package Vendors
Noting PLC interfaces to the
PAS.
1.15 Instrument Location B x x Including F&G hardware

Drawings layouts. To be provided with
Location Plan Key Diagram.
Include 3rd party systems.
1.16 PAS Loop Diagrams C x x Including DCS, SGS, FGS

and Packaged Equipment.
1.17 Instrument Index C x x
1.18 Instrument wiring diagrams B x x

B180075PPP
1.19 Alarm Rationalization / B x Based on the MAD

Prioritization Report
1.20. PAS Architecture Block B x x Automation System Network.

Diagrams
Including interface with
packaged equipment sub-
systems, PMS,
Telecommunications
hardware, analyzer and flow
metering packages.
Including hardware and

Sequence Automation of
Operational Procedures.
1.21 Instrument Installation B x Including Process, Electrical

Details and Pneumatic Hook-up
Drawings.
1.22 Safety Requirements B x

Specification (SRS)
1.23 Alarm systems requirement B x Update of DCS Alarm

specification Configuration and DCS
Alarm suppression
(Company Documents)
1.24 Instrument Earthing B x

Philosophy
1.25 Instrument Cable B x

Specifications
1.26 Motor Coordination Table B x

(with Electrical)
1.27 Cable schedule report B x x Include MIS
1.28 Functional Safety Plan A x
1.29 Instrument I/O Mapping B x x Packaged Equipment Link

Lists and Data Communication
Mapping Tables to PAS
1.30. Valve Test Certificates C x
1.31 PAS User Requirement B x

Specification
1.32 PAS Security Philosophy B x

B180075PPP
1.33 Functional Safety B x

Assessment Report
1.34 Functional Safety B x

Verification and Validation
Reports
1.35 Field Instrument Junction B x x Update of existing

Box Design
1.36 Master Equipment B x x Based on the MAD

Constrain, Trip and Alarm
Report
1.37 Control systems network B x

equipment register
1.38 Tubing schedule report B x x
1.39 Vendor supplier packages B x

integration specification
1.40. PAS Lifecycle management

plan
1.41 FAT, SAT Testing

Procedures for PAS
1.42 FAT, SAT Report for Sub-

System Packages
1.43 Integrated testing of third

party packages
1.44 PCAD Integration of DCS &

Sub-system packages
1.45 Operation and

Maintenance Procedures
for the PAS
No. Title Notes

Plant Documentation
Design Document (*)
Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
1. Telecommunication
Engineering

B180075PPP
1.1. Telecommunications B x
System Definition,
Functional Design
Specification and
Configuration
1.2 Telecommunications B x x
Equipment List and
Equipment Layouts
1.3 Telecommunications B x x Including CCTV

Architectural Block
Diagram
1.4 Telecommunications B x x Including wiring diagrams

System Details
1.5 Telecommunications Cable B x

Specifications and
Schedule
1.6 Telecommunications Fiber B x x

Optic Routing Diagrams
1.7 Telecommunications Fiber B x x

Optic Details
1.8 Telecommunications B x
Interface Plan with the PAS
1.9 Telecommunications Panel B x x Update of existing

and Cabinet Layout and
Details
1.10. Telecommunications B x As applicable

Grounding Philosophy
1.11 Telecommunications B x
Hardware Data Sheets
1.12 Telecommunications B x Including Equipment

Construction / Installation fabrication drawings.
Specifications
1.13 Telecommunications B x Including FAT and SAT

Testing Procedures
1.14 Security Systems B x Including CCTV, Access

Control System
1.15 Bulk Materials Listing C x

B180075PPP
1.16 Radio Coverage Survey B x

Report
Plant Documentation
Design Document (*)
No. Title Notes
Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
1. Procurement / Inspection /
Expediting / Transport
1.1. General Documents
1.2 Procurement Plan, B

Procedures and Forms
1.3 Subcontracting Plan and A

Associated Procedures
1.4 General Conditions of A

Supply / Sub contracts
1.5 Materials Control and B

Warehousing Plan and
Procedures (Including
Material Traceability,
Certification and Marking
Procedure)
1.6 Warranties Listing B x
1.7 Documents specific to each

Purchase Order /
Subcontract
1.8 Subcontractor A
Prequalification Dossier
1.9 Bidders list [1] For each Purchase Order or

Subcontract
1.10. Technical Bid Evaluations [1]
1.11 Technical and Commercial [1] Including all attachments

Requisitions (unpriced), at call for tender
stage and all further revisions
thereof

B180075PPP
1.12 Unpriced Purchase Order [1]

and Subcontracts with
attachments
1.13 Subcontractor/Manufactur C
er/Supplier Schedules and
Subcontractor Support Plan
at Worksite
1.14 Procurement Status Report C
1.15 List of Sub-contractors B
1.16 Expediting Reports B
1.17 Manufacturing Quality [1]

Plans
1.18 Inspection Overview [1] Monthly
1.19 Inspection test plan [1]
Inspection and test Reports [1] x Including dimensional and

NDT reports
1.19 Repair procedure B x
1.20. Inspection Status Reports / B

Inspection Release Report
1.21 Vendor Data Books [1] x
1.22 Punch list C x From Sub-contractor and

Fabrication Yard
1.23 Material Handling, B x

Preservation and
Preventative Maintenance
Procedure
1.24 Manufacturer Data Report [1] x
1.25 Transportation Procedures C
1.26 Shipping Forecast and C

Shipping Progress Reports /
Status

B180075PPP
1.27 Copy of Bill of Lading C
1.28 Non Conformance Reports B

(over, shortage, damage
reports)
1.29 List of Claims for B

Damages-
1.30. Shipping and Logistics Plan B
Design Document (*)
Plant Documentation
No. Title Notes
Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
1. Construction
1.1. Detailed Construction Plan B Including Construction

& Method Statement Coordination Procedure,
Construction procedure,
Construction Organization,
Mobilization /
Demobilization Exhibits,
Subcontract Plans
1.2 Plans and Drawings for C

Construction Facilities
1.3 Construction Logistic Study B
1.4 Construction Manual B x
1.5 Field Reports C
1.6 Construction Sequence C

Plans
1.7 Safety Procedures B
1.8 Quality Control Procedures B

B180075PPP
1.9 Construction, Fabrication, B x

Inspection, Testing
Procedures and Reports
1.20. Welding Procedures / B x

Welders Qualification Test
Reports
1.21 Weld and Inspection logs B x
1.22 Materials Receiving Reports C Including Materials

Reconciliation Registers
1.23 Materials Surplus Inventory C
1.24 Certificates for all Cranes C

to be used in construction
1.25 Non Conformance Reports B

(over, shortage, damage
reports)
1.26 Equipment Installation B

Procedure and Records
1.27 Construction Safety in B

Design Procedure
No. Title Notes

Plant Documentation
Design Document (*)
Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
1. Pre-Commissioning
1.1 Pressure Testing Procedure B x

and Records

B180075PPP
1.2 Pre-commissioning B
Inspection and Test plan
(Including Test and Check
sheets)
1.3 Pre-Commissioning B
Procedures
1.4 Electrical Distribution, B x

Earthing and Lighting
Systems Dossier
1.5 Firewater and Fire Fighting B x

System Dossier
1.6 Fire and Gas Detection B x

System Dossier
1.7 Utility System Dossier B x Including Instrument air,

water, power
Including
coordiantion/turnover
procedure
1.8 CCTV and B x

Telecommunication
Systems Dossier
1.9 Columns, Headers, Piping B x

etc. Dossier
1.20. Isolation Procedures B x Including electrical,

mechanical etc.
1.21 Motor Run-in procedures B x
1.22 Transfer of Custody B x

Procedures
1.23 Electrical Test B x

Sheets/reports
1.24 Electrical Test Procedures B x

Regula
No. Title Notes

Docu
Docu
Docu
ment
Plant
b
tory

B180075PPP
1. Commissioning & Start-up
1.1 Commissioning and Start B

Up Roles and
Responsibilities Matrix
1.2. Commissioning and Start A Including Pre-Commissioning

Up Plan and Commission execution
1.3. Performance Test A x

Procedures
1.4. Performance Test Reports B x
1.5. Acceptance Test Procedures A x
1.6. Acceptance Test Reports B x
1.7. Guarantee and Notification B

Period Management
Procedure
1.8. Plant Completion and B x

Handover Procedure
1.9. System Definition and B

System Completion Plan
1.10. Punchlist Management & B

Clearance Procedure
1.11 Completion Database B x

Implementation & Control
Procedure (Completion
Database Management)
1.12 Instrument Commissioning A

and Checkout Procedures
1.13 Controlled areas Procedure B
1.14 Blind Management B

procedure

B180075PPP
1.15 Flushing / A x
Cleaning/Dewatering
Reinstatement Procedures
1.16 Chemical Cleaning A x

procedures
1.17 System Leak Test C x

Certificates and Gross Leak
Test Procedures
1.18 SAT procedures B
1.19 Loop Test procedures B
1.20. Vessels and equipment B

Inspection and Box up
procedures
1.21 First Fills and Quantities List B x
1.22 Commissioning Procedures A

/ Specifications
1.23 Commissioning Inspection A x

and Test plan
1.24 Electrical functional Test B

procedures
1.25 Energization Procedures B
1.26 Motor solo run procedure B
1.27 High Pressure Leak Test A x

Procedure
1.28 Drying / Vacuum / Inerting B x

/ Purging Procedures
1.29 Functional Test Procedures B

(DCS, ESD and F&G
complex loop and
sequence)
1.30. Mechanical run procedures B x

(pumps, compressors)
1.31 Firefighting Testing A x

procedure

B180075PPP
1.32 Electrical Grounding B

Systems
1.33 Electrical HV and LV B x

Distribution
1.34 Electrical UPS systems B
1.35 Electrical Distribution, B

Grounding and Lighting
Systems
1.36 Fire and Gas Detection B

System
1.37 Diesel Oil and Emergency B

Power System
1.38 Operation and B

Maintenance
Plan/Procedure prior to
Handover
1.39 Operations Assurance and B

Readiness Plan
1.40. Workshop / Warehouse B x

Equipment List
1.41 Lock and Tag-out B x

Procedure
Plant Documentation
Design Document (*)
No. Title Notes

Document Class
Document to be
Regulatory
“As Built”
1. Operations Readiness Including Operations

Organization Resourcing,
Training and Competence
Assurance Plan
1.1. Operation Readiness B

Support Plan
1.2 OPEX cost data B x

spreadsheets and written
reports based on design
and procured equipment

B180075PPP
1.3 Operational and B x x

Maintenance procedures
1.4 Document hand-over C

formats and requirements
1.5 Operations and B x Including Procedures and a

Maintenance Philosophy suite of O&M checklists for
the operability and
maintainability reviews
1.6 Process flow diagrams and A x x

process engineering flow
schemes
1.7 Detailed design drawings B x
1.8 Technical manuals, B x x

drawings, specifications
and other equipment data
1.9 Final report showing that B x

operability and
maintainability risks have
been reduced to ALARP
1.10. Alarm management B x

strategy, document
(Variable tables; ISU
reports etc.)
1.11 Proactive monitoring plan B x
1.12 Emergency Response plan A x

including the Pre- Incident
Plan (PIP) for CSU as well as
Operate phase
1.13 Isolation diagrams and A x x

isolation schemes aligned
to final as-built
documentation for all
maintenance activities and
scenarios.
1.14 RBI report for each B x

corrosion loop sub-divided
by equipment and piping
sub-system
1.15 Inspection Test Plan for B x x

each item including
Corrosion Monitoring

B180075PPP
Locations (CMLs) marked

on as-built isometrics or
general arrangements, with
baseline as-built condition
defined
1.16 ITPs describing the Non- B

Intrusive Inspection (NII)
and (where necessary)
intrusive inspections
required
1.17 HAZID/HAZOP and Bowtie B x

review reports
1.18 Safety/Production Critical B x

Equipment lists,
Performance standards
and Assurance tasks
1.19 Reliability Centered B x

Maintenance (RCM) studies
reports
1.20. Baseline Survey Report B
1.21 Maintenance Strategies B x

and Plans
1.22 Pressure Relief, Vacuum B x

valves and Bursting Discs
(including key-locks)
Registers
1.23 Original test certificates for

every relief device
1.24 Final / AFC datasheets for

every relief device
1.25 Lock-Open / Lock-Close B x x

(LO-LC), pressure relief
valves register
1.26 Logistic HSE case (includes A

Risk and Hazards, bowties)
1.27 Bill of Materials (BOM) for B x x

all equipment
incorporating a spare parts
list for all equipment
needing spares
1.28 Chemical Data Sheet A x

catalogue, Chemicals
B180075PPP
Management Plan and the

Fluids Risk Management
Strategy
1.29 ALARP demonstration of A x

Chemicals to be used and
Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS)
1.30. Control of Substances A x

Hazardous to Health
assessments report
1.31 Spades and Blinds register B x

with identification and
rating
1.32 Lifting Equipment C

Requisition and Location
List
1.33 Lubrication schedule listing B x

all equipment containing
lubricants (oils or grease)
1.34 Preventive Maintenance B x

and Inspection task
requirements through
activities such as IPF, RBI,
and RCM,
1.35 Tag and Equipment B x x

Register (TER) consistent
with the information in
process flow diagrams,
equipment drawings and
maintenance manuals
1.36 Computerised A x
Maintenance Management
System (CMMS)
Implementation Plan, in
line with Company CMMS
1.37 Equipment Isolation B x x

guideline
1.38 Company approved B

Tagging Philosophies
1.39 Project Spare Parts Strategy B

including the repair /
replace policy

B180075PPP
12.0 ENGINEERING AND ASSURANCE REVIEWS
Workshops can be combined based on timing and availability in agreement with the Company.
LEGEND
x = Attendance
required
O = Chairperson to be
pre-approved by Company
AR = “As required” - Attendance required on a case by case basis.
Relevant Sub-Contractors shall attend technical reviews and HAZOPs, at
Contractor’s offices.
Note: Contractor shall coordinate the workshops and provide sufficient
discipline engineering support for all reviews so that, as far as possible,
technical queries can be addressed during the review to minimize the need
for follow-up actions and rework.
Assurance/ Chair Company Participants Standard /

Engineering Guideline/
Review Notes
Other HSE AR (Health, HFE,
E&SP , Security, constr.HSE,
Civil/Structural
Subcontractor
Piping/Layout
Construction
Independent
Mechanical
Operations
Tech Safety
Contractor
fi SME)
Electrical
Rotating
Process
C&I
Detailed Design x x x x x x x x x x x TOR to be

HAZID agreed
with
Company.
Detailed Design x x x x A A A x A A Including
PEFS Review R R R R R Subcontrac
tor
packages.
Contractor
TOR to be
agreed
with
Owner
Company
Detailed Design o x x x A A A x HAZOP
HAZOP R R R DEP
(80.00.00.
15-Gen)

B180075PPP
Subcontractor o x x x x X A x A HAZOP
Package R R DEP
HAZOPs (80.00.00.
15-Gen)
Management of o x x x A A A x HAZOP
Change (MoC) R R R DEP
HAZOPs (80.00.00.
15-Gen)
Interface o x x x A x x x HAZOP
HAZOP R DEP
(80.00.00.
15-Gen)
Safety and o A x x A x x Contractor
Operability R R TOR to be
Study (SAFOP) agreed
with
Company.
Company
will provide
independe
nt
facilitator.
SIL Targeting o x x x A A x A Relevant
Exercise R R R DEPs
(w/LOPA)
ToR to be
developed
at the
same time
as HAZOP
ToR to
ensure
alignment
and shall
be agreed
with
Company.
Company
and
Contractor
process,
technical
safety and
C&I
attendees
shall be
the same
as the
HAZOP
attendees
to ensure
consistency
.

B180075PPP
Alarm o x x x x A A A x
Rationalization R R R
Workshop
3D Model x x x A A A x x x A A Contractor
Review R R R R R TOR to be
agreed
with
Company,
in line with
DEP
30.10.05.1
1-Gen.
(30%, 60%, 90% Should
completion) include
Human
Factors
and
Ergonomic
s
Workshop
ALARP x x x x x x A x x A TOR to be
Workshop R R agreed
with
Company.
Ref. NLNG
HSE
Control
Framework
–
manageme
nt of risk.
Bow-Tie x x x A A A A x A A TOR to be
Workshop R R R R R R developed
and
agreed
with
Company.
Bow Tie
workshop
LOPA
methodolo
gy to
B180075PPP
follow the
format of
existing
Company
Bow-Ties
for
operational
facility
(Bowtie
Handshake
s 01
through
07, final
versions)
Safety Case x x x x x x A A A To meet
Workshop R R R content/int
ent of
existing
Operations
HSE Case
Safety Critical x x A x x A x x x Contractor
Elements R R TOR to be
Workshop agreed
with
Company
Constructability x x x x x x x A
Workshop R
Construction x x x x x x x A
HAZID R
workshop
SIMOPS x x x x x x x
Workshop
Reliability/RAM x x x x x x x A Contractor
Analysis R TOR to be
Workshop agreed
with
Company
Emergency x x A x x Contractor
Systems R TOR to be
Survivability agreed
Workshop with
Company
Operability and x x A x x x x Contractor
Maintainability R TOR to be
Workshop agreed
with
Company
RCM and RBI x x x x x x Contractor
Workshop TOR to be
agreed
with
Company
x x x x x x x x x

B180075PPP
Commissioning/ A Contractor
Start Up Risk R TOR to be
Assessment agreed
with
Company
Commissioning/ o x A A A A A x A HAZOP
Start Up HAZOP R R R R R R DEP
(80.00.00.
15-Gen)
Pre-Start Up x x x x x x x x x x A NLNG HSE
Safety Review R Case
Pre-Start up Fire x x x A A A A x A x
Safety Review R R R R R
Pre-Inspection x x x x x x x
Meetings

B180075PPP
13.0 LICENSES, PERMITS & CONSENTS

The design of the facilities required for the Project shall be in accordance with the statutory Laws
and Regulations of Nigeria and adhere to sound engineering practice and be based on agreed
International codes and standards.
The responsibility for the acquisition of permits and licenses to design, build and operate is divided
between Company and Contractor.
Company is the single point of contact with authorities and will prepare and submit all permit
applications with support from Contractor.
Identified Permits and Consents to be obtained by Company with full support of the Contractor
include but are not necessarily limited to the following:
Company led Permits
Regulatory Permit / Approvals Phases Status

Agency
Department of Approvals
Petroleum
Resources Environmental Screening Report (ESR) DEFINE To be Approved
(DPR)
Concept HSE Evaluation (CHSEE) DEFINE To be Approved
FEED/Basic Engineering DEFINE Not Due
Detailed HAZOP Review (Packages) DEFINE Participated
Detailed HAZOP Review EXECUTE Not Due
Project's Safety Case Engagements e.g. EXECUTE Not Due

Equipment Layout, Hazardous Area
Classification (HAC), Fire & Explosion
Study (FES), FIRE Protection Analysis
(FIREPRAN), Escape-Evacuation-Rescue
(EER) Studies/Reviews, SAFOPS, IPF
Classification and HAZAN Reviews
Inspection and Maintenance Philosophy EXECUTE Not Due

and Plans (Inspection & Test Plans, etc.)
Detailed Engineering Design/Approval to EXECUTE Not Due

Construct
Notification of FATs, Inspections, EXECUTE Not Due

Calibrations, Certifications on critical
equipment for DPR witness and
certification
Permit to Flare Gas (Limited Period) EXECUTE Not Due

RFSU / Commissioning
Approval to Commission/Introduction of EXECUTE Not Due

Hydrocarbon into the Facility
B180075PPP
Licenses
Nigeria Nigeria Content Plan – FEED DEFINE Approved

Content
Development
& Monitoring Nigeria Content Plan – EPC EXECTUE Not Due
Board
(NCDMB) Nigeria Content Compliance Certificates EXECUTE Not Due
(NCCC) –EPC
Federal Equipment Importation Permits and DEFINE Not Due

Ministry of Custom Duty Exemptions
Finance/
Nigeria
Customs
Service (NCS)
Contractor led Permits

It is within the scope of the Contractor to provide all necessary data, information and documents to
Company that would be required by the relevant authorities to obtain such permits, approvals and
licenses.
Other permits licenses and approvals, which Contractor needs to execute the work in scope will be
the responsibility of Contractor to obtain. Company will provide the necessary but not mandatory
assistance to enable Contractor to obtain the various approvals, permits and licenses from Local,
State and Federal Government authorities and statutory bodies. Company’s role in this is restricted
to the facilitating of the processes.
The consents, permits, licenses that Contractor shall independently obtain include but are not
necessarily limited to table below. Items related to EPC phase shall be obtained at/after EPC contract
award.
Regulatory Agency Permit / Approval Phases Status
Nigeria Content Execution Plan – EPC EXECUTE Not Due
Expatriate Quota Approval – EPC EXECUTE Not Due
National Agency for Food and Drug/Chemicals Permits EXECUTE Not Due
Food and Drug
Administration and
Control (NAFDAC)
Department of Expatriate Quota / Work Permit EXECUTE Not Due

Petroleum Resources
(DPR)
Various State & Applicable local taxes and levies EXECUTE Not Due
Local Governments
Authorities

B180075PPP
14.0 NIGERIAN CONTENT
INTRODUCTION
Nigerian Content is defined in The Nigerian Oil & Gas Industry Content Development (NOGICD)
Act as “the quantum of composite value added to or created in the Nigerian economy by a
systematic development of capacity and capabilities through the deliberate utilization of Nigerian
human, material resources and services in the Nigerian oil and gas industry”.
Nigeria LNG Limited is committed to the Government’s aspiration of utilizing as much as possible
the skills and resources available in the Nigerian industry and in expression of this commitment has
undertaken to carry out the following in its operations: -
 Employment and personal development opportunities for Nigerians.

 Maximize the use of Nigerian manufactured goods and services.
 Drive structured training and skill development for effective transfer of management and
technical skills.
 Sustainable development of Nigerian businesses as suppliers, subcontractors and service
providers.
 Promote the contribution of Nigerian contractors to the development of the national
industrial base beyond the Oil and Gas Industry.
SCHEDULE TARGETS IN THE NIGERIAN OIL & GAS INDUSTRY

DEVELOPMENT CONTENT ACT
The SCHEDULE Targets in the NOGICD Act – (shown as Schedule A in Attachment 4) are included
to guide the Tenderer in what % Target Nigerian Content is required by Nigeria LNG Limited in the
Scope of Works to comply with the Act.
CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES FOR NIGERIAN CONTENT – PRE-AWARD
In compliance with the NOGICD Act, the Contractor shall carry out the following and submit in its
Technical and Commercial Tenders.
 Develop a Nigeria Content Plan, which shall explain the methodology of how it intends to
comply with the requirements of the plan and achieve the set target(s) in the Schedule to the
NOGICD Act and any targets set by the Nigerian Content Monitoring Board.
 Develop a Research & Development Plan which shall explain the methodology of how it
intends to promote education, attachments, training, research and development in Nigeria
in relation to the Contract.
 Develop a Technology Transfer Plan which shall explain the methodology of how it intends
to promote the effective transfer of technologies from alliance partners to Nigerian
individuals and companies.
 Develop an Employment and Training plan which shall explain the Contract hiring and
training needs with a breakdown of the skills needed and anticipated skill shortage in the
Nigerian labour force.
 Prepare a time bound Nigerian Content Execution Plan that shows delivery milestones for
above mentioned Plans and other Nigerian Content deliverables (which shall be reviewed
and agreed between Nigeria LNG Limited and the Contractor prior to Contract award)
 Produce a List of work packages in the Contract that would be reserved for Nigerian
Contractors.
 Produce a List of services that will be provided by Nigerian Companies.
 Produce a List of materials that will be procured from Nigerian Manufacturers.
 Produce a plan of how it intends to measure performance against set targets.

B180075PPP
The Company is aware that isolated Scope items are not available in Nigeria. Through Commitment
to Nigerian Content Plans and Increased Nigerian Content deliverables, capacity will be built in
Nigeria for in-country sustainable development.
These Tenderer % Nigerian Content deliverables, when compared with the Schedule % Nigerian
Content Targets of the Act, will highlight which Scope items % Nigerian Content Target is reached
or exceeded and which Scope items Nigerian Content % Target is not reached.
Where the Schedule % Nigerian Content Target is not reached,, the Tenderer is required to complete
this Schedule for all items of Scope where Tenderer plans to increase Nigerian Content on the Works
over a period of time, fill in Milestone Dates when this will be achieved, on a SEPARATE SHEET and
include in its Technical Bid.
The Nigerian Content % Commitment submitted by the Contractor and agreed by the Company
prior to Award shall be included in the Contract and shall form the basis for Nigerian Content
monitoring in the Contract during and/or after execution.
NIGERIAN CONTENT REPORTING AND MEASUREMENT GUIDELINES – POST AWARD

Nigerian Content shall be measured in line with the descriptions in Section 10 – Rates, or Prices
or/and Bills of Quantities, subdivided into Labour, Materials, Equipment and Services. Each element
shall be measured and reported separately for each project using the attached reporting template
which is subject to change by the Nigerian Content Development Monitoring Board.
Reporting requirements for compliance by the Contractor:
 The Contractors must familiarize itself and comply with reporting requirements in the
NOGICD Act.
 The Contractor shall include a NIGERIAN CONTENT EXECUTION PLAN in the Technical
Tender package. The plan shall be finalized with the Company before Contract award and
a copy of the agreed NIGERIAN CONTENT EXECUTION PLAN submitted to Company for
monitoring compliance during and/or after execution.
 Monitoring of the Nigerian Content in the Plan shall be reviewed and agreed during the
Kick-Off meeting and shall form part of the elements of regular Performance Reviews.
 Prior to Award of a Contract, the Contractor shall agree its NIGERIAN CONTENT
EXECUTION PLAN as in the Attachment, with the Company, and this Plan will set out the
Nigerian Content deliverables in the works.
 Nigerian Content measurements shall be reported by means of the NIGERIAN CONTENT
SPEND MONITORING SHEET, Attachment 6.
 After Contract award, the Contractor shall be required to submit monthly reports, which shall
also include details of deviations from the agreed Nigerian Content Plan to the NLNG
Authorized Representative. The Contractor shall notify the Company in writing where
deviations from the agreed Nigerian Content Plan are observed.
 At the end of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a final Nigerian Content report to the
NLNG Authorized Representative, which shall be evaluated to rank Contractor’s
performance as either below target, threshold, on target or above target.
 The Company shall officially recognize Contractors that consistently perform above target
and where specific Contractors consistently default, the Company shall flag this as poor
performance in accordance with the provisions of the Contract and restriction on future
invitations to Tender for Company work.
Deliverables During the Execution of the Works
During the period of the Contract, Contractor shall without limitation do the following:-

B180075PPP
 Produce and submit Nigerian Content Monthly Reports as more specifically detailed in the
NIGERIAN CONTENT PLAN by means of NIGERIA CONTENT SPEND MONITORING
SHEETS, See Attachment 6.
 Grant full access to NLNG’s Nigerian Content team / Nigerian Content Monitoring Board
representatives or any other Government Agencies into its books /accounts/ records/ payroll
summary/ Contractor payments with a view to ascertaining the level of implementation of
Nigerian Content.
 Appoint a Nigerian Content Focal Point who shall have the responsibility for the
Implementation of the Contractor’s Nigerian Content Plan and Report Periodically on
Performance.
 Develop a Training Plan and provide sustainable training & development for Nigerian
Engineers, Supervisors, skilled, semiskilled and unskilled workers. The plan shall include
measurable targets.
In pursuing its Nigerian Content Plan the Contractor shall:
 Proactively pursue opportunities for undertaking work with Nigerian companies by

employing Nigerian labour;
 Proactively pursue the use of Nigerian fabrication facilities where competency exists,
specifically including the use of Nigerian facilities by its foreign Subcontractors;
 Include requirements for maximization of Nigerian Content by all its Subcontractors;
 Encourage its foreign Subcontractors to enter into sustainable and value adding relationships
with Nigerian companies;
 Specifically reserve work scopes in respect of services for which there exists Nigerian
capabilities and potential for development;
 Liaise with Nigeria LNG Limited to ensure that the pursuit of Nigerian Content is at all times
fully aligned with Sustainable Community Development included in its Tender; and
 Provide monthly report on Nigerian Content deliverables showing status (Actual vs. Target).

B180075PPP
SECTION 5
HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.2 This HSE section describes the Health, Safety, Security and Environmental premises,
procedures and requirements to be followed during the Project work execution.
1.3 The construction activities shall be in line with the provisions of the Company, Nigerian
National and local laws, principals and policies.
References:-
 PD-MS01: NLNG Production Division Site Management System/Quality Management
System Manual
 PD-MS02A: NLNG Production Division Health, Safety & Environment (HSE)
Management System Manual
 PD-MS02b: NLNG Production Division Environmental Management System Manual
 NLNG-RM02: NLNG HSE Case
 FSS.10.20.10: NLNG Corporate Risk Management Manual
 HSS.25.60.10: NLNG Production Division Risk Management Framework
 PD-MS-02Br7: NLNG Environmental Management System (EMS) Manual API RP 754:
Process Safety Performance Indicators for Refining and Petrochemical Industries
 OHSAS18001:2007: Occupational Health & Safety Management Systems –
Specification
 ISO 17776:2000: Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries - Offshore Production
Installations - Guidelines on Tools and Techniques for Hazard Identification and Risk
Assessment
 ISO 9001:2015 – Quality Management System – Requirements
 ISO14001:2015 – Environment Management System – Requirements
 IOGP 577 Fabrication site construction safety recommended practices
2. HSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (HSE MS)
2.1. General
2.1.1. Contractor shall prepare and submit to Company for review and approval, its HSE
Management System and HSE Plan for implementation of the Contract Works in line with
the sections below, twenty (20) working days before the commencement of work at site (site
preparation).
2.2. Leadership & Commitment
2.2.1. Contractor Senior Management shall take full and final responsibility for all aspects of HSE
management and for ensuring the full implementation of the HSE Management System.
2.3. Policy, objectives and targets
2.3.1. Contractor shall prepare an HSE policy statement specific to the Contract and signed by its
Senior Management. This statement shall demonstrate Contractor acceptance of and
alignment with, Company HSE commitment and policy.

B180075PPP
2.4. Standards, Procedures and Documentation
2.4.1. The HSE plan shall contain all planned activities, and associated responsibilities together
with a schedule for HSE related matters. It shall detail all procedures regarding the
instructions and implementation of HSE requirements addressing in outline:
 Scope and requirements
 Organisation and responsibilities
 Communications
 Identification of activities, hazards, assessment of risks and means of control
 Training
 Site Inspection
 Reporting and investigating incidents/ accidents
 Emergency response
 HSE Performance Reporting
 Audit
2.5. Organisation and Responsibility
2.5.1. Contractor is to submit an organisation chart identifying the positions and personnel
responsible for the administration of the HSE Management System (HSE MS) and how these
personnel will function with respect to:
a) Contractor Corporate HSE organisation;
b) Contractor Site Representative;
c) Contractor in conjunction with Company is required to develop an interface
document to ensure that the Contractor HSE MS is aligned with the Company HSE
MS. It will define responsibilities, identify overlaps, gaps and create a common
understanding of the way the work is conducted;
d) Co-ordination and control of HSE matters for the Works;
e) Co-ordination and control of Contractor HSE performance and any Sub-
Contractors;
f) HSE training of personnel; and,
g) HSE reporting, analysis of incidents and corrective actions.
2.6. Resources and Competence
2.6.1. Contractor shall appoint a competent person as HSE Manager/Coordinator/Supervisor

and depending on the size and spread of the site have HSE site officers at a ratio of 1 per
50 workers who shall coordinate site HSE during the Work excluding HSE reporting. Where
multiple sites exist, there shall be a minimum of 1 HSE adviser/officer per site. All HSE staff
shall have minimum of HSE Level 3 NISP or equivalent qualification and 3 years relevant
experience in the oil & gas industry. See details in minimum competent requirement for
HSE Critical roles
All the HSE personnel shall be assessed and approved by Company’s HSE team before
commencement or work.
2.6.2. Contractor’s Construction Manager shall have a minimum of NISP HSE Level 3 certification
or equivalent while discipline Construction Supervisors shall have a minimum of NISP HSE
Level 1 certification or equivalent.
2.6.3. Contractor shall ensure that all employees and those of any Sub-Contractor are competent
to safely perform their assigned task (refer to Appendix L (Minimum Competency
requirement for HSE critical roles)).

B180075PPP
2.6.4. Contractor shall identify the competence required for each discipline and conduct a training
needs analysis to identify any skill gaps, including HSE competencies of its employees.
2.6.5. A Training Plan shall be developed to address the needs for the work and identify
competence gaps. Contractor shall develop a HSE induction-training program for all its
employees for review by Company prior to commencing the Work.
2.6.6. Contractor shall have a training room and shall conduct continuous HSE training for all
staff as contained in the training plan and as may be required by Company.
2.7. Risk Management - Hazards and Effect Management Process (HEMP)
2.7.1. Contractor shall identify key risk activities arising in the work scope. These risks shall be
managed through the application of the HEMP process showing the planned mitigations
to manage the hazards. Although not an exhaustive or detailed list, particular hazard/risks
for the Works include:
 Man/Machine Interfaces
 Working at Height
 Electrical Isolation
 Confined spaces
 Hot Work (within a live plant)
 Lifting and Hoisting
 Traffic management
 Chemical handling
 Manual handling
2.8. Implementation and Monitoring
2.8.1. Contractor shall monitor activities and report on:

 HSE visits and inspections;
 Incidents reporting and investigation; and,
 Assurance that HSE plans are being implemented and monitored effectively.
 Details and frequency of reporting shall be captured in the HSE plan to be reviewed and
approved by Company.
 Contractor shall comply with Company’s Incident investigation procedures and report
all incidents including Near misses as soon as observed, so that it is reported in the
Company incident reporting platform (Omnisafe) within 24 hours by the Company HSE
representative.
2.9. Health Management
2.9.1. Health Management shall include:

a) A system, which ensures and documents how personnel are given general instruction
regarding the potential health hazards connected to their occupation, and how these can be
avoided.
b) The system shall also address how personnel are trained specifically regarding risks and
precautions connected to special work methods, materials, chemicals and operations and
that such training is given prior to the start-up of a specific job.
c) Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for any chemical and health hazardous substances that
may be used by Contractor to perform the Works shall be prepared. The catalogue shall
contain assessments of the risks due to the storage, handling, use and disposal of each such
substance, together with all necessary control measures required so as to reduce such risks.
Control measures shall include where applicable measures to take in the event of spillage.

B180075PPP
d) The Contractor shall comply with the Company's requirements in respect of fitness to work
as defined in HSS.25.50.60 - Guidelines on General Medical Standards of Fitness to Work.
The Contractor shall ensure that the health risks of the Contractor personnel are recognized
and managed through the provision of access to adequate healthcare services by their site
clinic where appropriate and retainer hospitals/clinics including Medical Emergency
Response capability (MER) in line with the Company HSE policy.
e) Where Work involves Expatriates or persons with low immunity to Malaria, Contractor shall
demonstrate that it has implemented an effective Malaria Prevention Program, following the
International standard ABCD approach to Malaria prevention for its personnel, which at a
minimum includes:
(i) Awareness of Malaria Risk and prevention;
(ii) Take Personal Bite Control measure;
(iii) Take Chemoprophylaxis;
(iv) Demonstrate to Company that personnel have access to good quality diagnosis and
treatment health services for Malaria. This includes access to treatment within 12
hours of commencement of symptoms.
(v) Contractor personnel covered in above shall be expected to demonstrate compliance
to taking Chemoprophylaxis when required
2.10. Safety Management
2.10.1. Safety Management shall include:

a) Identification of safety criteria for the work, i.e. safety policies and objectives;
b) Contractor’s plan to ensure its Sub-Contractor(s) fully comply with the Project
requirements;
c) Fire protection and planning for response to all other reasonably foreseeable
emergencies;
d) Housekeeping and hygiene;
e) Reporting and analysis of accidents, incidents, near misses, industrial illnesses and
industrial diseases and corrective action;
f) Training of personnel for safety;
g) “Permit to Work” procedures;
h) A schedule giving frequency, of the approval and certification date(s) for all lifting
equipment, electrical equipment, portable tools, hoses etc. being used for the construction
Works;
i) A schedule giving frequency, of the approval and certification date(s) for all Crane and
construction plants being used for the construction Works;
j) Risk assessments of all tasks, with risks eliminated, reduced, controlled or mitigated
through installation method statements;
k) Programme of HSE meetings to be held between management and representatives of the
Contractor workforce, and with Company;
l) Contractor’s programme for rewarding good HSE practices by its employees;
m) Contractor’s programme of HSE inspections/Site visits by its management involving the
workforce to identify areas of HSE risks, and methods of reducing them;
n) Contractor’s process to communicate hazards and risks to those undertaking work,
including daily toolbox talks, toolbox talks prior to commencement of any new activity
and pre-work planning;
o) Construction works on site shall comply with the International Association of Oil and Gas
Producers (IOGP) 577 Fabrication Site Construction safety recommended practises refer
to Section 9 (Technical Documentation and Drawings).
2.10.2. Contractor shall provide at no cost to its employees, Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
of a standard acceptable to Company as covered in the NLNG PPE procedure. Typical PPE
includes:
B180075PPP
 Safety Helmet (with chin Strap and expiry within 5 years)

 Long sleeved overalls (Fire retarding – Normex or similar) at a minimum rate of a pair
twice in a year (every 6 months)
 Safety Spectacles/glasses (clear ) equipment with side shields (to be replaceable free of
charge on request where damaged or suffering wear and tear)
 Safety Footwear with steel toecaps
 Gloves appropriate for the type of work undertaken
 Safety Harness (full body type) for working at height
 Two Safety Lanyards (of a diameter not less than 16 mm) for working at height both of
which are to be equipped with shock absorbers.
 Respiratory protection where required (dust or fume contaminated atmosphere)
 Respiratory Protection is mandatory within the Unit 6400 and 3M FFP3 Respirator is
recommended.
 Disposable Cover-all’s should always be readily available for painting, cement, etc.
works.
 High visibility jackets (option - when appropriate, for banks men, visual control person,
flagmen, riggers, etc.).
The below list is indicative in terms of quality and type of protective equipment and clothing to be
provided.
Description Minimum specification

Disposable Coveralls Heavy Duty Disposable coveralls
Inherent Fire resistance Proban treated coveralls for Fabricators, EN531 minimum rating
Coverall A, B1, C1 for works in the plant or hazardous areas
Manufactured from cotton or polyester cotton. Fire retardant
ability should be in accordance with EN531 or equal, minimum
rating A, B1, C1. Coveralls shall have long sleeves. Disposable
coverall shall be used when spraying chemicals.
(i) Flashguard Inherent Fire-retardant Coveralls

International Standards: Must meet NFPA 2112, EN/CE Standards
Coveralls j) Reflective FR stripes over the shoulders and around legs and
arms
(ii) Nomex IIIA Inherent Fire-retardant Coverall

Material: Nomex IIIA
International Standards: Must meet NFPA 2112, EN/CE Standards
j) Reflective FR stripes over the shoulders and around legs and
arms
Leather apron and
For Fabricator use
leggings
Chemical Suits Chemical Suits - Boiler suits North Northylon
Rain Coats PVC Wet Suits
280gsm super fleece with interactive full zip fleece cuffs,
Fleece
adjustable shock cord hem
Coveralls/ Shirts/ Trousers 100% Cotton Summer weight Drill Reflective Combination
(Non Plant Area e.g. RA) Overall, long sleeve, flame retardant. BS6249.EN470
Thermals Manufactured from inherently fire retardant or treated flame
retardant materials
Manufactured from fire retardant PVC or Polyurethane coated
Waterproofs fabric

B180075PPP
Description Minimum specification

Zero Hood Manufactured from inherently flame retardant or treated flame
retardant material
Cotton Gloves Medium weight stockinet gloves with knitted wrist. Simple design
Tough general purpose industrial glove with beaded cuff for tear
Rubber Gloves resistance and easy pull on. High resistance to water based
chemicals
Water repellent cowhide grain leather gloves with knitted Kevlar
Leather Gloves
lining for protection against cut in a greasy atmosphere
Water repellent cowhide grain leather gloves with knitted Kevlar
Welding Gauntlets lining for protection against cut in a greasy atmosphere. Fire
retardant. EN407
Seamless Knitted cotton Polyamide liner with a flexible latex palm
Latex Gloves
coating. Excellent grip in both wet and dry condition
Chemical Resistance
Marigold Chemical Resistance Gloves, Nitrosolve Z51G
Gloves (Nitrosolve Z51G)
Bump Hats (Confined Multi-Purpose low dome type helmet manufactured from high
Space) density polyethylene
MSA V Guard Safety Helmet equipped with suspension harness
and slip ratchet adjustable headband, Chinstrap BS5240, EN397
Hard Hats (Green, White)
Green Hat is for new hires and visitors
Clear shield, white or plane with side shields for all round
Safety Glasses
protection. Safety glasses EN166, e.g. Uvex Astrospec 9168
Ear Plugs Ultrafit Premounted earplugs EN352
Nose Masks FFP1/2/3, Valved dust mist fume respirator
Welding respirator Manufacturer 3M Model 9925 EN 149:2001FFP2
Grinding face shield Clear shield covering the face for grinding
Welding screen for head /
BS1542 Class 3
face
Helmet Ear Defenders Helmet Ear Defenders, suitable to clip onto helmet. EN397
Oil resistant, skid resistant sole, minimum stitching, flexible sole
Safety Shoes and upper, light weight, internal padding on steel toe cap. EN
345-1 S3
For Fabricators - Oil resistant, skid resistant sole, minimum
Fabricators boots stitching, flexible sole and upper, light weight, internal padding
on steel toe cap. EN 345-1 S3
Rain Boots Steel toe rain boots EN 345-1 S3
Where alternatives are used, they shall be of no lesser standard in terms of durability and degree
of protection provided. This list is by no means exhaustive and the Contractor shall allow for any
additional PPE and clothing necessary for personnel to perform the work in a safe and efficient
manner. In the event of any items of PPE being worn, damaged, lost or stolen, the Contractor shall
arrange immediate replacement. All costs associated with the provision of PPE are included in the
Contractor’s overhead costs.
Contractor shall have in place a PPE management process/plan to guide among others PPE
issuance, inspection, replacement etc. Company shall inspect and approve any PPE to be provided
by Contractor. The inspection may also include flame tests on coveralls where required. Contractor
shall also make enough provision for PPEs for regulators/visitors as may be required.
2.10.3. Contractor shall ensure that its lifting operations comply with statutory requirements as
described in the Nigerian Factories Act 1990 and DPR Guidelines and Procedure for Lifting
Equipment and Lifting Operations 2013.
B180075PPP
Compliance to these requirements shall be demonstrated by Contractor developing and

issuing for Company’s approval, Lifting Study report for the Project Work Order. The
report shall be aligned with the NLNG procedures: PEQ-PR05 Periodic In-Service
Inspection and Certification of Lifting Equipment, PMS-PR07 Mobile Cranes and General
Lifting Operations, PMS-PR07-W01 NLNG Operation of Forklift Trucks and other
technical requirements as in Section 9 – Technical Documentation and Drawings.
2.10.4. Contractor shall select and use a standard colour safety helmet (colour to be agreed with
Company) with Contractor name or logo clearly marked on the front of the helmet for its
employees and Sub-Contractors. Contractor Supervisors and new workers shall have a
means of identification on site as required in the NLNG PPE manual (see Section 9 –
Technical Documentation and Drawings).
2.11. Security Management
2.11.1. All Contractor and Sub-Contractor personnel shall be issued with a Company identity
badge, which must be visibly worn at all-times at the Worksite. It is the Contractor’s
responsibility to ensure adherence to this requirement
2.11.2. Contractor’s Security Management covers the implementation of activities such as

a) Maintaining secure and controlled exterior boundaries for construction sites and its
laydown facility.
b) Monitoring and controlling access and egress of Project personnel and visitors within the
Worksite.
c) Monitoring and controlling the movement of equipment and materials onto the site and
prevent any unauthorized removal of such materials or equipment.
d) Patrolling and surveying premises in order to prevent accidental or intentional loss of or
damage to Company’s and Contractor or its Sub-Contractor property, during non-
working hours.
e) Controlling the flow of traffic and parking to minimize accidents and road blockages.
f) Performing inspection of lunch boxes, packages, toolboxes, equipment and motor
vehicles brought or taken from the site.
g) Assisting Project personnel in maintaining control and order in emergency situations.
2.12. Environment Management
2.12.1. Contractor’s environment Management covers the implementation of activities such as

a) To preserve air, water, animal and plant life from any adverse effects of Contractor and
its Sub-Contractor activities.
b) How its personnel as well as the personnel of its Sub-Contractor are fully informed of and
understand the requirements for environmental protection.
c) Improvement programme for products, processes and operations, all related to the
environment.
d) Handling of dust management including around soil processing facilities e.g. crushers,
screens etc.
e) Precautions to be taken through safe storage methods to prevent soil and water
contamination
f) Compliance to Company Environmental Management procedures including waste
management procedures as captured in Section 9 – Technical Documentation.
g) Compliance to the Project Environment Management Plan (EMP) as may be required by
Company to be in compliance with the site Environment Impact Assessment (EIA)
2.13. Specific Procedures / Activities

B180075PPP
2.13.1. Fourteen days before any chemicals are brought to the site for use during the Works;
Contractor shall issue a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) and assessment of risks due to
storage, handling, use and disposal, for Company’s review and approval.
2.13.2. Construction Waste Management Procedure

In all circumstances where a specialist waste disposal Contractor has not been appointed
by Company, Contractor is responsible for ensuring the environmentally acceptable
disposal of rubbish/waste in accordance with any local requirements.
2.13.3. Contractor should develop and issue for Company’s approval, procedures to prevent
spillage of chemicals, fuels and lubricants. These procedures should address how
Contractor will:
a) Store all fuels and products on the site e.g. by use of appropriate designed tanks
b) Transfer of fuels and products safely into and out of its storage tank to minimise spills.
c) Minimise quantities of fuels and product stored on site.
Note: Any spillage or incident shall be reported immediately to Company using the
accident/incident reporting procedures. Contractor is responsible for clean-up of any
spillage. A comprehensive plan which clearly states actions and responsibilities for clean-
up shall be made available to Company.
2.14. Security Plan
2.14.1. Contractor shall prepare and submit for approval a security plan within twenty (20) working
days of commencement of work as defined in the Contract. The plan shall address, but
not necessarily be limited to, organisation control procedures and emergency response.
The plan shall provide details of:
a) Coordination with Company and /or authorities for arranging security passes to site.
b) Appointment of a dedicated Security Advisor.
c) Arrangement of Contractor’s specific ID cards for all its own staff and Sub-Contractor
personnel which would be worn in parallel with the Company issued ID cards. The
Contractor ID cards shall include a photograph of the bearer, and include their name,
registration number, employer and function. ID cards will be subject to Company review.
d) Prepare and issue an Emergency Response Plan for its construction site and
laydown/fabrication area as part of the Safety Emergency Response Plan.
2.15. Audit
2.15.1. Contractor shall prepare his own internal audit programme and schedule, as part of the
development of the HSE MS.
2.16. Subcontracted Activity

Contractor upon receiving Company’s approval to Subcontract any portion of the Work
shall:
a) Include procedures for the identification, assessment and selection of Sub-Contractors in
line with Section 2A & 2B - General & Particular Conditions of Contract.
b) Ensure that any Sub-Contractor engaged to perform any portion of the Work complies
with all provisions of Section 5 – HSE of the Contract.
2.17. Fatigue Risk Management
2.17.1. Contractor shall establish and submit a Fatigue Risk Management Plan that manages risks
associated with fatigue for all Contractor Personnel engaged in HSE Critical Activity with
any of the following work arrangements:
a) A planned shift length excluding overtime and handovers greater than 12 hours within a
24 hour period;
B180075PPP
b) Overtime resulting in working hours exceeding 12 hours more than once per month; or
c) Overtime or call-outs resulting in more than 16 working hours in one calendar day; or
d) Shift work or Call-outs at any time between 22:00 and 06:00, including shifts that start
during or extend into this period; or
e) Day-to-day changes to shift start times that are a change of more than three hours; or
f) More than 28 days of consecutive work without at least 24 hours of continuous time-off
2.18. Food and Drinking Water Safety, Toilet facilities
2.18.1. Contractor shall establish and maintain a food and drinking water safety Management
System in line with best practise, a system that encompasses the identification and control
of all hazards throughout the entire food and drinking handling chain to show care to the
workforce and not expose them food poisoning. Contractor shall report and investigate
illnesses suspected to be caused by contaminated food or drink, including drinking water,
in line with Incident Investigation.
2.18.2. Contractor shall make adequate provision for toilet facilities to cater for applicable number
of staff on site and back up staff within laydown area. Company will review and approve
this provision before commencement of work.
2.19. Road Transport
2.19.1. Contractor shall implement a road transport programme to manage road transport risks
related to the Scope of the Contract to As Low As Reasonably Practicable (ALARP). This
includes:
a) All vehicles dedicated to the Project for moving people or materials shall be governed by
a Journey Management procedure or plan to ensure the journey are planned and
effectively managed to reduce Road traffic accident
b) All above vehicles shall be inspected by Company and issued with a valid vehicle sticker
before they can be operated on Company’s facility
c) The vehicles shall be installed with an In-Vehicle Monitoring System (IVMS) as may be
recommended by Company (see attached Appendix J - Contractors’ IVMS Specification).
d) The drivers of these vehicles shall attend and pass the Company’s defensive driving test
and be issued with driving permits before they can drive the vehicles on Company’s facility
e) Additional requirement as may be required by Company for heavy duty vehicles and
buses.
2.20. NLNG Life Saving Rules
2.20.1. Company has implemented a series of “Life Saving Rules”, in order to meet Goal Zero.
2.20.2. Contractor shall ensure that its Personnel comply with these Life Saving Rules, as they are
applicable to the Work.
2.20.3. Failure to comply with the rules may result in Company requesting non-compliant
Contractor Personnel to be removed from site and stop further involvement with ongoing
Work. This may also lead to disqualification from future work for Company and its affiliates,
for employees of Contractor or Sub-Contractors
2.21. Medical Emergency Response (MER)

B180075PPP
2.21.1. Contractor shall have MER Infrastructure and resources in place for the performance of the
Work to meet the following tiered response times as defined below:
a. Tier 0 - Emergency First Response (awareness) - All Contractor Personnel shall receive
Tier 0 training (includes personnel spending more than one month on site in any 12
month period).
b. Tier 1 - Designated First Aider (DFA) – Trained and certified in a ratio of 1 per 50
personnel. Certifications will be reviewed by Company’s medical/HSE team.
c. Tier 2 Professional - At least one Tier 2 Professional (Trained doctor or nurse) on site
unless Tier 2 response time (one hour) can be assured at all times including the hours
of darkness, a non-dedicated third party ambulance / MEDEVAC provider may provide
the Tier 2 MER Professional cover.
2.21.2. When response times or requirements above cannot be met, perform a Risk Assessment
and provide medical Emergency Response Risk mitigation measures to ensure that the Risks
are As Low As Reasonably Practicable (ALARP).
2.21.3. An Emergency response plan shall be developed by Contractor detailing all the expected
emergency scenarios and the responsibilities of the site leaders and workers in response to
the emergencies. This plan shall also contain a drill plan to test understanding of the plan
and clearly show how it is tied to Company’s site emergency response plan.
2.21.4. Contractor personnel shall understand their roles and comply with the NLNG Plant
Emergency Response Guideline: HSS.25.15.10.
2.22. Permit to Work (PTW)
2.22.1. Contractor shall have a structured and standardized system to control hazardous work that
includes:
a. Authorized competent permit requester, issuer and holder
b. Risk assessment to identify control and recovery measures (JHA)
c. Effective means of communication (written and verbal) of the measures (e.g. pre-job
safety briefing, Tool Box talk (TBT), Last Minute Risk Assessment)
d. Coordination of active permits in place and proper close out of permits.
2.22.2. Company PTW procedures (See Section 9 – Technical Documentation And Drawings) shall
apply for works within the plant or other works outside the plant where there is direct
interface/interaction with Company’s asset. All Contractor Personnel involved in the use of
Company PTW as a permit requester, issuer or holder, shall be trained and certified by
Company. Works within Contractor laydown area may be conducted with Contractor’s
PTW with the approval of Company or with the Company Non-operational area PTW
procedure.
2.23. Pre-mobilization (PREMOB) Inspection
2.23.1. Contractor’s equipment and facility shall be subjected to pre-mobilization inspection.

Contractor shall allow sufficient time; at least twenty-two (22) working days for pre-
mobilization of large equipment and vessels and ten (10) working days for other equipment
prior to required date on site.
2.23.2. At least one month to the expiry of the pre-mobilization inspection certificate, Contractor
shall inform Company to schedule the re-validation of the affected equipment or facility
and issue of a new inspection certificate.

B180075PPP
2.23.3. The pre-mobilization inspection shall include the Contractor’s nominated Retainership
Clinic, base camp, etc. Company HSE team will conduct a site pre-start HSE check that
assure all HSE requirements are in place including the right competent persons and
equipment before commencement of site works
3. MANAGEMENT REVIEW
3.1. The Contractor shall review at least once a year, the effectiveness of the HSE MS for its
construction activities, in achieving the Contract’s objectives and the performance standards
set at the start of Contract. This review shall be led by senior leadership and will include
considerations of findings from inspections and audits, as well as the outcomes from any
accident investigations, and progress against the HSE Plan. The result of this review shall be
communicated to the Company, and Contractor personnel.
3.2. Monthly HSE meetings involving all the site workers and led by site leadership shall be
conducted as a means of communicating HSE activities, HSE campaigns and performance
reviews.
3.3. Contractor shall also conduct Quarterly Performance reviews to track implementation of the
Project/Contract HSE plan and Sub-Contractor HSE performance.
4. INTERFACES AND READINESS TO START
4.1. Company shall review / approve the HSE plans and procedures prior to the start of work.
4.2. Contractor shall not be allowed to mobilize and start any work (indirect or permanent) until
it has the HSE plans and procedures in place. This also applies to any of its Sub-Contractors.
4.3. In order to demonstrate readiness to start work, Contractor shall submit for Company review,
a readiness to start report.
4.4. Company shall conduct an HSE readiness review to assure readiness of Contractor to
commence site construction work and issue a HSE certificate to start work.
5. FIRST AID FACILITIES
5.1 Contractor shall provide a basic first aid station with the following equipment and supplies:
 Running water
 Drinking water, when not available or non-potable from the tap
 Paper towels
 Smooth topped, waterproof working surfaces
 A couch with pillow and blankets
 A suitable store for first-aid materials
 General refuse bin
 Clinical waste and sharp objects container
 Suitable record keeping/filing system
 A stretcher
 A carrying chair or wheelchair
 First aid kit supplies
o 2 absorbent compress dressings (5 x 9 inches)
o 25 adhesive bandages (assorted sizes)
o 1 adhesive cloth tape (10 yards x 1 inch)
o 5 antibiotic ointment packets (approximately 1 gram)
o 5 antiseptic wipe packets

B180075PPP
o 2 packets of aspirin (81 mg each)

o 1 blanket (space blanket)
o 1 breathing barrier (with one-way valve)
o 1 instant cold compress
o 2 pair of non-latex gloves (size: large)
o 2 hydrocortisone ointment packets (approximately 1 gram each)
o Scissors
o 1 roller bandage (3 inches wide)
o 1 roller bandage (4 inches wide)
o 5 sterile gauze pads (3 x 3 inches)
o 5 sterile gauze pads (4 x 4 inches)
o Oral thermometer (non-mercury/non-glass)
o 2 triangular bandages
o Tweezers
o First aid instruction booklet
5.2 The above should be provided in a suitably sized portable container.

B180075PPP
6. PROCEDURES
Refer to Section 9 (Technical Documentation and Drawings)
NLNG-GL01 NLNG Job Hazard Analysis Guideline

HSS - PR06 Permit to Work - Non Operational Areas
HSS - PR07 HSE Induction Manual
HSS - PR13 HSE Mandatory Education in NLNG
HSEQ-GL02 Guideline for Safe Manual Handling
HSS-GL03 Guideline for Safe Parking of Heavy Goods Vehicle (HGV)
HSE - PR01 Waste Management Procedure
PD - GL06 Working at Height Guideline
PEQ-PR05 Periodic In-Service Inspection and Certification of Lifting
Equipment
PEQ-PR08 Hoses Procedure
PEQ-PR08-W01 Identification, Tagging and Registration of Hoses
PEQ-PR09 Flange Bolting Procedure
PO - GL01 Permit to Work Processing Guidelines
PO - PR01 Permit To Work [PTW] Procedure
PO - PR48 Lock-Out/ Tag-Out (LOTO)
PMS-PR05 Hand Tools, Powered Tools and Sparking Hazards
PMS-PR05-W01 Powered Tools Usage and Maintenance
PMS-PR07 Mobile Cranes and General Lifting Operations
PMS-PR08 Mobile Equipment with Internal Combustion Engines in
Hazardous Areas
PMS-PR13 Safe Use of Compressed Air for Cleaning
PMS-PR09 Movement of Heavy Duty Equipment
PMS-PR10 Scaffolding Access Systems Control and Usage
T-13.377.451 Scaffold Procedure
HSS-PR22 PPE Manual
NLNG-PR01 HSE Incident Investigation and Learning Procedure
IOGP 577 Fabrication site construction safety recommended practices
HSS.25.15.10 Industrial Area: Plant Emergency Response Guideline
PD-MS-02Br7 NLNG Environmental Management System (EMS) Manual

B180075PPP
SECTION 6
QUALITY MANAGEMENT
1.0 INTRODUCTION
This section defines the Company general standards and Procedures to be followed during
the performance of the Work to satisfy the Company requirements for the systematic
management of Quality.
It also details the relevant work specific and local Quality standards necessary to reduce the
identified quality risks in the Work that are in addition to the general requirements within the
Contract.
2.0 DEFINITIONS
The Quality vocabulary and terms used in this Section – Quality Management have meanings
as defined in ISO 9000: “Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary”.
“QMS” shall mean the Contractor, Sub-Contractor, or Vendor’s quality management system.
“QUALITY STANDARD(S)” shall mean, as referred to individually or collectively, Quality
policies, standards, codes and procedures applicable to the performance of the Work under
the Contract.
3.0 QUALITY STANDARDS
The following minimum listed documents shall apply for the purposes of this Contract. In
addition, the Contractor shall prepare a controlled document listing all applicable QUALITY
STANDARDS for the Work for review by the Company, all being of latest current revision.
Standard Number Description

ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management System – Requirements
Guidelines for Quality Management System
ISO/TR 10013:2001
documentation
American National Standard: Quality management
systems — Requirements. This standard is the United
ANSI/ISO/ASQ Q9001-2008
States’ legal equivalent of the ISO 9001:2008
international standard.
Guidelines for Quality and / or Environmental
ISO 19011
Management Systems Auditing.
Quality Management Systems - Guidelines for Quality
ISO 10005
Plans
Quality Management - Customer Satisfaction -
ISO 10002
Guidelines for complaints handling in an Organization.
Measurement management systems — Requirements
ISO 10012
for measurement processes and measuring equipment
General requirements for the competence of testing and
ISO/IEC 17025
calibration laboratories
PPA-GL-01 Quality Assurance Guide
Code of Practice for the safe use of Crane, Inspection,
BS 7121-2-1 maintenance and thorough examination - General
2012
National Institute for Occupational Safety & Health
NIOSH
2006

B180075PPP
Nigerian DPR Guidelines and Procedure for the

Construction Operation and Maintenance of Oil and
Gas Pipelines and Their Ancillary Facilities 2009
Factories Act CAP F1 LFN 2004
PMS-PR07 NLNG Mobile Cranes and General Lifting Operations
Periodic In-Service Inspection and Certification of Lifting
PEQ-PR05
Equipment
The Contractor shall keep up to date with revisions to the national Quality Standards (or the
equivalent international Quality Standards) as referenced to, and cited in, this Section 6
(Quality Management) as being applicable to the Work.
4.0 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (QMS) REQUIREMENTS
4.1 General
4.1.2 The Contractor shall use a formalised QMS to control the Work e.g. ISO TS 29001 or API
Q1: “Petroleum, petrochemical and natural gas industries – Sector-specific quality
management systems – Requirements for product and service supply organizations”.
4.1.3 The Contractor shall, submit (in electronic format) for the Company’s review, its Company
QMS Manual and together with associated processes and procedures, following which a
Project specific Project Quality Plan (PQP) will be developed.
4.1.4 The Contractor’s QMS shall be independently certified to ISO 9001 or country equivalent as
appropriate to the Work, organisation and location. The certification body shall be
recognised by an accreditation body that is a member of the International Accreditation
Forum. The Contractor shall provide evidence of accreditation.
4.1.5 The Contractor shall also submit (in electronic format) its Quality Policy (signed by its top
management e.g. CEO), which provides a high level commitment to quality, with relevant
and measurable quality objectives captured
4.1.6 The Contractor shall ensure that the QMS is integrated with its other management systems
and does not give rise to conflict or duplication.
4.2 QMS key processes and procedures
The QMS shall contain a description of key processes and procedures. If additional
procedures are needed to control the Work, they shall be described in the Project specific
quality plan. Procedures described in the QMS shall include the following;
(a) Detail their scope of application;
(b) Define responsibilities and authorities of individuals;
(c) Identify those work methods that are mandatory from those provided for guidance,
such as statements of recognised industrial practice;
4.2.1. The Contractor shall use formalised processes in order to effect continuous improvement
of service and product delivery. Acceptable techniques are defined in ISO 9004.
4.2.2. The Contractor shall perform audits in line with the approved Project Audit Schedule on its
QMS, together with its Sub-Contractors and vendors on activities applicable to the Work in
accordance with the principles of ISO 19011.
4.2.3. The Contractor shall maintain a system that clearly shows the records to be produced,
submitted or handed over (document deliverable list) in order to comply with the Contract
B180075PPP
and that an appropriate Information Management and document control system is in

place, which includes a master document control register.
4.2.4. The Contractor shall maintain a system that clearly records on an on-going basis, Lessons
Learned from the Work, deficiencies, improvement strategies etc. The mitigation status of
Lessons Learnt shall form part of the Project Status Reporting.
Contractor shall maintain a system that ensures the segregated and uniquely identified
storage of the Company’s free issued items within a formal inventory control system which
protects the equipment from environment, defects and misuse. Inventory records should
address logging, date issued, quantity used, quantity in stock, and description.
4.2.5. The Contractor shall establish and execute procedures for packing, protection and
preservation of materials within the Worksite, as well as transportation between and within
Worksites. Packaging and protection methods shall protect the products from any
deterioration from the environment, and/or mishandling, for a period of time agreed to by
Company. The packing and preservation procedures shall be submitted to Company for
review and approval not later than thirty (30) days prior to receipt of materials.
4.2.6. The Contractor shall have formal arrangements to report and rectify Quality defects
identified when executing the Work, and maintain a system that clearly shows the records
of defective workmanship and remedial action taken. The Contractor shall be responsible
for assuring rectification of all Quality defects where so ever identified in execution of the
Work.
4.2.7. The Contractor shall have a process that protects the Work against use and incorporation
of counterfeit materials. The Contractor shall not utilise materials that are substandard
and that do not meet the requirements of the Contract and specifications. The Contractor
shall not incorporate into the permanent Work any materials that are counterfeit.
4.3. Procurement and Engineered Equipment Item Related Content of Contractor’s Project
Quality Plan (PQP)
4.3.1. The Contractor shall include in the PQP, dedicated sections on procurement quality plan,
which will include how it intends to manage interface with vendors and third party
inspection agents where applicable.
4.3.2. The Contractor shall provide information on how quality surveillance, inspections and tests
are intended to be carried out based on the criticality rating of various equipment items.
4.3.3. The Contractor shall be required to provide information on how the integrity of engineered
and procured items will be maintained whilst fabrication progresses and during
transportation/shipment to site.
4.4. Construction and Commissioning & Testing Related Content of Contactor’s PQP
4.4.1 The Contractor shall include in the PQP dedicated sections on construction quality plan,
which will include how they intend to manage interface with Sub-Contractors, live
production plant, infrastructure facilities where there is need for tie-ins and for brown field
projects.
Information shall be provided on how the Contractor intends to perform inspection and
tests during construction activities, the use of independent inspection agencies etc.
Preservation of ongoing work delivery and materials, materials receiving inspection and
certification will be included as intended in the PQP.

B180075PPP
4.4.2. Licenses and permits applicable to the Project execution which shall be required to be
procured by the Contractor shall be stated, with clear strategy of how to obtain them
indicated.
4.4.3. Where Contractor intends to sub-contract any part of the Works, it shall be stated, with
plans on how such outsourced services would be controlled to ensure Company’s
requirements are adequately communicated and fulfilled.
The Contractor shall provide information on the commissioning quality plan as intended
to be adopted for the Project, including various tests that shall be carried out to assure the
integrity of the constructed facility.
A generic list of various quality related procedures and related documents required to
deliver the Project according to Company specifications shall be included in the PQP.
4.5. Project Control Plan (PCP)
4.5.1. The Contractor shall submit its Project Control Plan to the Company not later than twenty
(20) working days after the Contract Effective Date. Project control during Execute phase
shall comprise setting up the Project control processes and systems and the monitoring,
control, forecasting and the reporting of the actual Project progress, expenditure and
commitments against the approved Project baseline scope, schedule and cost. The
Contractor shall state how they intend to control the key parameters of Cost, Schedule and
Scope during execution, referencing various change control method, tools, techniques and
processes, including procedures to be deployed during Engineering, Procurement,
Construction and Commissioning phase of the Project that will allow identification of
potential scope, cost and schedule deviations at an early stage, in a consistent manner,
enabling the Project Team to review and make the right and proactive decisions. This plan
will be reviewed and updated prior to the start of execution and may be reviewed annually
to ensure compliance with requirements.
The key PCP objectives are as follows:

 Provide stewardship of overall Project cost and schedule by planning, monitoring,
reporting, controlling, and forecasting Project cost and schedule on a continual basis,
together with timely identification of deviations to support corrective actions.
 Define roles and responsibilities of Project team members as they relate to Project
Controls.
 Provide guidance to develop critical cost and schedule performance data so that the
Project can be proactively controlled to achieve the business objectives. Enable
accurate tracking and forecasting of Project cost and schedule.
 Ensure that all Project Changes are assessed for cost and schedule impacts,
approved, and documented via a disciplined Management of Change (MOC)
system.
 Define the schedule requirements so interfaces (particularly with regard to schedule)
with EPC Contractors and organizations external to the Project are identified and
impacts of those interfaces are assessed through critical path analysis.
.
4.5.2. The content of the PCP shall amongst others include:-
 The Project Services organisation (Roles & Responsibilities)
 Project Management (Cost & Schedule) Report (weekly and monthly) and adhoc
 Management of Change (Identifying, Screening, Approval, Implementation and
Reporting)
 Progress Management (Progress Measurement Systems)
 Milestone Payment Structure

B180075PPP
 Value of Work Done (VOWD)

 Commitments – Purchase Orders Register and Tracking)
 Cost & Schedule Forecasting
 Invoicing
 Project control tools – Earned Value Analysis (EVA), Primavera, Excel Spreadsheet
As a minimum, the processes shall include design change control, engineering technical
query, corrective and preventive action, technical deviation control, construction technical
query, commissioning technical query, non-conformance control etc.
5.0 AUDITS
5.1. Audits by the Contractor
5.1.1. The Contractor shall submit its audit plan (including Sub-Contractor and Vendor audits when
applicable) to the Company not later than twenty (20) working days after the Contract
Effective Date. Guidelines on the performance of quality audits are set out in ISO 10011.
5.1.2. The Contractor’s audit plans should include systematic/regular audits and Project specific
self-performed audits and Sub-Contractor / Vendor audits. The Contractor’s Audit Plan shall
list quality audit procedures and plans which include the scope and timing of quality audits
planned by the Contractor and its Sub-Contractors / Vendors. The audit plan shall include:
(a) Planned QMS (internal or external) audits

(b) Internal compliance audits and reviews
(c) External Third Party and Regulatory audits (as defined in the contract)
(d) Independent technical design reviews (i.e. internal technical peer reviews)
(e) Project readiness / status reviews
(f) Contractor external audits and reviews e.g. Sub-Contractors, suppliers.
5.1.3. The Contractor shall notify the Company of all forthcoming audits not later than ten (10)
working days prior to the planned start date of each audit. The notification shall confirm
the audit or review date(s) / time(s), location, scope, auditor(s), auditee and terms of
reference. The Company’s representatives may take part in the Contractor’s audit as
observers.
5.1.4. The Contractor shall ensure that the audits and reviews are undertaken by identified
personnel who have no direct responsibility for the activity being audited. The Contractor
shall also ensure that the audits and reviews are led or supervised by a Lead Auditor or
Assessor who is appropriately qualified and preferably registered with a reputable
professional organization and who has recent experience as a Lead Auditor / Assessor.
5.1.5. The Contractor’s audits and reviews, including associated findings and actions shall be
documented in a written report, which shall be submitted to the Company for information
and review. A register of all audits and reviews conducted shall be maintained on an on-
going basis. A register of all findings, corrective and preventive actions shall be maintained
including status and closeout actions taken and shall be available for Company to review
when requested.
5.2. Audit by Company
5.2.1. The Company shall assess the effectiveness of the Contractor QMS by:
(a) Performing Contractor and Sub-Contractor Quality audits;
(b) Performing surveillance or reviews of documentation of Quality audits;

B180075PPP
(c) Participating in Contractor led audits or surveillance activities in accordance with

the Project Quality Plan and/or Quality Control / Inspection and Test Plan.
5.2.2. The Company or its authorized representatives, shall at all times, have unrestricted access
at all reasonable times to the facilities, equipment, materials, personnel and records of the
Contractor and the Sub-Contractor(S) to audit their respective QMS(s). The Contractor
shall within such time as mutually agreed with the Company, implement agreed
recommendations arising from the audits.
5.2.3. Company, or its authorized representatives, shall have no restrictions to take pictures or
make video at all reasonable times to the facilities, equipment, materials, personnel and
records of the Contractor and the Sub-Contractor(S) as quality records for which electronic
copies may be provided to the corresponding Contractor’s or Sub-Contractor(S)’s
representatives, if they so request.
5.3. Independent Audit or Surveillance
The results of any audit or surveillance, which has been performed by regulatory bodies
having statutory rights of access for the purposes of verifying aspects of the Work, shall be
notified to the Company and made available to the Company within Five (5) working days
of receipt of the results.
6.0 QUALITY MANAGEMENT OF SUB-CONTRACTORS
6.1. The Contractor shall ensure that any Sub-Contractor and Sub-Contractors at all tiers that
Contractor uses, operate an effective QMS in accordance with the provisions of this Section
6 – Quality Management. The Contractor shall be responsible for controlling the quality of
the work executed by Sub-Contractors. The Contractors procedures for managing the quality
of Work executed by Sub-Contractors shall be submitted to Company for review and
comment.
6.2. The Contractor shall ensure that:

(a) Specifications, standards, regulations, directives and other acceptance criteria for
procured equipment are documented as part of Subcontract;
(b) A documented process is agreed between the Contractor and Sub-Contractor for
requesting deviations and concessions;
(c) Type and level of independent inspections are identified relevant to the
specifications, standards, regulations and directives applicable to each procured
item;
(d) Provisions for increased supervision where the Company or the Contractor identifies
deficiencies in the Sub-Contractor QMS or performance of the Work.
6.3. The Contractor’ quality control procedures shall address:
(a) The criticality of equipment and materials to be procured to determine the level of
inspection and expediting interventions. Inspection levels to be approved by the
Company;
(b) The evaluation and approval of Sub-Contractor Quality Plans and Quality Control
/ Inspection and Testing Plans;
(c) The activities listed on the Contractors Quality Plan/Inspection and Test Plans that
are conducted at Sub-Contractors facilities shall also be listed on the Sub-
Contractors Quality Plan/Inspection and Test Plans and contain the same level of
Company Witness/Hold/Monitor points.
(d) The coordination of inspection and expediting activities related to Sub-Contractors
including progress reporting and resolution of non-conformities.
B180075PPP
7.0 QUALITY PLAN, INSPECTION AND TEST PLANS
7.1 General
7.1.1 The Contractor shall develop and implement a Project specific Project Quality Plan for the
Work. The Project Quality Plan shall be submitted no later than twenty (20) working days
after the Effective Date for Company review. Deviations or revisions to the approved plan
must be re-submitted for Company’s review prior to implementation. Guidelines for
preparing Project Quality Plans and Inspection and Test Plans for various applications are
outlined in sections 4.3 to 4.5.
7.1.2. The Contractor’s Project Quality Plan shall cover each relevant element of the Work, and
shall specify the quality assurance and control exercised over any Sub-Contractor.
7.1.3. As a minimum the Contractor Project Quality Plan shall contain the following.
(a) An organisation chart, which includes reporting relationships for those persons who
are responsible for controlling and producing the Work, designation of
Contract/Agency Personnel, identification of responsible party for assurance, and
the interfaces between Worksites and departments. The chart shall also indicate
whether Contractor Personnel are assigned full or part time to the Contract;
(b) The persons responsible for Quality of the Work, including their responsibilities and
reporting relationships, who will be Key Personnel. The Curricula Vitae of QA/QC
Key Personnel shall be submitted to Company for approval. QA/QC Key Personnel
shall include Quality Manager, QA Engineer, QC Manager, inspectors and auditors
utilized during the Work.
(c) Means to assure that Contractor Personnel nominated by the Contractor to perform
Quality activities are suitably competent, fully conversant with, and experienced in
the aspects of the Work for which they are employed to perform, including training
requirements for Key Personnel.
(d) A Welder Evaluation Procedure which shall describe the method for recording
individual welder and welding operator repair rates and unacceptable welder audits
thus identifying where the welder or welding operator has been found to be welding
outside the required parameters of the applicable Welding Procedure Specification.
It shall provide criteria for retaining, re-qualifying, or removing welders from the
Project.
(e) A listing of the procedures necessary to execute and control the Work including
i. Change control procedure;
ii. Contractor’s Non-Conformance Reporting (NCR) Procedure shall address
Contractor and Company generated NCR’s.
 The Contractor’s Procedure shall describe how to categorize defects
according to importance and the corresponding urgency. The
procedure shall also include how the Contractor shall take
appropriate corrective action to bring the item into conformance
with the technical specification, by replacing or repairing the item
using an approved procedure. In cases where the Contractor feels
accepting the item “as is” or after “repair” would be the appropriate
action, Company approval shall be obtained.
 Non-conformances shall be reported during the Project status
reports.
(f) An equipment and material criticality procedure that sets out the Quality intervention
levels for the Work; This should include Company or Contractor identified Critical
Item., A plan to identify and achieve the timely acquisition of all regulatory
certification necessary to meet the Contract certification requirements;

B180075PPP
(g) Documentation and document management requirements including handover to

the Company;
(h) The Project Quality Plan shall address how the Contractor will manage and mitigate
Project quality risks. The Project quality risks shall also include risks areas provided
by the Company. Contractor shall use a suite of key performance indicators
(“KPIs”). The KPIs’, identified risks and risk mitigation plans shall cover the entire
scope of Work and shall be submitted to Company for review and approval.
(i) Company will work with the Contractor to identify which risk areas and KPIs should
be added to the Project Quality Plan in a list of KPIs. The KPIs shall include leading
indicators that give warning that final KPI values are on or off target. The leading
indicators shall be used throughout all phases of the Project and across all identified
quality risk areas. KPIs shall be reported monthly where applicable.
7.3. Lifting Study Reports
7.3.1. Contractor shall ensure that its lifting operations comply with statutory requirements as
described in the Nigerian Factories Act 1990 and DPR Guidelines and Procedure for Lifting
Equipment and Lifting Operations 2013.
7.3.2. Compliance to these requirements shall be demonstrated by Contractor developing Lifting

Study report. The report shall be aligned with the NLNG procedures: PEQ-PR05 Periodic
In-Service Inspection and Certification of Lifting Equipment, PMS-PR07 Mobile Cranes and
General Lifting Operations, PMS-PR07-W01 NLNG Operation of Forklift Trucks and other
technical requirements as in Section 9 – Technical Documentation
7.3.3. The Lifting Study Reports shall be submitted at least twenty (20) working days prior to
commencing field work for Company’s review and approval. Lifting Study Report from Sub-
Contractors shall be reviewed by Contractor prior to submitting to Company for review and
approval.
7.4. Inspection and Test Plans (ITP)
7.4.1. Inspection and Test Plan/s shall be submitted twenty (20) working days prior to any test or
inspection activity for Company review and approval. Inspection and Test Plans from Sub-
Contractors shall be reviewed by Contractor prior to submitting to Company for review and
approval.
7.4.2. Specific Inspection and Test Plans/Milestones where quality related activities, inspection and
tests occur. The following shall be list for each activity.
(a) Reference data e.g. Contract / purchase order number, description, scope
(b) A description of the activity.
(c) Inspection and test stages in chronological order.
(d) The procedure to be used for controlling the activity or Work.
(e) Hold and witness points for the Company or their nominated representative, and
regulatory authorities.
(f) The verification points for relevant surveillance parties and verifying records to be
produced.
(g) The responsibilities for execution and authority for release.
(h) Acceptance or rejection criteria for the product delivered by the Contractor or Sub-
Contractor, including reference documents with revision, status, and issue date
(i) Material Acceptance Testing - Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of materials
that will be subjected to testing before acceptance by Company. Company may, at
its sole option, require Contractor to augment this list with additional items. Positive
Material Identification (PMI) testing may be required critical components in

B180075PPP
manufacturing and welding processes of stainless steels and nickel alloys as an

assurance activity beyond MTR records.
(j) Factory Acceptance Test Procedures and System Integration Test Procedures (if
applicable) shall be submitted twenty (20) working days prior to any test activity
occurring for Company approval.
7.5. Project Test Schedule
Project Inspection & Test Schedules shall be prepared (as part of Inspection and Test Plan)
and submitted. This details the scope and timing of test activities for major and safety critical
equipment (SCEs) materials and goods and shall include the following:
(a) Positive Material Identification (PMI),
(b) Factory Acceptance Tests (FATs) and Factory Acceptance Test Procedures
(c) System Integration Tests (SITs) and SIT Procedures
(d) Component level pressure and functional testing
(e) Testing of assembled components, installed systems and operational tests.
The Project Inspection & Test Schedule shall be updated periodically and resubmitted. The
Company will indicate which tests are to be witnessed.
8.0. QUALITY DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED
The Contractor shall deliver the following documents for this Contract. The format of the
documents shall be in accordance with the corresponding Project specification. Typical
documents to be submitted are summarized in the table below:
Description Due Date

Within 20 working days after Contract Effective
Quality Management System
Date
Within 20 working days after Contract Effective
QMS Accreditation Certificate/s
Date
Curricula Vitae of QA/QC Key
20 working days after Contract Effective Date
Personnel
Contract Quality Plan 20 working days after Contract Effective Date
Project Quality Plan 20 working days after Contract Effective Date
Project Control Plan 20 working days after Contract Effective Date
Procurement Quality Plan 20 working days after Contract Effective Date
Audit Plan 20 working days after Contract Effective Date
Packing and Preservation Procedures 20 working days prior to receipt of materials
Details of upcoming audits 10 working days prior to planned audit
20 working days prior to any test or inspection
Inspection Test Plan/s & Procedures
activity
Test Schedule, Factory Acceptance
20 working days prior to any test or inspection
Testing, and System Integration Test
activity
Procedures (if applicable)
20 working days prior to commencing field work
Lifting Study Report
on a Project
Qualification and management of
20 working days after Contract Effective Date
Sub-Contractor procedures
Competence Assurance Procedure 20 working days after Contract Effective Date
Key Performance Indicator Metrics for
Work as Agreed in Contract Quality Monthly
Plan
NCRs, Audit results, Quality Issues
See Administration Instructions
section in Monthly Reports
B180075PPP
Description Due Date

Quality section in Change Control
See Administration Instructions
Register
Data Books As needed
Quality Records Project Completion (see note below)
Project Close-Out Meeting and Lessons
Upon completion of the Work,(see note below)
Learned Report
Notes:
Quality Records
Contractor shall maintain, and make available to Company as required during the execution of
the Work, records that provide objective evidence that all QMS's, including those of Sub-
Contractors, involved in the Work have been effective and that the service complies with the
specified requirements.
Quality Records validating compliance with Equipment Specifications, Manufacture, Assembly

and Test shall be retained for a minimum period of ten (10) years from date of equipment delivery
to Company. The Contractor shall inform Company prior to disposal of these Quality Records.
Project Close-Out Meeting and Lessons Learned Report

In relation to completion of the Work, the Contractor shall supply a Lessons Learned Report
together with hosting a meeting highlighting those areas where improvements in Lessons Learned
business performance may be mutually realized in future similar work or projects.
9.0 WORK SPECIFIC AND LOCAL QUALITY CONDITIONS
9.1. General
Local and Work Specific quality Conditions defines local quality requirements to be followed
during the performance of the Work to satisfy the Company’s requirements for the
systematic management of Quality.
Work specific quality conditions and requirements define the specific quality risks to be
mitigated and managed within the scope of Work. The mitigating action to address any
specific quality requirement and quality risk shall be documented in the Quality Plan, and
or Inspection and Test Plan.
Contractor’s Contract Quality Plan shall cover:

 Quality planning for the realization of Company’s requirements and Contract
objectives
 Engineering Change control
 Control of Project documents/records
 Control of Project drawings
 Control of design data
 Control of study and review reports
 Control of design calculations, technical specifications, design codes & standards
 Control of Company’s furnished documents and intellectual materials etc.
 Quality Assurance processes to ensure that their work plans and objectives will be
realized.
 Plans they have in place to ensure that licensed work tools such as software are
adequately protected and valid.
 Hand-over of deliverables and facilities to Company

B180075PPP
SECTION 7
PROVISIONS BY THE Company AND Contractor
1.0 SECURITY ID CARD
1.1 The Company requires all Contractor personnel working on its site to be inducted in the
Company’s safety induction program and the costs for compliance with this requirement for
its personnel shall be deemed to be included in the Contractor’s overheads. Upon successful
completion of their induction, the Contractor’s personnel shall be issued with a Company
identity card bearing the Company’s corporate logo and passport sized photograph with the
name of the personnel that they are to be continuously displayed when engaged on the
Works. Should the Contractor’s personnel lose the Company issued ID card, such
Contractor’s personnel shall be required to comply with the Company procedures relating
to notification of loss and shall bear the cost as the Company in its sole discretion may
determine of any replacement identity card.
1.2 All personnel for the works shall be fully inducted and processed by Company security for
access into Company facilities. Contract Holder shall administer a Clearance Form on all
Contractor personnel on their final day on the Site whether as a result of unplanned
demobilization from the Site during the works or due to completion of the works, and the
Contractor hereby undertakes to procure the cooperation of all its personnel in this regard.
Contractor personnel shall upon completing the Clearance Form, surrender all
item/properties and meal/identity cards etc. that such personnel may have in his/her
possession to the Contract Holder, Site Agent or Company’s Management as appropriate.
The Clearance Form must be signed-off and all Company property returned before any
Contractor personnel is finally cleared by CSS Department.
1.3 The Contractor shall bear the cost as determined by the Company in its sole discretion of
any loss or failure of Contractor or its personnel to return Company items/properties in their
possession including without limitation meal/identity cards.
2.0 LAYDOWN AREA / CONTRACTOR’S YARD
The Company will allow the Contractor use of space at the site for laydown or other activities.
The Contractor shall fence in the area with fencing to a standard approved by the Company.
3.0 UTILITIES
The following utilities will be provided by the Company to the Contractor provided that all
such utilities will be connected at outlets existing on or near the work site/laydown area and
the Contractor shall at its own expense make all connections, extend the utilities from the
outlet/tie-in points if necessary, maintaining the utilities within the work site/laydown area
during the contract period and remove all materials and temporary installations after
completion of the works: -
 Electrical power supply for temporary site facilities and construction

 Treated water supply for temporary site facilities and construction works
For the avoidance of doubt, Contractor shall be responsible for the installation of septic
tanks, collection of sewage water by a vacuum truck and transportation of same to
Company’s waste water treatment plant.

B180075PPP
4.0 DETAILED WORK PROCEDURES AND SPECIFICATIONS
The Company shall make available its Work Procedures, Operating Manuals and
Specifications for various aspects of the works. The Contractor shall duly comply with these
documents in entirety in the provision of the Works.
5.0 MEDICAL FACILITIES
5.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of medical facilities for its personnel
during the duration of the work on Bonny Island. However, in the case of emergency beyond
the capacity of the Contractor, the Company may be approached for emergency treatment,
medication, hospitalization and ongoing treatment for stabilization of the patient. However,
the Contractor shall make arrangements for emergency medical evacuation or repatriation
in cases of injuries i.e. MEDEVAC for its personnel as advised by the Company’s Chief
Medical Officer.
5.1.1 All Contractor personnel who would work within NLNG facilities shall be required
to undergo Medical Fitness Tests at the Contractor’s cost, and certified fit for work.
5.1.2 Contractors shall be required to make proper provisions of medical facilities for
their own staff and to cover their areas of activity. These would include emergency
response vehicles and equipment as well as medical facilities outside normal work
hours for their relevant staff.
5.1.3 Contractors shall also be required to have their own medical arrangement with
an accredited Health Management Organization (HMO). NLNG medical services
will only serve as a back-up for major incidences or emergencies beyond the
capacity of the Contractor’s clinic, which allows the Contractor time to arrange
medical evacuation. The intervention of NLNG medical services shall be for the
purpose of stabilizing the patient. Contractors would be required to make their
own emergency evacuation arrangements as may be required.
5.1.4 NLNG medical intervention shall be at no cost to Contractor for the first 24-hour
period. Subsequent time spent shall be charged at the NLNG going rate. Where
a patient is receiving care in the NLNG medical facilities, only NLNG medical staff
shall certify such patient as being sufficiently stabilized for onward evacuation or
transfer to a retainer hospital/clinic.
6.0 USE OF Material OFFLOADING FACILITIES
6.1 The Contractor may use the Company’s Material Offloading Facilities (MOF) on Bonny
Island for offloading and loading of the Contractor’s barge and vessels with appropriate
level of co-ordination involving the Contract Holder and the Company’s Marine Unit.
Company may consent to the transport of containerized cargoes from ISB to Bonny at its
sole discretion subject to capacity availability. In all cases the Contractor shall remain
responsible at all times for the safety and good condition of its materials.
6.2 Contractor shall provide its own cranes, lifting equipment and vehicles for loading and
offloading of barged construction/installation materials and equipment.
6.3 Contractor’s barge, vehicles, tools and equipment to be used by the Contractor for the Work
shall first undergo pre-mobilization inspection by Company to ascertain that they are good
B180075PPP
serviceable condition and meet Company’s safety requirement before they can be put to sue
and allowed to berth in NLNG MOF jetties.
7.0 PROVISIONS BY THE Contractor
7.1 All items not expressly stated above or elsewhere in the Contract as provided by the
Company, shall be provided by the Contractor.

B180075PPP
SECTION 8
WORK INSTRUCTIONS
1.0 ORDERING OF SERVICE
1.1 A Contract Order (by way of a Memorandum of Agreement) will be issued to the Contractor
to cover the services, which may be instructed during the term of this contract.
1.2 The Contract Order will not be in form of instruction to provide any services. Instruction to
provide services will be by issue of a Contract Call-Off (CCO) generated by the Company
SAP Enterprise software system. However in the case of an urgent requirement, an instruction
could be in form of a letter, fax or e-mail.
1.3 The Contractor shall not provide any services without first having possession of a valid CCO,
unless in the opinion of the originator, the service is of an emergency nature, in which case
a site instruction will suffice that will be confirmed by the issue of a CCO within 24 hours.
2.0 WORKING HOURS/CONDITIONS
2.1 The Contractor shall operate on the basis of working those hours necessary to complete the
works in a timely and efficient manner.
2.2 The Company’s normal working hours are:

40 hours per week Monday to Friday 0700 hours until 1600 hours with a lunch break of
one (1) hour from 1200 to 1300 hours.
2.3 Unless otherwise agreed with the Engineer, the Contractor shall work not more than six days
per week Monday to Saturday inclusive, each day of ten hours duration 07:00 to 18:00 with
one hour lunch break. The Contractor shall not work outside of these hours or after dark
other than in exceptional circumstances and then subject to acceptance by the Company of
a Safety Management Plan governing the activities to be undertaken. Notwithstanding the
limitations of the permitted working hours under this provision, the Contractor shall be solely
responsible for completing the Works according to its Programme.
3.0 ADMINISTRATION PROCEDURE
3.1 Authorised Company Representatives
The Contract Owner in connection with this is Chinedu Iwu, (PP). However, from time to time
the Company may nominate other Company personnel to act on behalf of the Contract
owner. Varma Ajay (PPP/211) is the Contract Holder.
3.2 Reporting and Correspondence
3.2.1 The Company requires the Contractor to follow the Company’s reporting and
communication protocol. All instructions, notifications, agreements, authorizations,
approvals and acknowledgements between the parties shall be confirmed in writing
at the time of issue. All written communications shall generally have one subject and
shall include a reference to the Contract number and title.
3.2.2 Oral communications of instructions or information in connection with the Contract

shall not be binding until confirmed in writing. Any oral communication of instructions
or information will be confirmed in writing within 5 (Five) working days, with the
exclusion of Site Instructions, Technical Queries, Technical Deviations, Variations,
B180075PPP
and other technical Information for which the Company procedure shall be followed.
Minutes of meeting may comprise a written instruction. However, any instruction
arising from a meeting shall be re-confirmed in writing.
3.2.3 All mailing shall be delivered by the fastest means possible. This may be by hand,
fax, e-mail or courier. All correspondence shall be date stamped indicating the date
of receipt. A transmittal letter shall acCompany all reports, procedures, documents,
drawings etc.
3.2.4 All correspondence to the Company shall be addressed and delivered to the Contract
Holder and all correspondence to the Contractor shall be addressed and delivered
to the Contractor’s Representative nominated by the Contractor for this purpose.
3.2.5 Minimum Headings Requirement:

All correspondence will bear the following headings:
(i) Project Name,
(ii) Contract Title:
(iii) Contract Number:
(iv) Chronological Reference No:
(v) Security/Confidentiality Classification:
(vi) From/Sender:
(viii) To/Addressee:
(ix) Date sent:
(x) Copy to:
(xi) Subject:
3.2.6 Document Number & Revisions

All documentation attached and/or referred to in correspondence or transmittal
notes will have the document or drawing number and revision number clearly
recorded.
3.3 The Contractor’s attention is drawn to the relevant sections of the NLNG Statement of
Business Principles, Code of Conduct and Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy, all of which
are on Company’s internet webpages here; http://www.nigerialng.com/Our-
Company/Pages/Whistleblower.aspx and here; http://www.nigerialng.com/Our-
Company/Pages/Business-Principles.aspx .
3.3.1 The Contractor is by this, encouraged to support the Company in improving ethical
business practices by reporting incidents of violation of Company’s Business
Principles and Code of Conduct through the Company’s Ethics Hotlines (“the
whistleblower”) currently managed by Deloitte, using any of the contacts below:
o Telephone: +234(0) 1 271 7810
o Email: tip-offs@deloitte.com.ng
o Website: www.tip-offs.deloitte.com.ng
o Download “Deloitte Tip-Offs Anonymous” app on Android or iOS devices.
3.3.2 The detailed information of the incident as well as applicable references to the
transaction in question e.g. NLNG’s Contract number, is expected to be provided
by the Contractor.
3.3.3 The above contacts are operated by Deloitte under strict confidentiality terms to
ensure anonymity and credibility.

B180075PPP
3.3.4 The Contractor’s identity is not required in the report; in addition, the Contractor is
to note that the Ethics Hotline is not a complaint hotline but a line to report
incidents of ethical misconduct in a confidential and anonymous manner.
4.0 MANAGEMENT OF THE WORKS
4.1 Generally
4.1.1 The Contractor shall satisfy itself as to the nature of the works, including general and
local conditions, and shall provide all management, administration, supervision,
personnel, labour, temporary site facilities, mobilization, demobilization, equipment,
plant, scaffold, access platforms, transportation, accommodation, tools, machinery,
parts, materials, services, utilities, attendances, consumables, schedules, data,
drawings, measurements, setting out, and any other resources, requirements or
activities whether of a temporary or permanent nature, and shall with all due care
and diligence execute the work and satisfactorily perform all of its specific and
implied obligations under the Contract or any part thereof.
4.1.2 The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the adequacy, stability and safety of
all operations and methods necessary for the performance of the Works.
4.1.3 The Contractor shall be expected to make an active and positive contribution for the
promotion of ideas and practices encouraging improvements to the safety, efficiency
and cost effectiveness of the work.
4.1.4 The Contractor shall submit at the request of the Company, all materials samples
and/or documents (including but not limited to schedules, sketches, data, reports and
recommendations) for review, comment, testing or approval in a timely manner.
4.1.5 Contractor shall be responsible for, and shall at its own cost rectify any errors,
discrepancies or omissions in drawings and documents which Contractor has
produced or modified, whether such documents have been reviewed and commented
upon by Company or not
4.1.6 The Contractor shall ensure that all necessary personnel and facilities are available
either on or off site to supply logistical, technical and materials/equipment support
to its operations at the Site. Such facilities shall be properly equipped with telephones,
fax, e-mail, photocopying, computers, etc. for maintaining contact and providing
support for the Contractor’s personnel at the Site. The cost for maintaining support
personnel and facilities shall be included in the Contractor’s rates.
4.2 Contractor's Employees, Sub-Contractors and Sub-Contractor's Employees
The Contractor shall supply competent experienced personnel for supervision and
administration of the Contract. The Contractor shall employ (and ensure that its Sub-
Contractors employ) only such persons who are careful, skilled, experienced and
competent in their respective trades and callings.
4.3 Key Personnel
4.3.1 Key Personnel shall include all personnel graded Supervisor and above, that the
Contractor intends to employ on the Works.

B180075PPP
4.3.2 The Contractor shall submit the CVs of key personnel, in line with the minimum
requirements prior to mobilization within Fifteen (15) working days of the Contract
Effective Date.
4.3.3 The Key Personnel, under the direction of the Contractor's management, shall
administer, co-ordinate and supervise the Works to best management practices. All
key personnel provided by the Contractor shall be capable in the written and spoken
English language, able to read drawings and specifications, and have the requisite
training, skills and experience to manage the works in accordance with the provisions
of this Contract.
4.3.4 Key Personnel shall be employed solely for this Contract, and the Contractor shall
not reassign or reclassify or remove or replace any Key Personnel without the consent
of the Contract Holder.
4.3.5 To maintain the high standards expected by the Company, the Contractor should
always have undertaken its own interview and vetting of proposed key personnel, for
suitability especially with regard to competence and experience. The Contractor shall
submit CVs of all its key personnel to be engaged under this contract indicating as a
minimum the name, date of birth, job title, formal qualifications, details of courses
attended and work experience. The proposed key personnel may be interviewed prior
to employment and shall be approved for employment on the Works by the Engineer.
Should the Company reject the proposed or engaged personnel, immediate steps
shall be taken by the Contractor to arrange replacement (including mobilization and
demobilization) with no cost implication to the Company and without impact on the
agreed programme.
4.3.6 Any changes in the Contractor’s Project Organization during the duration of the
Contract shall be notified in writing by the Contractor to the Company. Upon receipt
of the Company’s acceptance, the Contractor’s Project Organization Chart specifying
the job titles and organization structure shall be updated accordingly by the
Contractor and issued formally to Company. As a minimum, Contractor shall issue
to Company an update of Project Organizational Chart on a quarterly basis.
5.0 REPRESENTATIVES
5.1 Each party to the Contract shall have a Representative formally notified to the other party, to
act as the respective party’s focal point with responsibility for overseeing performance of the
Contract and resolving disputes on a day-to-day working level basis. Other than where
issued or subsequently endorsed by the Company’s or Contractor’s representatives, no
notice or instruction from one party to the other shall be binding, whether that notice or
instruction is issued verbally or in writing.
5.2 The Representatives of both Parties’ shall perform their tasks and duties under the Contract
in a fair and reasonable manner.
5.3 If either party is dissatisfied with the conduct of the Representative of the other party, the
dissatisfied party may refer the matter as a dispute under the provisions of the General
Conditions of Contract.
5.4 The Contractor shall have a competent Contractor's Representative present on the Site at all
times that activities relating to the execution of the work under the Contract are taking place.
For short duration absences only of not more than four consecutive days, and subject to the

B180075PPP
prior approval of the Engineer that shall not be unreasonably be withheld, the Contractor’s
Representative need not nominate a replacement nominee for this position.
5.5 The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the name of the Contractor's
Representative and of any subsequent change in the identity of a Contractor's Representative.
5.6 Any direction or notice given by the Engineer to a Contractor's Representative shall be
regarded as having been given to the Contractor by the Company.
5.7 The Contractor shall be bound by the acts, omissions and defaults of the Contractor's
Representatives.
5.8 If the Engineer makes objection for any reason to the appointment of a Contractor's
Representative, the Contractor shall terminate the appointment and appoint another
Contractor's Representative.
5.9 The Engineer (and any nominee) shall be the counterpart of the Contractor’s Representative
and shall have day-to-day responsibility for the Company in the performance of its
obligations under the Contract. Unless otherwise directed, a requirement for approval by
the Company, or any notification or direction to be issued by the Company shall be issued
by the Engineer or his nominee.
5.10 Wherever, under the Contract, the Company’s Representative and/or the Engineer is
required to exercise his discretion by:
i) giving his decision, opinion or consent

ii) expressing his satisfaction of approval
iii) determining value, or
iv) otherwise taking action which may affect the rights and obligations of the Company
or the Contractor,
The Engineer shall exercise such discretion impartially within the terms of the Contract and
having regard to all the circumstances.
5.11 If, by reason of any failure or inability of the Engineer, the Company’s Representative and/or
the Company to issue within a time reasonable in all the circumstances any drawing,
instruction, approval or the like for which notice has been given by the Contractor, the
Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs costs, then the time for the execution of the Works
shall be extended accordingly and the amount of such costs shall be added to the Contract
Sum.
6.0 MEETINGS
6.1 General
Regular meetings between Company and Contractor shall be held on intervals and dates
set by Company and as often as is necessary for the purpose of keeping all parties fully
informed with respect to the progress of the Work and for discussing technical subjects and
resolving such problems as may arise in the execution of such. Company shall advise the
scheduling of meetings. Meetings shall be conducted in English and the Minutes of Meeting
shall be issued in English Language, with an appropriate translation if required, following
agreement and signature by both Contract Holder and Contractor Representative.
The Monthly Report shall be the subject of a formal review meeting between the
Representatives of both parties, together with such other persons as each party may consider
appropriate. These meetings shall be held during the second week of each calendar month
B180075PPP
(or as agreed to by both parties) and shall be formally minuted, signed off by each party
and circulated to all attendees and other interested parties before the end of the month in
which the meeting is held.
6.2 Meeting Agenda

The Contractor shall submit agenda items to the Contract Holder at agreed time or at least
two (2) working days in advance of the meeting.
Technical Documents for discussion, photographs and progress report narratives, together
with other relevant documents shall also be submitted by the Contractor at least two (2) days
in advance of such meeting or at such time as may reasonably be requested by the
Company.
The Contract Holder or the nominated deputy shall chair such meetings.
6.3 Minutes of Meetings

Meetings shall be minuted by the Contractor (unless Company otherwise advises) and the
minutes shall be submitted to the Contract Holder within forty-eight (48) hours of completion
of the meeting. Following review and approval of the minutes by Company, the Contractor
shall provide the required number of copies of the minutes to the Contract Holder.
When resolution of issues is not possible at the meeting, or where the matter requires some
action on the part of the Contractor or Company, then this shall be indicated in the minutes.
The Contractor and Company shall subsequently respond in writing providing the necessary
information and/or confirming the course of action, as appropriate.
Minutes of Meetings shall be sequentially numbered and shall carry the following
information:
• Date of issue
• Sheet number and total number of sheets
• Distribution list
• Contract Number
• Name of Contractor
• Subject (brief but explanatory title)
• Agenda
• Venue and Date of Meeting
• Personnel in Attendance
• Name of person preparing the minutes
The right hand margin of the Minutes should be headed “Action” and the Party responsible
for taking action should be shown for each item, together with date required for closure.
The action list and significant decisions should be agreed before the meeting ends.
Outstanding actions from previous meetings should be addressed prior to the discussion of
any new items.
7.0 KICK–OFF MEETING
Within fifteen (15) working days of the Contract Effective Date, there shall be a kick-off meeting to
be attended by the authorized representatives of each party together with such other persons as
shall be nominated by each party. The Engineer shall determine the venue of the kick-off meeting.
The Engineer shall provide the Contractor's Representative with an Agenda for the Kick-Off meeting,
and the Company shall formally minute the meeting. At the kick-off meeting the Contractor shall
provide confirmation of its tendered Program, the availability of its Key Personnel,
installation/construction Sequence and the manpower histogram of its workforce over the Contract
Period.
B180075PPP
The purpose of Company/Contractor Kick-off meeting includes but not limited to the following:
 Ensuring a mutual understanding of the Contract objectives
 Work Orders principles and management
 Confirmation of scope, schedule, HSSE requirements and other deliverables
 Confirmation of Roles & Responsibilities
 Confirmation of the Key Personnel
 Performance tracking and monitoring
 Agreeing a Contract Management Plan and an HSSE Plan
 Review of Contractor’s Execution Plan and Programme
 General administration (including Commercial reporting and Requisition to Pay
requirements)
 Provision of Information Management (IM) and Information Technology (IT)
packages
8.0 PROGRESS REVIEW MEETINGS
8.1 Progress Review meetings between the Parties shall be held weekly or as requested by the
Company, for the purpose of:
 Keeping all Parties fully informed of all aspects of the Work
 Work Order Requests / Proposals / Work Orders
 Discussing technical issues
 For reviewing progress, status and scheduling of the Work Order’s
The Company or the Contractor shall have the right to call additional meetings by giving
the other party a minimum of two (2) working days’ notice. These meetings shall be
minuted in accordance with Clause 6.3.
8.2 All meetings shall be attended by the Contractor Representative and the Contract Holder,
or their respective deputies.
8.3 Business Performance Review Meetings
8.3.1 The Contractor shall organize and fully participate in the Business Performance Review
Meetings held between the Company and the Contractor every six (6) months. Managing
Directors or equivalent level of Executive Management of the Contractor shall participate
in such meetings.
8.3.2 The first Business Performance Review Meeting shall take place within Six (6) months after
the Contract Effective Date and subsequently such meetings shall be held every Six (6)
months until the Completion of the Work.
8.4 Contract Performance Review Meetings
8.4.1 The Contractor shall organize and fully participate in the Performance Review Meetings
held between the Company and the Contractor every three (3) months.
8.4.2 The purpose of these meetings is to establish with Contractor that the performance will be
duly executed, without any issues and/or delays. Mitigation measures in the event of delays
are also to form part of these meetings.
9.0 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

9.1 Information (Documents and Data) Deliverables

B180075PPP
9.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all technical information (documents
and data), required for the performance and implementation of the Work, or as Contract
deliverables, including Project templates, Project metadata, drawing decals, translations,
native files, as built requirements, as to be provided to the Company in accordance with
the Contract and Attachment 11 – Contract Information Management (further referred as
“Asset Information Management”).
Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining and handing over all physical records
(signed original documents, media files, X-rays, core samples etc.) produced during the
execution of the Works.
9.1.2 Contractor’s attention is drawn to the relevant term called “Asset Information
Management” and specification referenced as Attachment 11 – Contract Information
Management, which define how the Contractor shall structure and transfer Information
to the Company through the course of the Contract. All Information produced by, or on
behalf of the Contractor shall be in accordance with the requirements specified in the
Contract and Attachment 11 – Contract Information Management.
9.1.3 It is the Company’s intention to maximise electronic information exchange during the
execution of the Works.
9.1.4 Information transmitted between the Company and the Contractor shall be sent under
cover of a Transmittal Note. The recipient shall sign the Transmittal Note and return one
copy to the sender on paper or electronically.
9.1.5 All transmittal notes shall be numbered sequentially and shall bear the Project number,
Company document numbering specification.
9.1.6 Failure to comply with the Company requirements shall result in the information being
rejected and returned to the Contractor for correction.
9.2 Information Approval/Review Requirements

9.2.1 No later than twenty (20) working days after the execution of the Contract, the Contractor
shall submit to the Company a draft register listing all the types of information it is required
to create, maintain and transfer during the course of the Work. The Contractor shall base
this list on the Company Document Types provided in the Contract. The register shall be
provided in MS Excel format.
9.2.2 Depending on the types of information to be delivered, the Company shall advise whether
the Contractor shall allocate Company document numbers and metadata for the
deliverables identified in Section 9.2.1 above.
9.2.3 Within fifteeen (15) working days of receipt of the register described in Section 9.2.1 above,
the Company shall return it to the Contractor notated to show which types of information:
• The Company shall approve i.e. “Approved for Design/Construction”;
• The Company shall comment/approve on i.e. “Issue for Approval”;
• The Company shall comment on i.e. “Issue for Comment”;
• The Company shall receive for information only i.e. “Issue for Information only”.
9.2.4 The Company shall retain the right to revise the initial classification of any documents in the
register at any time during the duration of the Contract.
9.3 The Contractor is to allow a ten (10) working days period for approval at each review cycle.
Return of comments by the Company within the period above is dependent on the Contractor

B180075PPP
issuing documents according to approved schedule and to the specifications defined in the
Contract scope of work.
9.3.3 No later than fifteen (15) working days after receipt of Company’s comments to the draft
Register of Information, Contractor shall submit to Company a Master Document Register
(MDR) listing all drawings, documents and other deliverables related to the Work to be
executed for the Project (including those to be produced by Sub-Contractors). Company shall
provide an MDR template for Contractor to populate.
9.3.4 The Company shall issue the “Specification Database” PEA-AS01 which the Contractor shall
update with data as generated during the duration of the Contract.
9.3.5 Contractor shall revise and resubmit the Project MDR(s) and Specification Database to
Company on a monthly basis.
9.4 Information Management Services
9.3.1 Company shall have access to and the right to take copies of any information related to the
Contract.
9.3.2 Contractor shall provide suitable information management capability at its Site Office for
storing, controlling and making retrievable all information related to the Contract. The
information management capability shall include as a minimum, the following features:
(a) A centralised Electronic Document Management System (EDMS) accessible from all its
workstations. The EDMS shall be designed to allow both Company and Contractor to
use the system for reference and for obtaining information promptly.
(b) Registration of all information (including Company specified metadata).
(c) Photocopying, scanning, binding and distribution services (if required).
(d) Means of identifying and compiling all the information to be handed over to Company
in accordance with the Contract.
(e) A tracking/monitoring/expediting system to ensure effective control over the
production and timely delivery of information for design, procurement, manufacture
and ultimately handover.
(f) A tracking/monitoring/expediting system for all information submitted to Company for
review, in accordance with the Contract.
(g) Safe and secure storage for physical records (e.g. original signed hardcopies, X-rays,
core samples, etc.) to be handed over to Company in accordance with the Contract.
9.3.3 The Contractor shall review with the Company, the arrangements and adequacy of
Information Management capability at the Site Office.
9.3.4 Company shall have the right to assess the effectiveness of the Contractor’s information
management processes, tools and organisation by means of reviews and audits. The
Contractor shall provide unrestrictive access for such purposes together with suitable
assistance for Company.
9.4 Final Handover
9.4.1 Contractor shall produce, index, format and handover all Information required to be
delivered to Company in accordance with the Contract or as otherwise required by
Company.
9.4.2 Company shall review the information provided by Contractor to ensure compliance with
the Contract. The result of the review (with comments if any) shall be included in a transmittal

B180075PPP
and transferred by Company to Contractor. Contractor shall incorporate comments within

fifteen (15) working days of receipt of Company’s comments.
9.4.3 Acceptance of information by Company does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
design accuracy or for compliance with applicable codes, specifications, and Contract
requirements.
9.5 Access to Company’s Information Management Systems
9.5.1 If Company elects to provide access for Contractor to the Company’s information
management systems, Contractor shall enter into a Use Agreement with Company based
on the Company’s terms and conditions.
9.6 Management of Documentation through 3rd Party Vendor
9.6.1 Company may decide to manage the gathering of documentation issued through Purchase
Orders (e.g. Package equipment, Standard Equipment) by using a third party. If this is the
case for this Contract, the Company will issue to Contractor the procedures to allow
Contractor to deliver Company information requirements by using this third party. This only
affects the way the information is gathered (i.e. through the third party) but not Company
information requirements that remain the same.
10. PROJECT FINANCING
Prior to commencement of Work under the Contract, the Contractor shall submit for the
Company’s approval, a Financial Plan forecasting planned completed milestone against time, and
reflecting the anticipated progress of the Works.
The Financial Plan shall be maintained by the Contractor on a monthly basis to show: -
i) The total actual completed milestone against forecast value

ii) The adjusted forecast of value against time (as necessary)
iii) A summary of invoices raised to date
iv) The total value of any approved variations or claims
v) Other financial information required by the Contract Holder
11.0 Company REVIEW/HOLD POINTS
11.1 Definitions
Hold Point (H)
A Hold Point is a critical step in manufacturing and testing where it is essential that the
Company’s representative inspect the component/equipment in order to ascertain that the
product for delivery complies with specified requirements.
Process activities designated as a Hold Point may not proceed unless a Company’s
representative is present or the Hold Point is formally waived and the waiver is confirmed in
writing. Waiving of a Hold Point shall be documented and the reason for the waiving stated.
Company shall be notified (time frame to be agreed by Company) in advance of the activity.
The activity may not proceed without Company attendance.
Witness Point (W)

B180075PPP
A Witness Point is a critical step in manufacturing and testing where it is desirable that the
Company’s representative inspects the component/equipment in order to ascertain that the
product for delivery complies with specified requirements.
The Company’s representative must be given notification of all process activities designated
with Witness Point (time frame to be agreed by Company) before the start of that activity.
Once proper notification is given, the activity will proceed according to the schedule
regardless of Company’s representative attendance.
Monitor Point (M)

A Monitor Point is a review activity in manufacturing and testing where it is optional that the
Company’s representative inspects the component/equipment in order to ascertain that the
product complies with specified requirements.
Company shall be notified (time frame to be agreed by Company) in advance of the activity.
The activity may proceed with or without Company attendance.
11.2 Except as specified otherwise herein, the Company shall as a minimum carry out the
following reviews: -
i) Review of details of all procurement items supplied by the Contractor.
ii) Approval of the ITP (Inspection and Test Plan) and method statements.
11.3 Except as specified otherwise, the witness/hold points required shall be as per the approved
Inspection and Test Plan.
11.4 Documents will be supplied in electronic format to facilitate a quick turnaround by the
Company. The Contractor shall diligently plan for the required reviews by Company in such
a manner as not to impact any schedule or other deliverable, and shall in this regard allow
for a fifteen (15) working day period for approval at each review cycle. Return of comments
by the Company within the period above is dependent on the Contractor issuing documents
according to approved project schedule and to the specifications defined in the Contract
Scope of Work, and incorporating or resolving all comments made by Company as part of
its review. For the avoidance of doubt, the failure of Contractor to diligently resolve
Company’s comments provided during the review process shall not constitute grounds for
claims for cost or extension of time by the Contractor.
11.5 The Contractor shall give the Company representative two (2) working days’ notice of any
outstanding comments not received from the Company.
11.6 The Contractor shall only proceed with the works upon receipt of a formal notification from
the Company. The works shall be constructed in accordance with Company approved design
package.
12 CONTRACT EXECUTION PLAN INCLUDING PROGRESS SCHEDULES
12.1 The detailed Contract Execution Plan shall include but not be limited to a general method
statement, a management and supervisor organogram, a cash flow forecast, progress
schedules, proposals for receipt, offloading, storage and distribution of materials, use of
local Sub-Contractors (subcontracting to conform with the Company’s specified
requirements), methods of testing, commissioning and handover of the Works, HSE,
QA/QC, etc.
12.2 The progress schedules shall comprise a time-scaled logic diagram with the critical path
clearly highlighted and manning histograms and progress S-curves for each discipline. Each

B180075PPP
activity shall have the required resources (plant, equipment, tools, materials and manpower)
assigned to it.
12.3 While the Works progress the actual manning histograms and actual progress S-curves shall
be maintained on a biweekly basis and be made available to the Company as a progress
report.
12.4 In the event of any schedule slippage, Contractor shall be required to submit a detailed
recovery plan for Company review to mitigate any further delay and recover on the Project
schedule.
12.5 The Contractor shall be required to produce a monthly report detailing the work performed
in the previous month, work in progress and current status of work not yet commenced. This
shall be compared to the Contract program, with a forecast on the work completion date,
accompanied by quality observations, HSE performance, etc. In addition there shall be
fortnightly status/progress reports.
12.6 In relation to completion of the Work, the Contractor shall supply a Lessons Learned Report
together with hosting a meeting highlighting those areas where improvements in Lessons
Learned business performance may be mutually realized in future similar work or projects.
12.7 The Contractor shall also submit a Close-Out report to NLNG in both electronic and hard
copy as agreed in the Information and Document Management Plan. The content and format
of the Close-Out report shall be agreed with NLNG, but shall as a minimum contain, safety
records, inspection reports, material certificates, welding records, Project pictures, planned
and actual duration records, call-off value, change order (if any), final contract value,
variance reconciliation, As-built drawings and documentation etc.
12.8 The Contractor shall submit as an appendix to the Contract Close-Out report the installation
duration records, in a structured pattern, both planned and actual, as contained in the
Project level 4, 5 or 6 schedules with relevant information consistent with what shall be used
during Company Work Preparation Work Pack or Activities / Job Card Management System.
All the installation activities shall be listed in the template format provided by Company and
the site records attested by Company’s site representative shall be provided as evidence to
the data provided.
12.9 The Contractor shall submit as well as an appendix to the Contract Close-Out report the
actual Project cost broken into the relevant activities using the template to be provided by
Company
13 MOBILIZATION
13.1 Reference is made to the pre-mobilization checklist so as to minimize avoidable setbacks

during mobilization of manpower, plant, equipment, tools and materials.
13.2 Pre-mobilization (PREMOB) inspection.

See Section 5, Article 2.23.
13.3 Upon execution of the Contract document, the Company shall provide the Contractor with
access to the site. The Contractor shall immediately mobilize and commence the work of
construction in accordance with its Construction Programme.
13.4 Mobilization shall include but not be limited to moving to site all personnel, plant, equipment
and materials to enable commencement of the Works including attendance of personnel on
B180075PPP
any required Induction or Safety Courses. The Contractor shall set up its temporary site
accommodation, mess/shelter hut, toilet facility, materials and plant storage facility, site
hazard and safety signs, personnel protective equipment (PPE), tools, first aid facilities and
all other preparations, including any necessary addition or improvement to road or hard
paving to enable adequate access for unhindered progress of the Works.
13.5 Notwithstanding any provision of this contract to the contrary, any damage due to the
Contractor other than fair wear and tear, that is caused to any facilities plant or equipment
provided by the Company to the Contractor, shall be immediately made good and returned
to their original condition at the cost of the Contractor. This shall include any use by the
Contractor of any shared services, utilities or facilities.
13.6 The Contractor will be required to liaise with the Company Security for all traffic, access and
security matters.
14 ENGINEERING DESIGN
14.1 The Works in this Project shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of DEP
(Design, Engineering Practice) version 41, the Basic Design Engineering Package, the Scope
of Work and referenced documents issued by the Company.
14.2 The Contractor confirms that it has submitted its bid on the basis that it has verified the
completeness and correctness of the content of the Basic Design and Engineering Package
(BDEP) in its possession issued with the enquiry and has assured itself that it has sufficient
and accurate information therein to develop the BDEP to a Detailed Design Package for the
full scope of the Project upon award.
14.3 Except to the extent notified by the Contractor to Company before the submission of its bid,
Company shall have no liability for the completeness or accuracy of the BDEP and upon
acceptance of Contractor’s bid, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the BDEP
and shall proceed with the detailed engineering to develop the design to ‘Approved For
Construction’ status.
14.4 Contractor will notify Company no later than 5 (five) days (or such longer period requested
by Contractor and agreed by Company in writing) following receipt of any technical
information after the award of the Contract in the event that any such technical information
is incorrect, inadequate, insufficient, or inconsistent. Contractor’s notice will identify any
incorrectness, inadequacy, insufficiency, inconsistency or improvement and provide sufficient
detail for Company to determine the veracity of such notification. In the absence of a timely
notification the technical information will be deemed to be correct, adequate, sufficient and
consistent.
14.4 For the avoidance of any doubt, Contractor will correct and supplement technical
confirmation if that information is incorrect, inadequate insufficient or inconsistent and
provide such corrections and supplements to Company.
Company may, at its discretion, address any incorrect, inadequate, insufficient or

inconsistent technical information, and provide additional or corrected technical information
to Contractor. Contractor will not be entitled to a Variation Order in connection with any
corrected or additional technical information provided by Company unless Contractor has
timely provided Company the notice required by sub-article 14.4.

B180075PPP
14.5 The Contractor shall have allowed in its program, for a reasonable number of iterations
(minimum of 2, “Issue for Comment”, IFC and “Issue for Approval”, IFA) of the design with
Company. The number and extent of design iterations shall be in proportion to the value
and complexity of the Works and shall be in accordance with the Contractor’s construction
programme. Prior to each submission, Contractor shall have incorporated or resolved all
Company comments on the prior submission. For the avoidance of doubt, the failure of
Contractor to diligently resolve Company’s comments provided during the review process
shall not constitute grounds for claims for cost or extension of time by the Contractor.
14.6 The work of design shall result in a Final Design Package (Approved for Construction, AFC),
based upon the detailing of all the constituent parts of the BDEP with structural reinforcement
drawings, layout, sectional details, single line diagrams, flow schemes, etc. The Final Design
Package shall be complete in all respects to enable construction of the Works to Practical
Completion as well as subsequent maintenance of the facilities by any third party competent
construction maintenance contractor.
14.7 The work of design shall generally proceed in accordance with the Contractor’s programme
for design that shall have been confirmed to the Company at the Contract kick-off meeting.
14.8 The Company shall review and comment on design deliverables but Contractor shall be
responsible and accountable to validate AFC design package.
15 PROCUREMENT
15.1 The Contractor will need to address early the scheduling of the procurement for all plant,
equipment and materials, taking full cognizance of and complying with the Nigerian Content
requirement on the contract. In particular, due diligence should be taken to identify all critical
long lead items to prepare their requisitions and place early order for them.
15.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for procuring all items of equipment, materials,
consumables and supplies that are necessary for the construction of the Works (as detailed
in the Scope of Work) to Practical Completion, whether such are specified or implied in any
Bill of Quantity, specification, drawing or are otherwise reasonably required for completion
of the Works.
15.3 When samples of materials are submitted to Company for approval, a minimum of fifteen
(15) working days shall be allowed. Where materials different to those specified are
proposed by the Contractor, samples of the new materials shall be submitted to Company
for approval, allowing sufficient time for the originally specified materials to be purchased if
they are rejected and still maintain scheduled progress. Company will require a minimum
of fifteen (15) working days to consider each request. Company will only value and process
payment for materials purchased when the materials are delivered to Site and constitutes
part of the component of the work element covered for specific milestone payment at a given
period.
15.4 Materials and equipment provided by Contractor shall be fit for purpose, new and of best
quality. Any items of plant, vehicles, tools, materials, equipment, installations, controls, etc.
not meeting the design requirements, fitness for purpose or specifications shall be removed
from the Works. In such an event, all associated costs for the Contractor to bring acceptable
plant/equipment/vehicles onto the Site shall be entirely to Contractor’s account. Such costs
shall include any standing time for pending delivery of acceptable
plant/equipment/tools/vehicles. Where the Contractor’s programme for the work is delayed
as a result, the Contractor shall provide additional resources to recover the time lost so as
not to delay the stage completion date/s for the works.
B180075PPP
15.5 Except as specified otherwise, the Contractor shall be responsible for procuring all items of
equipment, fixtures and fittings and all materials of whatsoever kind that shall be required
to construct the Works in accordance with the Design Package. The Contractor shall procure
and track all equipment and materials in accordance with its Procurement Plan which shall
comprise a timeline for the procurement and shipment to site of major items of equipment,
components and bulk materials for incorporation in the Works from the placing of orders to
receipt and inspection at Site. The Procurement Plan shall be updated on a monthly basis
and shall be included as part of the Contractor’s monthly report.
15.6 The Contractor shall be responsible for transportation to the Site, packing, inspection,
insurance (other than as specified to the contrary in the Contract) customs and other
clearances, warranties (and their transfer where appropriate to the Company), spare parts
(where specified and agreed by the Company) and for any initial supply of consumables
parts for all materials and equipment that is to be incorporated in the Works. This shall
additionally include for any consumable or first fill fluids and lubricants, filters and the like
as may be required for any tests due before Practical Completion and their replacement as
may be required after any such tests.
15.7 The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring commonality between equipment supplied
under this Contract with equipment that the Company has already installed at its other
locations to minimize any requirement for spares holding. The Contractor shall take
particular care to ensure commonality with regards to electrical and mechanical equipment.
15.8 The Contractor shall transfer the benefit of all equipment warranties to the Company no
later than at Practical Completion or take-over of the Works by the Company if earlier. The
Contractor shall ensure that all suppliers of procured items for inclusion in the Works are
aware that the ultimate end user is the Company.
16 CONSTRUCTION
16.1 The Company shall provide the Contractor with access to the Site in compliance with the
Company’s Procedure. The Contractor shall immediately mobilize and commence the work
of construction in accordance with its approved Construction Program and Sequence in the
Contract.
16.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for taking due account of the site conditions, climate
and incidence of inclement weather on the Site, which may include periods of very heavy
rainfall and a high level of ground water. The Company shall not make any additional
payments, or pay for any standing time for personnel and equipment if the Contractor
encounters such conditions unless such site conditions are considered as being exceptional
and unforeseeable by an experienced Contractor.
16.3 During work on Site, the Contractor shall:
Provide all things and take all measures necessary to protect people and property to the
extent that safety is considered first and foremost,
 Avoid unnecessary interference with the passage of people and vehicles,

 Prevent damage, obstruction or other interference with services,
 Prevent nuisance and unnecessary noise and disturbance,
 Prevent environmental damage or pollution, and
 Comply with the Company Permit To Work (PTW) requirements.

B180075PPP
16.4 Permit-To-Work (PTW)
16.4.1 Company PTW procedures (Refer to Section 9 – Technical Documentation And Drawings)
shall apply for works within the plant or other works outside the plant where there is direct
interface/interaction with Company’s asset. All Contractor Personnel involved in the use of
Company PTW as a permit requester, issuer or holder, shall be trained and certified by
Company.
For activities within the Contractor Laydown Area outside the Plant, Company Non-
operational Area PTW shall be applicable. Contractor PTW may be used for works within the
laydown area subject to approval by Company after necessary verification/assurance is
conducted.
16.4.2 In the case of the works around existing facilities, the Contractor will ensure there are no
damages to existing underground services. Hence field scans and exploratory digging will
need to precede any underground works and are part of the Scope of Works of the
Contractor.
16.5 Site Access Control & Material Security
16.5.1 The Contractor may not have exclusive access to the Site or of any facilities provided by the
Company to facilitate the work under the Contract. The Contractor shall not unnecessarily
interfere with the work of any third party or of the Company and shall not restrict or block
any access road or route without the express approval of the Company, and subject to issue
and possession by the Contractor of the requisite permits including Company Permit To
Work.
16.5.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining security for all of its plant, equipment,
vehicles, materials, tools etc. used by it for the Works and for any Company issued materials
or equipment. The Company shall have no liability for the security of the Contractor’s plant,
equipment and materials it employs on or for incorporation in the Works, or for the Works
prior to Practical Completion, or its takeover and possession of the Works if this occurs prior
to Practical Completion.
16.5.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe and secure custody of any and all Company
free-issue material in its possession from the time of receipt from the Company until Practical
Completion. Any losses, damage or shortages that become apparent after receipt of such
material shall be made good at the cost of the Contractor and to the satisfaction of the
Company. The Contractor shall not permit any such losses, damage or shortages to
adversely affect or delay the date of Practical Completion.
16.5.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for securing the area of its Works from unauthorized
and unsafe access by means of fences or such other security measures as the Company may
deem appropriate for the location of the area and the nature of the Contractor's Works.
16.5.5 All Contractor workers shall be restricted to fenced work areas. Contractors shall provide
personnel transport vehicles to transport its workforce to the site and pick them up from the
site at close of work.
16.5.6 All open excavations deeper than 600mm shall at all times be securely barricaded to the
satisfaction of the Company, and all work sites shall be kept tidy and free of tripping hazards
at all times.

B180075PPP
16.5.7 The Company, the Contract Holder, the Engineer, employees and agents and any other
person nominated by the Company may at any time have access to any part of the Site for
any purpose.
16.5.8 At all reasonable times the Contractor shall give the Company, the Contract Holder, the
Engineer and any other persons authorized in writing by the Contract Holder, access to the
Site or Work Area under the Contract at any place where the work is being carried out or
materials are being prepared, stored or tested for purpose of audits, HSE Walkabout or
inspection.
16.6 Construction Work Control
16.6.1 The Contractor shall immediately after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and
submit a detailed Construction Sequence that describes in chronological order the sequence
of the principal construction activities and the inter-dependencies between them, within 20
working days of Contract award, to the Company for review and approval. The schedule
shall cover the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall
provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. The schedule shall state the
proposed starting and completion dates for the various subdivisions of the Work as well as
the totality of the Work and identify the Project’s critical path. The Contractor shall construct
the Works strictly in accordance with the Construction Sequence. The Contractor may not
deviate from the Construction Sequence without the prior approval of the Company, which
approval may not unreasonably be withheld.
16.6.2 The Contract Schedule shall be a time-scaled logic diagram with the critical path clearly
highlighted. Each activity shall have the required manpower resources assigned to it so as
to give that activity a discrete weighting in relation to the total value of the work under the
Contract. The Contract Schedule shall include a manning histogram and scheduled progress
S-curve. The Contract Schedule shall cover all work from the acceptance of the Contractor's
offer for Construction, up to and including Practical Completion when the works are to be
handed over to the Company for occupation and use.
16.6.3 The Contractor shall monitor and report the progress of the works and shall strive to meet
or improve on the Work Programme agreed. In the event of a delay or foreseeable delay to
any stage of the works, the Contractor shall immediately inform the Engineer of factors
affecting or likely to affect the progress of the works, including aspects arising from
instructions given by the Company.
16.6.4 If the Company considers that the Contractor for reasons solely due to it is failing to achieve
satisfactory progress in accordance with the Construction Programme, and fails to take
appropriate rectifying action within a reasonable period of having been notified in writing
by the Engineer, the Company at its sole and entire discretion shall have the right to
terminate the Contract without further liability to the Contractor save only to pay for the value
of work done prior to the termination.
16.6.5 The Contractor shall propose methods of testing of critical elements of the works in a Testing
Plan including method/s of recording test results. Testing shall take place as work proceeds
and prior to commissioning and handover of the Works. All required test equipment shall
be part of the contract Service and is deemed to be included in the Contract price.
16.6.6 The Engineer may direct that any part of the Works shall not be covered up or made
inaccessible without the Engineer’s prior approval. If any portion of the Works fails under
test and is reconstructed, replaced or otherwise corrected, the Contractor shall retest that
part of the Works and all other parts of the Works affected by the remedial work. The cost
B180075PPP
of such testing and retesting, reconstruction, replacement or correction shall be borne by the
Contractor.
16.6.7 Company shall have the right but not the obligation to inspect all materials and equipment
provided for the Work and all documentation relating thereto, and Contractor shall provide
access to enable Company to carry out such inspections. Company shall have the right to
witness any test of any part of the Work (on site or any other location). Inspection or test
witnessing by Company shall not relieve Contractor of any of its responsibilities under the
Contract.
16.6.8 Where portions of the Work on site subject to inspection or test are to be covered up, then
Contractor shall give Company at least five (5) working days written notice that such covering
up will take place. Company shall acknowledge receipt of such notice and indicate its
intention to be present or otherwise. Should Company fail to attend at the time and date
specified then Contractor shall proceed with such inspection or test and notify Company of
the results thereof together with all supporting results and certificates.
16.6.9 Where in Company's opinion there are indications that the Work or an element thereof does
not comply with the requirements of the Contract including, but not limited to, faulty
workmanship, services, materials or equipment, Company may order additional tests and/or
inspections to be carried out. All costs of uncovering, testing and/or inspection shall be the
responsibility of Company unless such tests confirm that the Work or element thereof do not
conform to the requirements of the Contract. In such case all costs of uncovering, testing
and/or inspection, demolition, replacement or reworking shall be the responsibility of
Contractor.
16.6.10 Failure on the part of Company or others to inspect the Work or witness or test, or
to discover defects, or failure to reject Work performed by Contractor which is not in
accordance to the Contract shall not relieve Contractor from any liability or obligation under
the Contract.
16.6.11 The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting the Works during construction
and prior to Practical Completion, from the effects of the weather including tidal movements.
The Company shall not accept any claims in respect of heavy rain, flooding, or tidal
movements to the Works, or for any standing or idle time for plant and equipment that is
due to inclement weather.
16.6.12 Any deviation from the Contract or Design Package that is not authorized by the
Company under a written instruction shall be at the Contractor's risk.
16.7 Completion
16.7.1 The Contractor shall upon completion of the Works, clear the Worksite and any other areas
that may arise, and shall ensure all is clean, without any damage and shall allow for
acceptance inspection.
16.7.2 The Contractor shall upon completion of the Works allow for the functionality testing of
facilities and facilities components.
16.7.3 The Contractor shall establish and maintain throughout the Contract, a Punch List that shall
list parts of the Works that remain outstanding for completion or rectification for conformity
with the Contract. These items shall generally be minor in nature and shall be characterized
as follows: -

B180075PPP
i) A - Mandatory for completion or correction before and as a precondition for Practical

Completion and of such a nature that the work required for completion or correction
is performed by the Contractor without delay as a high priority
ii) B - Mandatory for completion or correction for Practical Completion but of a lower
level of priority than category A
iii) C - May be completed after Practical Completion but within the Warranty Period,
subject to the agreement of Company Representative that they will not have a
materially adverse effect on Company ‘s enjoyment and use of the Works
16.7.4 Items may be added to the Punch List at the initiative of Company Representative or the
Contractor’s Representative. When Punch List items have been completed or corrected both
the Contractor and Company Representatives will sign them off ‘Complete’ on the Punch List
itself but the item will be kept on record. The sign off of Punch List items as ‘Complete’ shall
be without prejudice to the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Works in accordance
with the Contract. The Punch List will at all times remain on the Site and be available to
Company for inspection.
16.7.5 The Works shall have attained Practical Completion and the Company shall issue the
Certificate of Practical Completion when: -
i) The Works are completed in accordance with the Contract save only that a
reasonable quantity of Category C Punch List items remains outstanding.
ii) The Works are capable of substantially fulfilling their assigned function to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Engineer.
iii) All tests that are required for Practical Completion have satisfactorily been completed
16.7.6 When the Contractor believes that the Works are completed in accordance with the Contract,
a Certificate of Practical Completion may be formally requested from the Company. Any
tests that are required by the Contract to be successfully completed prior to Practical
Completion must have been successfully completed, and all Punch List category A and B
items must have been rectified as a precondition to the Contractor requesting the Company
to issue a Certificate of Practical Completion. If upon any inspection or test carried out or
performed on the Works by the Company to verify that the Works have attained Practical
Completion, it is revealed that the Works have not been completed fully in accordance with
the Contract, the Company shall withhold the Certificate of Practical Completion until such
time as the Contractor can demonstrate full compliance of the Works with the Contract.
16.7.7 Upon issuance by the Company of the Certificate of Practical Completion, any sums due to
be paid on Practical Completion shall be paid by the Company (subject to receipt of invoice
in accordance with the Contract), the Works shall be handed over to the Company for
occupation and use, and the Defects Liability Period shall commence.
16.7.8 Notwithstanding the issue of the Certificate of Practical Completion by the Company, any
defects or failure in the Works that subsequently becomes apparent that would have given
the Company reasonable cause not to issue the Certificate of Practical Completion if the
defect or failure had been known at the time of issuing the Certificate of Practical
Completion, shall be made good at the cost of the Contractor.
16.7.9 The Company may at its option, take over the Works prior to Practical Completion. Any
reasonable additional costs incurred by the Contractor that arises directly from the takeover
being before Practical Completion shall be to the Company's account, except where the
B180075PPP
Contractor has failed to attain Practical Completion by the date specified in the Construction
Schedule.
16.7.10 Where the Company takes over the Works prior to Practical Completion, it shall issue
to the Contractor a Certificate of Take-Over for the Works notifying the Contractor of the
taking over, and where practicable, of the work outstanding that is required to attain Practical
Completion. Any such takeover of the Works by the Company shall be without prejudice of
the obligation of the Contractor to fully complete the Works in accordance with the Contract.
Any payments due to the Contractor at Practical Completion shall remain due for payment
at Practical Completion notwithstanding any prior takeover of the Works by the Company.
16.7.11 The Contractor shall maintain on the Worksite in the site office throughout the work
of construction, a complete set of marked up ‘as built’ drawings showing the current state of
the Works. These drawings will be available for review by Company Representative at all
times. The Contractor shall supply to Company, within fifteen (15) working days of Ready
For Use (RFU) or Ready For Start Up (RFSU), a minimum of two (2) complete sets of marked
up ‘As built’ drawings. Two (2) complete sets of redrafted As-Built drawings, in hard copy
and the other in digital format containing both AutoCAD 2010 and PDF copies shall be
issued within three months after RFU/RFSU.
16.7.12 The Contractor shall transfer the benefit of all equipment warranties to Company no
later than at RFU/RFSU of the Works.
16.10 Technical Queries

16.10.1 Where the Contractor wishes to request a technical clarification, the Contractor shall do
so by raising a Technical Query. Such queries shall be referenced to the specific Contract.
16.10.2 A Technical Query or any response to such query shall not constitute a change to the Cost,
the Schedule of Key Dates, the Programme or any other provisions of the Contract unless
a resulting Contract Variation is issued by the Company.
16.10.3 Technical Queries shall cover, but shall not be limited to, the following areas of
Technical detail:
(a) Drawings
(b) Specifications
(c) Interfaces
16.10.4 Technical Queries shall not be used for:

(a) Contractual matters
(b) Material purchase requests
(c) Organizational changes
(d) Planning matters
(e) To request or effect a change to the Contract
16.11 Technical Deviation Request

16.11.1 Where Contractor wishes to request a technical deviation, Contractor shall do so by raising
a Technical Deviation Request. Such requests shall be referenced to the specific Contract.
16.11.2 A technical deviation shall not constitute a change to the Cost, the Schedule, the
Programme or any other provisions of the Contract unless a resulting Contract Variation
Order is issued by the Company.
16.11.3 Any deviation from the Contract or Design Package that is not authorized by the Company
under a written instruction shall be at the Contractor's cost and risk.
B180075PPP
16.11.4 Technical Deviations shall include:

(a) Concession requests.
(b) Material substitutes.
(c) Changes to technical procedures.
16.12 Technical Queries and Technical Deviation Request Detailed Procedure
16.12.1 The Contractor shall fill in a Technical Query or Technical Deviation Request. The requests
shall be signed by the originator, technical authority or discipline lead and the Contractor
Representative.
16.12.2 Each Technical Query and Technical Deviation Request shall be given a unique Document
Number in accordance with the relevant Specification provided in this Contract with
specific reference to the applicable Contract.
16.12.3 Requests shall be marked as “Urgent” if the problem is likely to affect the Work or to be
performed within five (5) working days of receipt by the Company, or as “Non-Urgent” if
such is not the case. In “Urgent” cases, the Contractor shall also notify the Contract Holder
in person.
16.12.4 Requests shall be marked as “Essential” if it requires resolution to permit the Work to
proceed, i.e. when the Contractor believes that the Work cannot be accomplished in
accordance with the released engineering documentation.
16.12.5 The Contractor shall provide appropriate details as to the nature of the query or deviation
and shall include copies of relevant documents, drawings, sketches, etc. as considered
necessary in order to clarify the written description. Interface or multidisciplinary impacts
shall be highlighted.
16.12.6 With each Technical Query or Technical Deviation Request, the Contractor shall submit
details of the possible options and their justification, which should be considered by the
Company when considering the query or deviation. The Contractor shall indicate which
option it recommends in order to minimise both cost to the Company and delay without
prejudicing quality, technical integrity or safety requirements.
16.12.7 The Contractor shall formally transmit the requests to the Company electronically (in PDF
and native file format) as per Correspondence procedure described in this Section 8 –
Work Instructions.
16.12.8 The Contractor shall retain the copies of all Technical Queries and Deviation Requests
issued to Company.
16.12.9 Once a decision has been reached on the Technical Query or Technical Deviation Request,
the Company shall complete the decision in the appropriate part of the Technical Query
Request or Technical Deviation Request. The completed request is to be signed by the
respondee, technical authority or discipline lead and the Contract Holder. The Company
shall formally transmit the completed request to the Contractor.
16.12.10 The Contractor, on receipt of the answered Technical Query or Deviation Request
shall retain a copy for its own use.
16.12.11 The Contractor shall maintain up to date registers of all Technical Queries and
Deviation Requests including the Company response, and shall make available such

B180075PPP
registers for inspection by the Company at all reasonable times. The Contractor shall issue
a copy of each register to the Company with the Monthly Reports.
16.13 Site Instructions
16.13.1 A Site Instruction is a written instruction by the Company to the Contractor regarding the
execution of the various elements of the Work.
16.13.2 The Contract Holder may issue to the Contractor a Site Instruction that instructs the
Contractor to take some action or to refrain from taking some action on the grounds of
safety or the protection of the Environment. The Contractor shall expeditiously comply
with any and all such instructions and may be required to prepare a detailed cost estimate
and schedule review, prior to execution.
16.13.3 The Contractor shall acknowledge receipt of all Site Instructions within one (1) day.
16.13.4 The Contractor shall not embark on any work or services likely to lead to claim/s for
additional cost without first having possession of a Variation Order signed by the
appropriate Company delegated authority, unless, in the opinion of the Company, the
work is of an emergency nature, in which case any verbal instructions shall be promptly
confirmed by the Engineer, by the issue of a Variation Order. For the avoidance of any
doubt, any additional costs incurred contrary to the provision of this clause shall be for
the Contractor’s account.
16.13.5 If the Contract Holder gives a verbal Instruction to the Contractor, the Engineer shall
confirm to the Contractor by issue of a written Instruction within 5 (five) working days.
The Contractor may confirm in writing a verbal Instruction given by the Engineer. This
may take the form of a written Instruction for counter signature by the Engineer.
16.13.6 The Contractor shall maintain an up to date register of all Site Instructions and shall
include such register in the Contractor’s Monthly Management Report to the Company.
16.14 Demobilization and Site Clearance
16.14.6 Demobilization shall include but is not limited to site clean-up, removal of all Contractor
personnel, materials and equipment; reconciliation of all Company-supplied materials and
equipment, and return of unused or excess materials and equipment to the Company’s
warehouse or elsewhere as directed by the Company; submission of commissioning and
Handover reports, etc.
16.14.7 Before Practical Completion, the Contractor may not demobilize or remove from the
Site any equipment or surplus materials, until duly authorized by the Engineer. Immediately
following Practical Completion, the Contractor shall complete its demobilization from the
Site and clear the Site of all debris including vacating any facilities that the Company may
have made available to the Contractor to facilitate the work under the Contract. Any
payments specified for demobilization and site clearance shall not be due for payment until
demobilization has been completed, and until the Site and Company provided facilities
have been vacated by the Contractor, and the Site has been cleared to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Engineer.
16.14.8 Where the Contractor by agreement with the Engineer partially demobilizes whether
before or after Practical Completion, payment for demobilization and Site Clearance shall
be made pro rata and at such date as may be agreed with the Company. The balance of
any payments otherwise due to the Contractor for demobilization and Site clearance shall

B180075PPP
be payable upon completion of demobilization, vacation and clearance of the Site and
Company provided facilities.
17 WARRANTY / MAINTENANCE PERIOD
17.13 The Warranty Period for the Works, including for any and all equipment, fixtures and fittings
supplied under the Contract, shall commence after RFU/RFSU upon issue by Company of
the Certificate of Practical completion (or where Company takes over the Works prior to
Practical Completion, from the date of such take over) and shall continue for twelve (12)
calendar months.
17.14 If at any time during the Maintenance Period also called the Warranty Period, any defect in
the Works including but not limited to materials, equipment, systems, installations fittings,
workmanship, fitness for purpose, settlement, shrinkage, etc. becomes apparent, the
Contractor shall remedy or rectify the defect, or where it is incapable of being rectified or
remedied within the stipulated period of time, the Contractor shall supply and fit a
replacement.
17.15 At RFU/RFSU or takeover of the works, a service level agreement shall be agreed for the
warranty works. All maintenance as specified in the manufacturer’s manuals for the
equipment and the interval periods shall be part of the scope of the Contractor. Contractor
shall keep records and completed check lists of the maintenance carried out and hand these
over to Company.
17.16 Rectification shall be completed within a stipulated period from the date of the defect
becoming known and in such a manner as to minimize expense, disruption and
inconvenience to the Company and its operations. All costs that are incidental to the
rectification shall be borne by the Contractor.
17.17 Where Contractor fails to remedy such defects within the stipulated time frame, Company
reserves the right to remedy such defects and charge its incurred cost to the Contractor.
17.18 One (1) month before expiry of the defects rectification period, a final inspection of the works
shall be made jointly by the Company and the Contractor, and any new or outstanding
remedial items shall be promptly recorded on a final punch list.
17.19 Contractor shall within five (5) working days of the final inspection, submit a program and
schedule (not exceeding three (3) months) for the rectification of the works and close out of
the final punch list. Such program and schedule as well as proposed methods for
rectification shall be to the entire satisfaction of the Contract Holder.
17.20 Where Contractor fails to complete the rectification works within the scheduled time period,
Company reserves the right to execute such works and charge its incurred cost to the
Contractor.
17.21 Where Contractor fails to complete the rectification works within the scheduled time period
and where Company is not able to immediately rectify the defects, Company at its discretion
may choose to call on the Performance Bond for the amount which it estimates it may require
to rectify the defect at a later date. The cost of such works shall be as calculated within the
contract maintenance period.. The chargeable cost shall include but not limited to:
i) Indirect and direct labour costs including all taxes incident upon those costs,
ii) Incurred net delivery costs of materials,

B180075PPP
iii) Incurred lower tier supplier and Sub-Contractor costs related to performing the
rectification,
iv) Equipment and tool rentals, and
v) A sum calculated as 25% of the foregoing items for the Company’s overheads,
supervision and administrative costs.
Company shall inspect the rectification works and sign off the final punch list, where the
works have been done to its satisfaction. On completion of the final punch list, the Contact
Holder shall issue a Certificate of Final Completion.

B180075PPP
SECTION 9
TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATIONS AND DRAWINGS
Document
Document Title Revision Issued
Number
Design Basis Requirements

Basis for Design (where not superseded by
SE16.11257 Rev1 Jan-2018
FEED Documents)
Change Register for FEED Jan-2019
FEED Documents
FEED Document Register
HSSE Specifications
HSS.25.25.
NLNG Job Hazard Analysis Guideline 05 Jan-2018
85
HSS.25.30. NLNG Corporate Guideline for Contractor HSE
03 Jun-2016
05 Management (Under Review)
NLNG- NLNG Corporate HSE Key Performance
00 Apr-2011
GL04 Indicators' Definition
NLNG Corporate HSE Incident Investigation
NLNG-PR01 04 Oct-2015
and Learning Procedure
NLNG Worksite Hazard Management (WHM)
NLNG-PL03 00 Jan-2013
Program Execution Plan (PEP)
NLNG HSSE Risk Management: Hazard and
NLNG-PR08 03 Oct-2015
Effect Management Process (HEMP)
NLNG-
NLNG HSE Case Latest
RM02
FSS.10.20.1
NLNG Corporate Risk Management Manual 05 Jun-2015
0
FSS.10.05.0
NLNG Quality Management System Manual 04 Aug-2014
5: NLNG
HSS.25.60. NLNG Production Division Risk Management
01 Mar-2017
10 Framework
HSS.25.15.
NLNG Plant Emergency Response Guideline 12 Mar-2017
10
HSS-PR06 NLNG Permit to Work - Non Operational Areas 05 May-2013
HSS-PR07 NLNG HSE Induction Manual 06 Aug-2015
HSS-PR13 NLNG HSE Mandatory Education in NLNG 07 May-2016
NLNG RAM (Risk Assessment Matrix Procedure) 02/10/201
HSS-PR20
2016 5
HSEQ-GL02 NLNG Guideline for Safe Manual Handling 00 Sep-2013
NLNG Guideline for Safe Parking of Heavy
HSS-GL03 00 Mar-2014
Goods Vehicle (HGV)
HSS.30.05. MVI/RTA Evaluation & Performance Reporting
00 Jan-2017
25.05 Guide

B180075PPP
Document
Number
HSS.25.50.
NLNG Malaria Risks management Plan 04 Sept-2017
110
HSS.25.50. NLNG Guidelines on General Medical
04 Sept-2017
60 Standards of Fitness to Work
NLNG Production Division Health, Safety &
PD-MS02A Environment (HSE) Management System 05 Nov-2013
Manual
NLNG Production Division Environmental
PD-MS02b 07 Oct-2014
Management System Manual
HSS.35.05. NLNG Statement of Fitness Management
03 May-2017
15 Procedure
Process Safety Performance Indicators for
API RP 754
Refining and Petrochemical Industries
OHSAS180 Occupational Health & Safety Management
01:2007 Systems – Specification
Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries -
ISO
Offshore Production Installations - Guidelines
17776:200
on Tools and Techniques for Hazard
0
Identification and Risk Assessment
HSS.25.35.
03 July-2017
05 HSE Assurance Guide for Capital Project
HSS.25.55.
06 Sep-2018
05 Waste Management Procedure
HSS.25.50.
00 Aug-2018
75 NLNG Fatigue Risk Management Plan
PIL.15.05.2
03 Mar-2017
5 NLNG Journey Management Procedure
HSS.25.55. NLNG Green House Gas & Energy
06 Apr-2018
40 Management Procedure.
NLNG Guidelines for Siting of Portable
PD-GL01 02 Jul-2014
Buildings in the Plant Areas
HSS.25.25.
NLNG Working at Height Guideline 00 Jan-2018
05
PD-PR10 NLNG Emergency Response Manual
PO-PR18 NLNG Transport Procedure – Vehicle Access
HSS-PR22 NLNG PPE Manual 00 Nov-2012
PRD.15.05.
NLNG Ladder Safety Procedure 11 Mar-2018
250
PRD.15.05.
NLNG Pneumatic Impact Wrenches 07 Apr-2018
150
PRD.15.05. NLNG Hand Tools, Powered Tools and
07 Apr-2018
140 Sparking Hazards
PDR.15.05.
NLNG Powered Tools Usage and Maintenance 03 Mar-2018
140.05
PRD.15.05. NLNG Mobile Cranes and General Lifting
17 Nov-2018
255 Operations
PRD.15.05.
NLNG Operation of Forklift Trucks 04 Apr-2018
255.05
PRD.15.05.
NLNG Transporting Abnormal Loads 04 Apr-2018
255.20

B180075PPP
Document
Number
PRD.15.05. NLNG Mobile Equipment with Internal
09 May-2018
260 Combustion Engines in Hazardous Areas
PRD.15.05.
NLNG Movement of Heavy Duty Equipment 02 May-2018
265
PRD.15.05. NLNG Scaffolding Access Systems Control and
12 May-2017
270 Usage
PRD.15.05. NLNG Stacking of scaffold materials on the
00 Mar-2017
270.10 truck before transportation
PRD.15.05. NLNG Safe Use of Compressed Air for
08 Apr-2018
285 Cleaning
PRD.15.05.
NLNG Machine Guarding 08 Apr-2018
290
PMS-PR15 NLNG Permit To Work - Workshop Areas 08 Oct-2015
PRD.15.20. NLNG Use of welding, Grinding, Cutting,
11 Mar-2018
115 Heating and Burning Equipment
PRD.15.05.
NLNG Eye Protection 08 Apr-2018
305
HSS.25.10.
NLNG Permit To Work Manual 13 Oct-2017
10
HSS.25.10.
NLNG Permit To Work Guidelines 03 Nov-2017
05
PRD.05.15. NLNG Authorised Gas Safety Inspector
07 Sep-2017
05 Guidelines
PRD.05.15. NLNG Guidelines for Authorised Gas Safety
06 Apr-2017
10 Tester (AGST)
PEC-PR09 NLNG Grating Safety Procedure 06 Nov-2014
PMT-PR03 NLNG Shutdown HSE and Risk management 04 Feb-2016
PMT-PR05 NLNG Shutdown Quality Procedure
IOGP 577 Fabrication Site Construction safety Practices
ISO 14001
Environmental Management System
(2015)
IOGP 423 Contractor HSE Management
Excavations in the NLNG Operational and
HSS.25.20.
Non- 08 Feb 2018
25
Operational Areas
DEP
70.10.80.2 Use of Water Jet Cleaning Equipment
1.9
Civil/Structural Work Specifications
Design and Engineering Practice (DEP)
DEP
30.48.00.3 Protective Coating for Onshore and Offshore Feb-2017
1-Gen Facilities
DEP
30.48.60.1 Design and Installation of Chemical Resistant
2-Gen Protection System for Concrete Structures
DEP
80.47.10.3 Assessment and Design of the Fire Safety of Feb-2017
0-Gen. Onshore Installations

B180075PPP
Document
Number
DEP
34.28.00.3
3-Gen. Onshore Ancillary Structures
DEP
Structural Design And Engineering Of Onshore
34.00.01.3 Feb-2017
Structures
0-Gen.
DEP
Site Preparation and Earthworks including Tank
34.11.00.1 Feb-2017
Foundations and Tank Farms
1-Gen.
DEP
Geotechnical & Foundation Engineering –
34.11.00.1
Onshore
1-Gen.
DEP
Roads, Paving, Surfacing, Cable Trenches,
34.13.20.3 Feb-2017
Slope Protection and Fencing
1-Gen.
DEP
Drainage Systems and Primary Treatment
34.14.20.3 Feb-2017
Facilities
1-Gen.
DEP
34.17.00.3 Design & Engineering of Building
2-Gen.
DEP
34.19.19.1 Grouting of Equipment and Structure Bases Feb-2015
1-Gen.
DEP
34.19.20.3 Onshore Concrete Design and Construction Feb-2017
1-Gen.
DEP
34.28.00.3 Onshore Steel Structures Feb-2017
1-Gen.
DEP
Non-metallic Materials, Selection and
30.10.02.1 Feb-2017
Application
3-Gen
DEP
80.00.10.1 Project Quality Assurance
0-Gen
NLNG Procedures and Working Instructions
PEC-PR00-
05 Jun-2015
W01 NLNG Supply of Items
PEC-PR00-
03 Dec-2014
W06 NLNG Quality Controls for Painting
PEC-PR00-
03 Dec-2014
W07 NLNG Quality Controls for Insulation
PEC-PR00- NLNG Repair Guidelines For Fireproofing to
05 Apr-2015
W10 Steel Structures
PEC-PR00-
02 May-2015
W12 NLNG Chemical Storage and Usage
PRD.15.05.
01 Jan-2017
50.75 NLNG Power Tool Safety
NLNG Field Maintenance and Repair of Paint
PEC-PR02 06 Jul-2014
and Coating Systems

B180075PPP
Document
Number
PEC-PR02- NLNG External and Internal Painting
05 Sep-2015
W01 of Buildings
PEC-PR02- NLNG LNG Jetty Foundation Piles Repair of
04 Sep-2015
W03 Coating Damage
PEC-PR02- NLNG Guidelines for Re-coating of Loading
02 Sep-2015
W06 Jetties Dolphin Catwalk
NLNG Field Maintenance and Repair of
PEC-PR03 07 Jul-2014
Insulation
PEC-PR03-
03 Sep-2015
W01 NLNG PUF (Polyurethane Foam) Injection
PEC-PR10 NLNG Surface Preparation by Blasting 01 Nov-2014
T-
Jul-2007
12.415.584 Technical Specification for Painting CF
PMI-PR00-
Quality Control for Concrete Works 05 Aug-2016
W02
PEC-PR00- Quality Controls for Soil, Sand Cement
03 Jul-2015
W05 Compaction
Field Maintenance and Repair of Underground
PMI-PR01 06 Mar-2016
Non Metallic Piping
Excavations in the NLNG Operational and
PEC-PR05 07 Oct-2016
Non-Operational Areas
T-
Concrete Repairs and Finishes
10.254.053
T- Amendment to DEP 34.14.20.31-Gen
2.895.181 Drainage & Primary Treatment Systems C
Amendment to DEP 34.18.51.10-GEN
Minimum Requirements For The Construction
T- And Maintenance Of Tank Foundations Bund
2.895.182 Walls AC
T- Amendment to DEP 34.13.20.31-Gen Roads,
2.895.183 Paving, Surfacing, Slope Protection & Fencing C
Amendment to DEP 34.17.10.30-Gen
T- Reinforced Control Buildings / Field Auxiliary
2.895.194 Rooms C
Amendment to DEP 34.17.00.32-Gen
T- Minimum Requirements For Design And
2.895.362 Engineering Of Buildings C
T-
2.895.443 Specification For Preloading A
Mechanical & Piping Work Specifications
Design and Engineering Practice (DEPs)
DEP
00.00.06.0 Standard Drawings Index Feb-2017
6-Gen
DEP
02.00.00.1 Preparation of Technical Drawings Feb-2017
0-Gen
DEP
30.10.60.1 Welding of Metals (Additions to API RP 582) Feb-2017
8-Gen

B180075PPP
Document
Number
DEP Welding of pressurized pipes
30.10.60.3 (amendments/supplements to API standard Feb-2017
0-Gen 1104)
DEP
30.10.60.3 Welding of metals, based on ISO standards Feb-2017
2-Gen
DEP
Protective coatings for onshore and offshore
30.48.00.3 Feb-2017
facilities
1-Gen
DEP
Rotary-type Positive Displacement Compressors
31.29.40.3
(Amendments/Supplements to API 619)
2-Gen
DEP
30.55.03.3 Qualification of NDT for Fabrication inspection Feb-2017
0-Gen
DEP
31.29.02.1 Pumps – Selection, Testing and Installation
1-Gen.
DEP
31.22.00.3 Tank Mixers & Agitators
1-Gen
DEP
31.51.10.3 Installation of Rotating Equipment Feb-2017
1-Gen
DEP
31.38.01.1 Piping Classes – Basis Of Design Feb-2017
0-Gen.
DEP
31.38.01.1 Piping – General Requirements Feb-2017
1-Gen.
DEP
31.38.01.1 Piping classes - Refining and Chemicals Feb-2017
2-Gen
DEP
Compilation of Bill of Material for Piping
31.38.01.1 Feb-2012
Isometrics
3-Gen.
DEP
31.38.01.2 Pipe Supports Feb-2017
9-Gen.
DEP
31.38.01.3 Shop and Field Fabrication of Piping Feb-2017
1-Gen
DEP
Hot-Tapping on Pipelines, Piping and
31.38.60.1 Feb-2016
Equipment
0-Gen
DEP
Glass fibre reinforced plastic pipeline and
31.40.10.1 Feb-2017
piping systems
9-Gen
DEP
30.00.60.1 Human Factors Engineering in Projects
0-Gen

B180075PPP
Document
Number
DEP
30.00.60.1 Human Factors Engineering - Valves
3-Gen
DEP
High density polyethylene pipelines and piping
31.40.20.3 Feb-2017
systems for oilfield application
8-Gen
DEP
31.40.50.3 Pre-commissioning of Pipelines Feb-2017
0-Gen
DEP
31.38.01.1 Piping Classes – Exploration & Production
5-Gen.
DEP
31.38.01.2 Compilation of Specification for Piping System
1-Gen.
DEP
Piping Classes – Service & Material selective
31.38.01.8
Index
4-Gen.
DEP
74.00.10.1 Shop & Field Pressure Testing of Piping System
0-Gen.
DEP
Pressure Relief, Emergency Depressurizing,
80.45.10.1
Flare & Vent System
0-Gen.
DEP
Compressors – Selection, Testing and
31.29.40.1
Installation
0-Gen
DEP
Chemical Injection Systems for Upstream
31.01.10.1
Production Facilities
0-Gen
DEP
Human Factors Engineering – Design and
30.00.60.1
Procurement of Skid Packaged Units
8-Gen
DEP
Hoisting Facilities and Weather Protection for
31.25.00.1
Rotating Equipment
0-Gen
DEP
Heating Ventilation & Air Conditioning for Plant
31.76.10.1
Building
0-Gen
DEP
Field Inspection Prior to Commissioning Of
61.10.08.1 Feb-2017
Mechanical Equipment
1-Gen.
DEP
61.40.20.3 Welding of pipelines and related facilities Feb-2017
0-Gen
DEP
Preservation of new and old equipment
70.10.70.1 Feb-2017
standing idle
1-Gen
DEP
Shop and Field Pressure Testing of Piping
74.00.10.1 Feb-2017
Systems
0-Gen.

B180075PPP
Document
Number
PEQ-PR00-
Positive Alloy Material Identification 05 Oct-2014
W06
PEQ-PR00-
Ultrasonic Inspection 06 Sep-2014
W07
PEQ-PR00-
Ultrasonic Baseline Thickness Measurements 07 Sep-2014
W08
PEQ-PR00-
Magnetic Particle Inspection 05 Sep-2014
W09
PEQ-PR00-
Liquid Penetrant Inspection 06 Jul-2014
W10
PEQ-PR00-
Radiographic Inspection 02 Oct-2014
W11
PEQ-PR02 PEQ Quality Assurance Procedure 05 Mar-2014
PEQ-PR03 Shop Inspection Procedure on Behalf of NLNG 06 Sep-2015
Periodic In-Service Inspection and Certification
PEQ-PR05 04 Jan-2015
of Lifting Equipment
PEQ-PR06 Incoming Goods Inspection 05 Jun-2015
PEQ-PR07 PEQ Ionising Radiation Safety Procedure 07 Oct-2016
PEQ-PR08 Hoses Procedure 09 May-2016
PEQ-PR08- Identification, Tagging and Registration of
04 May-2016
W01 Hoses
PEQ-PR09 Flange Bolting Procedure 09 Dec-2014
Handling and Storage of Transportable Gas
PEQ-PR12
Cylinders
Inspection and repair of safety critical non-
PEQ-PR16 return valves (NRVs)
PEQ-PR17 Hydrostatic and pneumatic Testing
Safety and Pressure Relief Valves Testing,
PEQ-PR18 06 Feb-2016
Overhaul and Certification
Welding and Repair/ Alteration of Process Plant
PEQ-PR21 Static Equipment, Piping, Pipeline and 02 Mar-2016
Structures
PEQ-PR23 Heat Treatment 02 Sep-2015
Third Party Cathodic Protection (CP)
PEQ-PR24 02 Sep-2015
Commissioning and Handover Procedure
PEQ-PR25 Mothballing Procedure 01 Oct-2014
PEQ-PR26 Hot Tapping Guidelines 02 Sep-2015
PEQ-PR27 Guidelines for Valves & other Casting Repairs 02 Jul-2016
Onshore Pipelines Cathodic Protection Systems
PEQ-PR31 03 Aug-2016
Procedure
PET-PR00- NLNG Flange Unbolting for Fully/partially
00 Jan-2015
W18 Depressurized System
PMT-PR05-
NLNG Flange Activities Tracking Guideline 01 Apr-2016
W01
PRD
15.05.125. Flange bolting/activities
05
PRD.15.20.
Hydrostatic Pressure Testing 03 Apr-2017
75.05

B180075PPP
Document
Number
PRD.15.20.
Pneumatic Pressure Testing 03 Apr-2017
75.10
PRD.15.20.
Inspection of Relief Valves 05 Jan-2017
80.05
International Standards
AISC AISC
ANSI ANSI
API API
ASHRAE ASHRAE
ASME ASME
ASTM ASTM
AWS AWS
EIA EIA
EN EN
IEC IEC
ICAO ICAO
ISA ISA
ISO ISO
NACE NACE
NFPA NFPA
SMACNA SMACNA
SOLAS SOLAS
BS BS
Electrical & Instrument Work Specifications
Design and Engineering Practice (DEPs)
DEP
Field Commissioning of Electrical Installations
63.10.08.1 Feb-2017
and Equipment
1-Gen.
DEP
80.64.10.1 Electrical Safety Rules Feb-2011
0-Gen.
DEP
80.64.10.1 Static Electricity Feb-2017
1-Gen.
DEP
33.64.10.1 Electrical Engineering Design Feb-2017
0 Gen.
DEP
Data Acquisition and Control Architecture
32.01.20.1
(DACA)
0-Gen.
DEP
Instrumentation Symbols and Identification on
32.10.03.1
Process Engineering Flow Scheme
0-Gen.
DEP
32.31.00.1 Instrument Engineering Procedures
0-Gen.
DEP
32.31.50.1 Online Process Analysers
0-Gen.

B180075PPP
Document
Number
DEP
32.31.50.1 Analyser House
3-Gen.
DEP
32.80.10.1 Instrumented Protective Function (IPF)
0-Gen.
DEP
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
33.64.10.3
Requirements
3-Gen.
DEP
70.10.90.1 Spare Parts
1-Gen.
DEP
31.37.00.1 Instrument Air Supply Feb-2017
1-Gen.
DEP
Intelligent Field Devices – Design And
32.30.20.1 Feb-2017
Configuration
3-Gen.
DEP
32.30.20.1 Fire, Gas And Smoke Detection Systems Feb-2016
1-Gen.
DEP
32.31.00.3 Instruments for Measurement and Control Feb-2017
2-Gen.
DEP
32.31.00.3 Instrumentation Documents And Drawings Feb-2017
4-Gen.
DEP
32.31.09.3 Instrumentation For Packaged Equipment Feb-2017
1-Gen.
DEP
Control Valves – Selection, Sizing, And
32.36.01.1 Feb-2017
Specification
7-Gen.
DEP
Relief Valves – Selection, Sizing and
80.36.00.3
Specification
0-Gen.
DEP
32.37.10.1 Installation Of On-Line Instruments Feb-2017
1-Gen.
DEP
32.37.20.1 Instrument Signal Lines Feb-2017
0-Gen.
DEP
32.45.10.1 Instrumentation Of De-pressuring Systems Feb-2017
0-Gen.
DEP
32.80.10.1 Safety Instrumented Systems Feb-2017
0-Gen.
DEP
Inspection and Functional Testing of
62.10.08.1 Feb-2017
Instruments
1-Gen.

B180075PPP
Document
Number
Std Dwg Typical Mounting Details For Earthing
68.003-G Connections of Plant Equipment
Std Dwg Earthing Boss for Steel Structures, Tank, Vessels
68.004-I Etc.
Std Dwg Typical Arrangements of Cable Trenches in
68.009-D Plant Area
Std Dwg
Power Connection for Plant Electrical Equipment
68.032-C
Std Dwg Typical Construction and Fastening of
69.001-D Lamppost for fluorescent Lighting Fittings
Std Dwg
Typical Lighting Details
69.003-A
PEE-P01 NLNG Electrical Safety Rules 03 Feb-2015
NLNG Lock Out Tag Out (LOTO) Procedure for
PEE-PR02 02 Oct-2015
Single Point Isolations
NLNG Procedure for the Selection, Training,
PEE-PR04 Assessment & Authorisation of Persons under 02 Mar-2015
the Electrical Safety Rules
NLNG Application of Electrical Switching
PEE-PR05 04 Apr-2015
Procedure
PEE-PR06 NLNG Electrical Isolation and Key System 01 Feb-2015
PEE-PR12 NLNG Earth Loop Impedance Testing 02 Mar-2015
NLNG Equipment Identification and Cable
Numbering
PEE-PR16 NLNG Electrical Safety Equipment and PPE 05 Oct-2016
NLNG Electrical Tie-ins and Concurrent
Operations and Partial Handover
NLNG Procedure for the Safeguarding of
PEE-PR21 04 Mar-2015
Electrical Protection Settings
NLNG Installation of Electrical Equipment in
PEE-PR24 04 Sep-2014
Hazardous Classified Area
Guidelines for the installation and use of
PEE-PR24-
electric equipment in restrictive conductive 04 Oct-2015
W01
locations
Portable equipment inspection, testing and
maintenance procedure
Selection of Spare Parts for Critical Electrical
Equipment
NLNG Guidelines for Cable Jointing in
Hazardous Areas
NLNG Electrical Test & Maintenance
Parameters
PEE-PR69 NLNG Standards for Earthing and Bonding 04 Oct-2015
PEE-PR72 NLNG Requirements for Electrical Construction 04 Mar-2015
T-
NLNG Electrical Installation Details. BE May-2004
12.492.795
PEI-PR04 Testing of Instrumented Protective Functions 09 Oct-2016
NLNG Fire and Gas Detection Protection
PEI-M01 01 Sep-2016
Systems Philosophy Manual
PEI-PR09 Maintenance of Physical Standards 07 Sep-2015
B180075PPP
Document
Number
Terms and Definitions for Instrumentation and
PEI-PR12 06 Jan-2016
Process Control
Guidelines for Selection, Installation of Ex
PEI-PR20 02 Nov-2014
Certified Instrument Equipment
Instrumentation Commissioning Procedure for
Dec-2015
PEI-PR30 PD (CAPEX) Projects 00
Fire and Gas Acceptance Test Procedure in
PEI-PR31 Jan-2016
Projects 00
Management of Instrumented Protective
Feb-2016
PEI-PR32 Functions (IPF) for Capex Projects 00
PEI-PR62- Project Execution Practices for HMI Graphics
01 Nov-2015
P08 Development
International Standards
Shell HSSE Electrical Safety Assurance Protocol Mar-2009
BS 7671 IEE Wiring Regulations Jan-2015
Electrical Apparatus For Explosive Gas
IEC 60079-
Atmospheres, Part 0: Equipment –General 4th Ed. Jan-2004
0
Requirement
BS EN ISO Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings On Fabricated
Jul-2009
1461 Iron And Steel Articles
Cenelec
HD21- Wiring Specification
H07V
Combustible Gas Detector Systems and
API 2031 Environmental and Operational Factors 1st Ed. Jan-1991
influencing Their Performance
Instruments for the Detection of Combustible
BS 6020
Gases, Part 1, 4 & 5
IEC 60079- Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas
6th Ed. Jun-2011
0 Atmospheres – Part 0: General Requirements
Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas
IEC 60079-
Atmospheres – Part 1: Equipment protection by 7th Ed. Jun-2014
1
flameproof enclosures “d”
IEC 60079-
Atmospheres – Part 2: Equipment protection by 6th Ed. Jul-2014
2
pressurized enclosures “p”
IEC 60079-
Atmospheres – Part 7: Equipment protection by 5th Ed. Jun-2015
7
increased safety “e”
IEC 60079-
Atmospheres – Part 10-1: Classification of 2nd Ed. Sep-2015
10-1
areas - Explosive gas atmospheres
IEC 60079-
Atmospheres – Part 11: Equipment protection 6th Ed. Jun-2011
11
by intrinsic safety "i"
IEC 60079-
Atmospheres – Part 14: Electrical installations 5th Ed. Nov-2013
14
design, selection and erection
IEC 60079-
Atmospheres – Part 15:Equipment protection by 4th Ed. Jan-2010
15
type of protection "n"

B180075PPP
Document
Number
IEC 60079-
Atmospheres – Part 17: Electrical installations 5th Ed. Nov-2013
17
inspection and maintenance
IEC 60079-
Atmospheres – Part 19: Equipment repair, 3rd Ed. Nov-2010
19
overhaul and reclamation
Nigerian National Standards
Mineral Oils (Safety) Regulations - 1997
Petroleum Act CAP. P10 LFN 2004
Nigerian Oil Pipelines Act CAP O10 LFN 2004
Nigerian Oil and Pipeline Regulations 1995
Guidelines and Procedure for the Construction
Operation and Maintenance of Oil and Gas
Pipelines and Their Ancillary Facilities
Nigerian Building Codes
Regulatory Requirements
The Minerals Oils (Safety) Regulations of the
Federal Republic of Nigeria
Supplement to the Nigerian Oil and Gas
Pipelines Regulations (1995)
Environmental Guidelines and Standards for
EGASPIN
Petroleum Industry
Others as applicable
NLNG Production Division Site Management
PD-MS01 03 Jul-2016
System/Quality Management System Manual
ISO
Quality Management System – Requirements
9001:2015
ISO
14001:201 Environment management System
5
Project Technical Queries & Non-conformance
01 Jul-2015
PPS-PR16 procedure
PPS-PR30 Document Management and Control Procedure 00 Dec-2015
PPA-GL01 Quality Assurance Guide for Projects 01 Jul-2016
NLNG Asset Information Quality Management
02 Jun-2016
PEA-M01 Manual
PEA-PR04 NLNG As-built and Documentation Procedure 03 Jul-2015
PEA-PR05 NLNG CAD Procedure 04 Feb-2016
T-
2.895.042 Technical Specification For Preparation Of PFS
T-
2.895.043 Technical Specification For Preparation Of PEFS
DEP
80.00.00.1 Hazard And Operability (HAZOP) Study Feb-2017
5-Gen.
DEP
70.10.90.1 Spare Parts Feb-2017
1-Gen.

B180075PPP
SECTION 10
SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PRICES
1.0 PREAMBLES
1.1 Pricing
The Contract is a Fixed Price Lump Sum type. For the avoidance of any doubt, the Contractor
is deemed to have checked the pricing schedule and to have provided for any omission and
inaccuracies the Contractor considers necessary to calculate the Contract fixed price lump
sum. It should be noted that the Contract is not a Unit Rate Contract.
1.2 The contract rates and prices shall be stated in US Dollars. Payment shall be made in USD
(for foreign costs) and Nigerian Naira (for local costs) calculated at the US Dollar / Nigerian
Naira exchange selling rate published by the Central Bank of Nigeria on the valuation date
the Payment Certificate is prepared. The Contractor’s stated percentage cost component
below for these currencies shall be in accordance with its Nigerian Content plan.
Currency % Composition for Payment (Contractor to specify)
NGN
USD
1.3 The pricing milestone schedule hereof shall apply for payment of the Contract unless other
mechanisms are expressly stated and agreed between the Company and the Contractor.
1.4 If any item is not priced by the Contractor or shown as "nil" or "included", it shall be deemed
to be of no value or that the cost has been spread throughout other items which have been
priced.
1.5 The Contractor has satisfied himself as to the meaning of every item in the Contract
documentation. No claim for additional payment to the Contractor will be allowed for any
error, omission or misinterpretation in this respect.
1.6 The Contractor is deemed to have allowed for all Overhead costs – for example, home office
and on-site management, administration, logistical support, recruitment, interviewing,
Company taxes (e.g. withholding tax, corporation tax), mobilization/ demobilization, and all
Direct and Indirect costs whether fixed or variable, including head office costs and head office
costs to field – in the Pricing Schedules. The Contract is also deemed to have allowed for the
cost of all compliance requirements including without limitation any Nigerian Content
initiatives pursuant to the and the requirements of the Nigerian Content is defined in The
Nigerian Oil & Gas Industry Content Development (NOGICD) Act 2010 or any Guidelines of
the Nigerian Content Management Development Board that are in effect as at the date of the
contract.
1.7 Rates and Prices are fixed and firm for the period of the Contract, and no circumstances
(including without limitation) fluctuations in exchange rates, inflation, currency devaluation or
float, currency variation or any other escalation to the prices and/or rates shall be considered
during the contract tenure, unless expressly stated otherwise herein. For the avoidance of doubt
none of the events described in this clause shall qualify as Force Majeure events.

B180075PPP
1.8 If the Contractor considers that it has any claim for additional payments and/or extension of
time under the Contract, it shall notify the Contract Holder in writing within five (5) working
days of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim. The Contractor's notification shall
give details of the circumstances to which the claim relates. The Contractor shall present the
fully documented claim to the Contract Holder as soon as possible and not later than one (1)
month after the end of the occurrence to which the claim relates. Claims that are not fully
notified to the Company and fully documented within the time limit as aforesaid shall be
rejected.
2.0 RATES FOR PERSONNEL
2.1 All personnel employed by the Contractor or his Sub-Contractors shall be paid salaries and
allowances and shall receive benefits that are compatible with those that are obtainable for
employees working in the same or similar services in the locality of the works and services
described in the contract.
2.2 The Contractor must make his own research into the applicable rates of pay and benefits
and must be specifically cognizant of Federal or Local laws applicable to employment,
Collective Bargaining Agreement, the availability of labour, recent pay rates for similar
service contracts to Nigerian LNG Limited and other comparable companies, and any other
issues that affect rates of pay and benefits.
2.3 In defining the rates of pay the Contractor shall ensure that its rates of pay are sufficient to
attract the correct caliber of personnel, with the requisite competence, to provide the services
and to avoid industrial unrest. Furthermore, the Contractor’s rates of pay and benefits must
not be unjustifiably excessive when examined alongside other comparable contract services
for other companies.
2.4 The Company reserves the right to audit the wages, conditions and welfare provisions of
Contractor personnel and the Contractor shall make available to Company, on demand,
any associated documentation. If the audit indicts the Contractor for paying wages less than
quoted by the Contractor, the Company shall be within its rights to compel the Contractor
to refund underpaid wages and any unnecessary deductions to the employees. The
Company may wish to exercise other penalty options under the Contract.
2.5 The rates and prices are inclusive of, but not limited to the following:
a. Personal salary and allowances payable directly to the Contractor’s personnel, for each
month worked by the 25th day of the month except in December where payment shall be
made by the 20th day of the month.
b. Appropriate medical insurances including medical evacuation,
c. Employee Compensation Insurance, Group Life Insurance, Public/Third Party Liability
Insurance, Motor Vehicle Insurance and any other insurances as required in accordance
with existing law
d. Costs of taxes and contributions raised by law, trade unions, or other burdens with
respect to the payroll of Contractor (e.g. old age benefits, welfare funds, pensions,
Pension Fund contributions, life insurance policy, annuities, disability insurances,
Industrial Training Funs etc.)
e. Costs of Contractor’s standard employee benefits (e.g. bonuses, retirement funds, health
and life assurances, profit sharing schemes and share purchase schemes),
f. Contractors’ training and certification, and PPE,
g. Administrative, management and logistical support,
h. Any staff salary increments associated with working and residing in Nigeria.
i. Payment of salary during periods of sickness and other times when the personnel may
not be able or required to work

B180075PPP
j. For Expatriate personnel, Quota, Visa and Work Permit, Resident Permit and any other
necessary documentation,
k. Demobilization and end of contract costs on completion of the works unless otherwise
expressly stated in the contract.
3.0 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
3.1 The Company shall make payments to the Contractor based upon the milestone completed in
accordance with the milestone payment schedule. In no event shall the Company be required
to pay in excess of the completed milestone. Payments will only be made against Contractor
invoice if supported by such documentation as the Company shall reasonably require.
3.2 Where work is defective or omitted, the estimated cost of rectifying that defect or omission may
be taken into account and deducted from any payments otherwise due to the Contractor.
3.3 If the Contract provides that before a payment is made, a test must be passed or insurance
effected, or some other requirement must be fulfilled, and if the Contractor has not complied
with such requirement, the Company may withhold payment appropriate to the unfulfilled
requirement/s, without recourse from the Contractor until such time as the requirement has
been fulfilled.
4.0 CALCULATION OF PAYMENT
4.1 Only work confirmed by the Contract Holder or his authorized nominee as satisfactorily
completed, as at the valuation date, shall be subject to application for payment by Contractor.
4.2 Subject to the foregoing, the amount due to the Contractor shall be calculated as follows: -
a. Where a lump sum pricing is used, the payment sum shall be obtained in accordance with
the completed milestone as per the priced milestone schedule.
b. any monies due to the Contractor under any other provision of the Contract, less the
amounts already paid plus amounts which the Company is entitled to deduct under the
Contract.
4.3 There shall be no advance payment, part payments, or payment for part-completed work.
4.4 The Company reserves the right to issue discrete packages of additional work for execution by
the Contractor on a Lump Sum, Unit Rates, or other incentive-based reimbursement structure.
Such additional work shall be authorized by a Variation Order to the Contract.
4.5 All valuations shall be subject to certification by the Engineer.
5.0 PRICE SCHEDULE FOR THE WORKS
5.1 Lump Sum Payments
5.1.1 The lump sum price stated in the table below shall constitute the Contractor’s charge for
undertaking and completing the works and shall include for all costs necessary for the
delivery of the full work scope as detailed in Section 4 – Scope of Works.
ITEM AMOUNT (USD)

Lump Sum Price

B180075PPP
5.1.2 The Contractor shall exercise sufficient care with the makeup of lump sum as this lump
sum for the full scope of work is capped and cannot be exceeded. The Contract is Fixed
Price Lump Sum type.
5.1.3 Payment shall be on submission of invoices verified and signed by the Company’s
Contract Holder in accordance with the priced milestones schedule stated hereunder:
Insert pricing Schedule
5.2 Additional Works and Services
For performing additional works, providing additional Personnel, Plant/Tools/Equipment and

Materials which the Contract Holder may wish to call-off from time to time, and on an as-and-when-
required basis, the Contractor shall be paid rates stated below. The rates shall constitute full and
complete compensation due to the Contractor for providing the Personnel, Plant/Tools/Equipment
and materials regardless of difficulty, location, complexity, and including any payments to third
parties all in accordance with the contract. Daily hire rate is inclusive of all wages, PPE, mobilization,
demobilization, profit, operator, operation, fuel, maintenance and other costs. Day shall mean 10
working hours from 0700 to 1800hrs with one hour break
5.3.1 Labour Day Rates (Mon – Sat)

5.3.2 Labour Hourly Rates

5.4 Percentage Adjustment for Additional Supply of Plant, Goods and Minor Services
5.4.1 Construction Plant

If the Contractor does not have appropriate plant available to work on a daywork basis it
may, with the prior written consent of the Engineer, hire plant. The Contractor shall be entitled
to payment in respect of plant hired for daywork at the actual invoiced cost to the Contractor
but excluding any cash or trade discounts, plus the percentage mark-up entered hereunder
which shall be deemed to cover all costs including, but not limited to the following: -
a) administration
b) delivery, handling and storage
c) insurances
d) other overhead costs
e) profit, margins, mark-up of whatsoever nature.
Percentage mark-up on Hired Plant ……………%
5.4.2 Materials and Minor Services

In calculating the payment due to the Contractor for materials used for dayworks (except for
materials for which the cost is included in the daywork labour rates), only the net quantity
actually used for the daywork shall be measured.
The Contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of materials used in daywork and minor
services at the actual invoiced cost to the Contractor, including freight to the site, but excluding
any cash or trade discounts, plus the percentage mark-up entered hereunder, which shall be
deemed to cover all costs including, but not limited to the following: -
a) administration
b) delivery, handling and storage
B180075PPP
c) insurances
d) other overhead costs
e) profit, margins, mark-up of whatsoever nature.
Percentage mark-up on Materials and Minor Services ….……%
6.0 INVOICES
6.1 The Contractor shall submit one invoice on completion of works covered by a Contract Call-
Off. However, for Contract Call-Offs exceeding two (2) months, the Contractor may seek to
apply for an interim payment as may be applicable.
6.2 The currency of Contract, invoicing and payments shall be United States Dollars and
Nigerian Naira.
The text of the invoice shall show the following: -
i. Contract Order Number
ii. A brief Description of the works
iii. A Service Purchase Order (PO) Number generated by SAP.
iv. Tax Identification Number (TIN)
v. Whether the invoice relates to an interim or final payment.
vi. VAT registration number (where applicable)
vii. Any other information as advised by the Company Finance department
6.3 Tax Identification Number (TIN)

It is statutorily mandatory that all Tax Payers, both individuals and incorporated entities (local
or foreign entities operating in Nigeria) must have a Tax Identification Number (TIN).
Therefore, the Contractor is required to include his Tax Payer's Identification Number (TIN)
visibly on all invoices submitted.
6.4 The Contractor’s invoice for the work shall include and always be supported with the following
as applicable:
i. A copy of the A Service Purchase Order (PO) associated with the work. This shall be
supported with a brief narrative of the work undertaken against each work order or
contract call off instruction showing the status of such work including forecast time for
completion if not yet complete, hold points, factors affecting Contractor’s performance
etc.
ii. The Service Entry sheet, including time sheets where applicable authenticating the
invoiced amount against works completed in the period.
iii. Evidence of remittance of all statutory contributions and/or deductions e.g. Employee
pension, Personal income tax (PAYE), Industrial Training Fund and Employee
Compensation Scheme for the preceding month as may be applicable to the Contract.
iv. Schedule of labour/personnel salaries showing the wages, PAYE, pension, ITF etc. paid
for each personnel and acknowledged/approved by Contractor HR or contract manager
for service type contracts as may be applicable to the Contract.
v. Third party commercial invoice and/or custom documentation as may be applicable
showing input VAT paid, with Company named as Co-owner i.e. “Nigeria LNG Limited
O/C Contractor name” clearly stated on such receipts/invoices used as back up
documentation for materials or services purchased on-behalf of Company as may be
applicable to the Contract.
6.5 The Company shall pay Contractor's uncontested invoice(s) within Forty Five (45) days of
receipt. All contested invoices shall be clarified by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the
Company before payment is effected. The Company's approval of the Contractor's invoice
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

B180075PPP
6.6 Nigerian Value Added Tax (VAT)

The Prices and Rates contained in the Contract shall be inclusive of the Contractor’s Input VAT
where applicable. The Contractor's invoice shall show the governing rate of VAT and the
amount of VAT included in the gross value of the invoice.
VAT will be paid by Nigeria LNG Limited directly to the Federal Inland Revenue Service or
appropriate tax authority and evidence of all payments in respect thereof provided to the
Contractor in due course.
6.7 Company shall have the right to deduct withhold tax as applicable from any revenue earned
by Contractor that includes Profit, within Nigeria.
6.8 The amount deducted as Withholding Tax is remitted directly to the appropriate tax authorities
in the name of the Contractor. The tax authority will issue a tax receipt to the value of the
deduction in the name of the Contractor. The Contractor is reminded that this WHT is not
Personal Income Tax (PAYE). Personal Tax (PAYE) must be calculated on the gross earnings of
the Personnel and paid levied on the Earnings of the Personnel in accordance with the
Government Tax Authority requirements.
6.9 The Contractor will be held responsible for maintaining all records and obtaining the support
documentation in substantiation of its invoices. Failure to comply may prejudice payment.
Invoices shall be submitted to the following address: -
For Bonny Invoices:
The Finance Controller,
Attn: Accounts Payable Unit,
NLNG Limited Plant Complex,
Bonny Island, Rivers State.
6.10 The Contractor shall make reasonable efforts to submit its valuations for all completed routine
and additional works within thirty (30) days of the end of the month in which the works are
completed.
6.11 The Contractor shall present its fully documented final account in respect of any Contract
Order or Individual Order issued under a Term Contract Order within 3 months of the
completion of the works as part of Contract close-out activities.
6.12 Failure to comply with this clause 6.4 (invoicing clause) shall diminish the Contractors right to
recover monies, to the extent that the Contract Owner considers that the delay has hindered
him from making an accurate assessment of the amount claimed.
7.0 NIGERIAN CONTENT MONTHLY REPORTS
The Contractor has completed the Contractor’s Nigerian Content Execution Plan with Value (refer
to attachment 5).
The Contractor shall produce and submit Nigerian Content Monthly Reports as more specifically
detailed in Section 4 (Scope of Work) and included in The Contractor Nigerian Content Execution
Plan by means of Nigeria Content Spend Monitoring Sheets (refer to attachment 6).
For the purposes of this Contract, Nigerian Content shall be measured as a value and expressed as
a percentage of the price and quantity of labour, material, service, equipment and Total Contract
Price in line with the applicable Nigerian Content Act Schedule categories and the Contractor’s
Nigerian Content Execution Plan. The Total Nigerian Content value shall be broken down into the
applicable NOGICD Act Schedule Categories, NOGICD Act Schedule Targets and each category

B180075PPP
shall further be broken down into the following elements, with each element being captured and
reported separately: -
(i) Manpower
(ii) Procured materials and goods
(iii) Services
(iv) Equipment
(v) Taxes, duties and charges

B180075PPP
ATTACHMENTS
ATTACHMENT 1 BUSINESS PRINCIPLES AND CODE OF CONDUCT CERTIFICATE

ATTACHMENT 2 SECRECY AGREEMENT – CONTRACTOR SERVICES
ATTACHMENT 3 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTATION
ATTACHMENT 4 SCHEDULE TARGETS IN THE NIGERIAN OIL & GAS INDUSTRY CONTENT
DEVELOPMENT ACT
ATTACHMENT 5 TENDERER’S NIGERIAN CONTENT EXECUTION PLAN
ATTACHMENT 6 NIGERIAN CONTENT SPEND MONITORING SHEET
ATTACHMENT 7 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
ATTACHMENT 8 NLNG NIGERIAN CONTENT STRATEGY (BASELINE)
ATTACHMENT 9 PRE-MOBILIZATION CHECKLIST
ATTACHMENT 10 PERFORMANCE BOND TEMPLATE
ATTACHMENT 11 CONTRACT INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

B180075PPP
ATTACHMENT 1
TO BE SIGNED BY THE Contractor (See Section 2- Particular Conditions of Contract)
Nigeria LNG Limited Business Principles and Code of Conduct Certificate for Contractors or
Suppliers that are not Government Intermediaries
This Certificate is given by ………………………………………………………..…….……….
[name], ………………………………………………………………………………… [office or
title] of …………………………………………………………….. (the “Contractor”) pursuant to

Section 2- Particular Conditions of Contract of the Agreement dated ………. between Contractor
and Nigeria LNG Limited (“NLNG”).
Capitalized terms used in this Certificate, if not defined in this Certificate, have the meaning set forth
in the Contract.
Contractor acknowledges that:
(a) It has been informed that NLNG insists on honesty, integrity and fairness in all aspects of its
business and expects the same in its relationships with all those with whom it does business.
The direct or indirect offer, payment, soliciting and acceptance of bribes in any form are
unacceptable practices for NLNG. The Contractor confirms it has received a copy of the
Business Principles and Code of Conduct.
(b) From the commencement of its services under the Contract, the Contractor has adhered, and
shall continue to adhere, to Business Principles when doing business with NLNG; in the event
that the Contractor supplies staff who work on behalf of NLNG or represent NLNG, the
Contractor also confirms that such staff have behaved and will continue to behave in a manner
that is consistent with the Code of Conduct.
(c) The Contractor confirms that either (i) none of its owners, directors, employees or associates is
a Government Official or (ii) the names, and respective roles and responsibilities, of any person
who is an owner, director, employee or associate of Contractor, and who is also a Government
Official are disclosed on an attachment to this Certificate.
For purposes of this Certificate, “Government Official” means any:
 official or employee of any government, or any agency, ministry, department of a

government (at any level)
 official or employee of a Company wholly or partially controlled by a government (for
example, a state owned oil Company)
 political party and any official of a political party
 candidate for political office
 officer or employee of a public international organization, such as the United Nations or the
World Bank
 immediate family member (meaning a spouse, dependent child, or household member) of
any of the foregoing.
---------------------------------------------------_____________ --------------------------------------
__________________
On behalf of the Contractor Date___________________

B180075PPP
SECRECY AGREEMENT
The undersigned, ……………………………………………………….…………………. (herein called

"The Contractor") whose address is .…………..…………………..……..…………………………..…
………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………,
hereby undertakes to preserve the secrecy of information (“Confidential Information”) acquired by
it as a result of the Services to be rendered to NLNG pursuant to and in accordance with the
Agreement/Contract executed between both parties and in accordance with the provisions set forth
below.
For the purposes of this Secrecy Agreement the Contractor shall accept the following terms and
conditions on which NLNG is prepared to communicate to the Contractor certain “Confidential
Information” as hereinafter defined.
1 “Service” shall mean any work/service, which NLNG may wish to entrust to the Contractor
from time to time, or any work/service in connection with the preparation by Contractor of
a tender for the Service.
2 “Confidential Information” shall mean any knowledge and information at any one time
disclosed to the Contractor by or on behalf of NLNG, as well as all data derived therefrom,
in connection with the Service or the preparation by the Contractor of a tender for the Service
to the extent that such knowledge and information at the time of such disclosure or
acquisition is not
a) in the free possession of Contractor, or
b) part of public knowledge or literature.
3 “Confidential Record” shall mean manual, specifications, drawings, letters, telexes,

telefaxes, computer software and any other material containing Confidential Information.
For the purpose of paragraph 4, 5, 6, and 9 Confidential Information shall include
Confidential Record.
4. Contractor shall:
a) preserve and cause its employees to preserve the secrecy of any Confidential
Information.
b) not for any purpose other than for the performance of the Service or the preparation
and submission of a tender for the Service
i) disclose to any third party or enable any third party to note the fact that the
Contractor has been invited to submit a tender for the Service and/or the fact
that the Service may be or has been entrusted to the Contractor.
ii) reproduce, copy or use or disclose to, place at disposal of or use on behalf
of any third party or enable any third party to peruse, copy or use any
Confidential Information.
except with prior consent of NLNG.
5. The undertakings in paragraph 4 above shall continue in so far and for so long as the
Confidential Information in question has not:
a) become part of public knowledge or literature; or

B180075PPP
b) been disclosed to Contractor by a third party (other than one disclosing on behalf of
NLNG) whose possession of such information is lawful and who is under no secrecy
obligation with respect to the same.
6. It is specifically agreed that any part of the Confidential Information shall not be deemed to
be within the exceptions mentioned in paragraph 5 merely because such part is embraced
by more general information in the Contractor’s possession or in the public knowledge or
literature. In addition, any combination of features shall not be deemed to be within the
exceptions merely because individual features of any such combination are within one or
more of such exceptions.
The combination shall only be within the exceptions if the combination itself and its
principle of operation are in the Contractor’s possession without binder of secrecy or in
public knowledge of literature.
7. The copyright in any Confidential Record disclosed to Contractor by NLNG, shall in the
absence of any express provision to the contrary thereon remain vested in NLNG.
8. Upon completion of the Service or if it is decided that the Service will not be entrusted to
Contractor, upon notification to Contractor of such decision, Contractor shall return to
NLNG any Confidential Record.
9. Contractor shall ensure that if under the terms of this Agreement any of the Confidential
Information comes to the knowledge and/or in the possession of any third party, such third
party shall also be bound by the stipulations contained in this Agreement.
10. This Agreement shall be construed under and governed by Nigerian law.
11. SIGNED for and on behalf of ……………………………………………….
Name Print ..................................................................................................………
Signed ………………………………… Designation: ……………………………..

EPCC For New Boil Off Gas Compressor Project - ITT Document

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EPCC For New Boil Off Gas Compressor Project - ITT Document

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

B180075PPP

EPCC For New Boil-Off Gas Compressor Project Confidential

ENQUIRY NO: B180075PPP

NIGERIA LNG LIMITED

Invitation to Tender Page 1 of 253 July 2019

PART A ENQUIRY RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

PART E DRAFT CONTRACT DOCUMENT

Invitation to Tender Page 2 of 253 July 2019

APPENDIX A NLNG HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT POLICY

Invitation to Tender Page 3 of 253 July 2019

Enquiry Receipt Acknowledgement

Please return this acknowledgement to the address below or by email to

To: Nigeria LNG Limited

Tenderer’s Company Name: ………………..……………………………………………………

Company Address: ……………..………….….….………………………………….…………...

E-mail address: ………………………………… Mobile: ……………………..…….…………….

Enquiry Title: EPCC For New Boil-Off Gas Compressor Project

 Submit a Tender (Please tick as appropriate)

2. State reason/s: ………………………………………………………………………….……

Name (Print): ………….……….………………… Signature: ………………………………….

Position: ………………………………………… Date: ……………………………………….

Invitation to Tender Page 4 of 253 July 2019

INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

Invitation to Tender Page 5 of 253 July 2019

Tender Comprising Date & Mode of Evaluation Process

9. The Tenderer’s Technical Submission document must be sequentially numbered “1,2,3

12. By submission of a tender, the Tenderer warrants that:

Invitation to Tender Page 6 of 253 July 2019

23. Target award date is Q3 2019.

 They are not successful in the tender exercise

Invitation to Tender Page 7 of 253 July 2019

Manpower and Wages Community stakeholders, Bonny wage agreement, labour

Weather Average rainfall more than in Port Harcourt and Lagos

27. NIGERIAN CONTENT REQUIREMENTS FOR NIGERIA LNG LIMITED

Invitation to Tender Page 8 of 253 July 2019

Invitation to Tender Page 9 of 253 July 2019

TENDERER’S TECHNICAL PROPOSAL

Contractor Details and Personnel involved in Tender Preparation.

Invitation to Tender Page 10 of 253 July 2019

S/N SECTION 1 – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS Tick To Page

1 Evidence of applicable Licenses / Permits which are DPR

2 Tenderer meets the Nigerian Content Evaluation

3 Tenderer free from any pending/ ongoing bankruptcy

4 Acceptance of NLNG’s terms and conditions including

5 Evidence of work experience in a brownfield Process Plant

6 Employee Compensation, Employees Liability and/or

7 For proposed partnership, evidence of existing relationship

8 Audited financial statement for last 3 years (2018, 2017,

Invitation to Tender Page 11 of 253 July 2019

9 TAX Clearance Certificate for last 3 years

10 Tenderer accepts NLNG's Terms and conditions and/or

11 Parent Company Guarantee (where applicable)

12 Acceptance that any vehicle to be used under this contract

a Tenderer shall demonstrate that bidding entity is

b Tenderer shall provide evidence of registration on the

c Minimum 50% ownership of equipment to be deployed is

d Evidence of registration with relevant agency of

e Tenderer's Nigerian Content Policy Statement, articulating

f Tenderer shall explain the methodology of how contractor

g Tenderer shall explain the methodology of how contractor

h Tenderer shall explain the methodology of how contractor

i Evidence of in-country presence/facilities: location and

j Provide percentage of Nigerians holding key management